HISTORY

OF

THE

PHILIPPINES

BY

DAVID

P.

BARROWS

INDIANAPOLIS
.

THE

BOBBS-MERRILL
PUBLISHERS

COMPANY

1905,

COPYRIGHT,

DAVID

Entered

P.

at

Barrows,

BY

BABBOWS

Hall,

Stationers'

Philippines

London

PREFACE

book

THIS
educational
of

the

their

Philippines,

for

much

of

author
it

different

in

made

are

the

to

writer,
it is

intended,

of

parts
an

the

two

years,

duties,

traveling

was

for

"

ploring
ex-

tensions
pre-

book.

the

it is

whom

study of the history

the

to

for

pupil

or

No

Archipelago.

the

of

history

other

in

character

for

as

introduction

an

he

exhaustive

well

as

the

occupied about

while

the

public high schools

to

busily engaged

written

being

in the

introduction

preparation

was

suggestion of

the

at

pupils

an

as

Its

country.
the

of

prepared

authorities

while

For

been

has

Malaysia.
difficultyhas

Considerable
the

historical

necessary

principal
indebted

the

to

of

use

have

ones

Chief

of the

the

Bureau

of

public documents.
histories

Philippine
than
of

reprinted

Blair
used
this

and
in

the

series

the

for

is

he

was

not

this

book.

path
(1)

which

greatly
for

the

wishes

to

Manuel

Yriarte,

permission

to

The

begun
The
the

ine
exam-

of

reprints
been

used

the

old
quently
fre-

more

series

splendid

in

-the

that

Philippines, promised

of

easy

occasional

editions.

Robertson,

make

and

-Mr.

however,

the

on

preparation
will

Archives,

original

works

Mr.

of

have,

securing

Tavera

de

library,

kindness

The

author

Pardo

his

in

it is believed
The

Dr.

from

also

acknowledge

read.

Honorable

volumes

rare

but

sources,

been

experienced

been

by

time

appearance

present

Miss
to

be
of

writer

PREFACE

has

found

for

yet been

ever

The

Museum

public schools

Manila.

else, in

one

They are
writing

his

obligationsto

and

Philippinesthan

accurate.

very
this

book, the author

wife, without

it could

encouragement

not

whose

PHILIPPINE

MARCH

1905,

of

another

issue
severe

work

of the

Roman

times

by

the

all

and

and

On

the

enough
a

more

to

book, which

appeared

for.

Catholic

have

of

the
other
read

concluded
should

for

the

I have

has

and

of

the

the

policy

sued
pur-

I have
that

criticisms

remain

came

without

that, almost

first

as

to

my

tion,
excep-

presented.

of

correction

of

friends, who

urged

that

typographical
a paragraph.
have been good
it be rewritten

plan, allowing larger treatment

done

fully
care-

again practically without

volume, have

not

the

received

its treatment

modification

hand, several
the

book

The

in

time, and

some

Government.

appears

occasional

extended

topics.

these

for

Church

Spanish

statements

alteration, except
errors

EDITION

exhausted

called

book, therefore,

The

this

been

has

seems

reviewed

on

of

SECOND

criticism, especiallyfor

some

the

THE

TO

summer

attention

BARROWS.

ISLANDS,

first edition

at

P.

written.

IST, 1903.

PREFACE
THE

constant

been

have

DAVID

MANILA,

way

of

of

every

is under

historyof the

the

ethnographic subjects,which
partly
made
from
book, were
objects in the pine
Philipby Mr. Anselmo
Espiritu, a teacher in the

this

Above

will open

made.

drawings

illustrate

help

better

incomparably

an

has

comparatively difficult,and

this,for

two

reasons

to
:

tain
cer-

first,

PREFACE

because

of

lack

further

some

time

the

requisite leisure

the

Blair

Miss

Philippine Islands,

The

certain

includes

This

publications by

source

second, because

yet elapse before

must

is available.

material
of

of

son,
Robert-

Mr.

and

issued

now

indispensable
completion
Volume

to

up

Records
publicationof the Insurgent War
;
and especiallythe bringing to light or better ordering of
material, both
private and official,bearing on the last
decades
of Spanish rule.
terest.
inThe
period of 1860 to 1898 is one of consummate
ment
It covers
the period when
the Spanish Governin keeping
its administration
was
trying to reform
the

XLIX

with

the

of

progress

reaction

the

islands

when

and

persistently triumphing;

were

forces

the

when

of
the

stantly
rapidly expanding development of the people itself conof the most
in larger aspirations. Some
resulted

What

colonial

powers

too

feel

It

may

be

contained

history are

Spanish Government
will shortly be facing ;

period of unrest
large. This is

which

colonial

the

epoch.
this

of

lessons

salutary

and
the

transition

portion

of

then
and

faced, other

the

history of

hardly

can

the

in this

be

written

present volume

for

I will say
due.
However,
apology is most
again, this book is only an introduction to the history of
the Philippines under
rule.
Spanish and American

elapse before

must
can

added

be

and

which

the

work

properlypresented.

is of the American

that

further, that

period

must,

Five

remarkable

however,

full consequence

view

Government

first efforts.

brief

of America
The

be

will be

have

results

in the

-years

more

Philippines

given in Chapter XIII

at the

years

few

some

time

of its

since

organization
elapsed,and in

have

been

carried

still further

disclosed.

There

attained,

before

has been

their
estab*

PREFACE

lished

between

of

more

far

spiritof

civil

have

the

these

islands, to

American

her

of

for

races

successful
of

most

the

ciple
prin-

It marks
which

the
of

establishment

the
of

Philippines,will

the

first American
of

greatest results
the

appear

pages

the

that

first time

general

trators
adminis-

Filipino people
in the

desire

will.

to

administration.

to

the

the

The

gram
pro-

the

terested
disinto

seem

foreign complications, would

without

As

of

nation, least of all America, with

guarantee the integrityor

Philippines
for

with

It goes

independent Philippines under

States
would
protection of the United
aversion

will

great weight with

it demand

will

What

history

and

will have

its voice

nation.

traditional

the

of

an

undertake
of

the

by

domination."

achievements

impossibility. No

an

of

that

for the

express

saying
of

substitution

The

representative legislativeassembly

legal capacity,

the

the

"

as

The

beside

time

chosen

without

aptly characterized

government

the

set

tangible results.

any

intercourse

the

relationship

foreign colonies.

of

be

to

governor

By

than

in need.

principle in

be sufficient

the

the

of

standard

new

been

critic

in

is most

this

partnership for

advance

world

effort has

French

competent

an

races

importance

the

of

the

long

an

adequate

America

as

Philippines,the

the

bears

ultimate

internal

of

control
any

peace

the

bility
responsi-

administrative

be with those of her own

choosing.
authority must
definitely
Complete
independence, freeing America
from

all

hand

an

burden

and

intelligibleprogram

practical policies;
lies in

seeking

further

this

but

the

interest, is
and

on

the

admissible

greatest peril of the

other
among
pelago
Archi-

of the Philippine Assembly

possibility
in the
disposition of the
separation and
the

PREFACE

people

American

realized

early

too

There

is

is

attainment

task,

order

social

be

life

national

under

power

and

tasks

with

There

this

in

engaged

of

Secretary
rests

the

view,

The

situation

is

entirely

War,

is

be

no

an

on

future

of

the

and

it

entirety,

words

than

more

on

not

motive

triumphs

is

should

UNIVERSITY

OF

MAY,

1907.

CALIFORNIA,

cate
delievery

hold

all
of

who

the

man,

"In

fulfilled

P.

are

present

other

any

to

over

fulfilled."
DAVID

THE

the

Philippines,
is

ence
exist-

peculiarly

for

motto

whom,

of

watchfulness

and

the

national
is

the

basis

There

Filipinos

better
than

one

and

the

popular

promise.

devotion

undertaking

immediate

duty

and

constant

could

It

of

Americans

satisfac-f

work,

for

discouraged.

greatest

and

peoples'^

its

aspiration

greatest

the

of

both

why

self.

full

yet

increase

before

the

achieved.

been

reason

be

which

do

must

the

and

Mohammedan

and

Its

patience

archipelago,

transformed,

Yet

Nationality.

greatly

entire

Pagan

entirely

Separation

infinite

must

education

justly

for

calling

the

the

is laid.

cannot

Philippine

to

occupy

solution.

disaster.

to

population'

established,

be

must

is

long

with

relations

tory

their

cut

effectively

must

lead

short

The

self-control.

have

would

no

such

welcome

to

BAEROWS.

until

my
it

CONTENTS.

PAGE

I.
II.

The

Philippines

The

Peoples of

the

the

Far

III.

Europe

IV.

The

and

as

of

The

Philippines

IX.

The

Dutch

XI.

42

A.D

61

of

108
.

125
.

...

156

Ago

Years

187
212

Decline, 1663-1762

and

of

Period

the

During

Philippines

1600-1663

Wars,

Obscurity

88

Spaniards

Settlement, 1565-1600
Hundred

Three

of the

Spanish Missionary

the

and

Moro

and

Century

The

1400

Arrival

the

Conquest and

VIII.

X.

25

about

East

Soldier

Spanish

Period

VII.

...

Geographical Discoveries

Great

The

VI.

Study

Philippines

Filipino People Before

V.

Historical

for

Subject

...

tion,
Revolu-

European

231

1762-1837

XII.
XIII.

Progress

and

Revolution,

America

and

the

1837-1897

259
287

Philippines

Appendix

321

Index

325
.

Philippine Islands
Countries

6,7

....

Races

as

26, 27

Malaysia
and

of

Peoples

the

Philippines
The

Spread

of Mohammedanism
1400

Europe

about

Routes

of Trade

The

A.D.

of

16th

Restoration

the

the

Century

Philippines

the

Indies

Spain

and

Conquest

Spaniards

39

1565-1590

Straits

85

and

Settlement
in

the

by

the

Philippines,
124

of Manila

133

....

Far

East

Far

East

50

58

Map

City

The

of Manila

134

....

Luzon

....

Early Spanish Discoveries

and

between

Portugal

30

44

of Toscanelli's

World

divided

...

to

Countries
in the

New

The

of

Peoples

and

MAPS.

OF

LIST

Mindanao,

69

in the

Palawan
American

77

Northern

158, 159

Bisayas,
(Paragua)

Campaigns
Luzon
....

(8)
,

and
.

288,

289

in
302

HISTORY

PHILIPPINES.

THE

OF

CHAPTER
THE

PHILIPPINES

AS

I.
FOR

SUBJECT

HISTORICAL

STUDY.

Purpose

of

young

men

the

is intended

much

Book.

and

and

brieflytouched

been

information,
the

writer

hi the

preparation
present

if this
to

women

book

study

many

ways

Islands

the
in

of

next

may

full current

play

an

size

and

acter
char-

subjects have

only

sources

of

are

many
official

documents,

opportunity

It is not

too

study

to

ever,
how-

soon,

Philippines,even

direct

young

history of

their

the

Philippines

decade

of the

the

resemble

been

of the

their

though

Philippine people themselves;

to

neighboring country

thought

of

It

and

men

young

island

own

try,
coun-

fulfilled its purpose.

the

past times

and

the

the

of the

Development

The

there

time

history of

serves

it will have

and

not

to

history
the

Many

of this work.

imperfectly written,
and

reveal.

upon,

had

which

to

than

splendid

histories,letters and

old

Philippines,

the

to

for

written

subject of Philippine history is

The

of this little book

been

of the

them

more

has

book

women

young

country.

broader

This

"

introduce

to

island

own

this

isolated

modern

of human

of

history of

or

Both

less from

Both

are

affairs.

Both

countries

hi

the
9

the

In

"

pine
Philip-

countries

world.

important part

Japan.

splendid development

Japan.
more

of

and

now

politicsand

the
open

have

life and
to

promise
commerce

of

the
to

of

10

THE

the Far

East.

the

and

institutions

countries
that

influential
of

Asia

and

the

success

react

upon

Malaysia to

foresee.

an

Japan, by

the
of
the

extent
reason

largerpopulation,the greater industryof her people,

is at
orderlysocial life,and devoted publicspirit,

more

The

far in the lead.

Philippines.

advantages which,
stronglyin
richer

while

the

But

"

in the

her favor.

soil,and

some

years,

greater natural

tillable

the

tell

may

resources,

population,
rapidly,in fact,

of Java.

or

certain

The

ground.
increasingrapidly,as

institutions

her

of

are

populationof Japan
of

Philippines
possess

course

There

more

large,is

not

the

as

the

appreciate or

cannot

the present time

position,and
Philippines may

of southeastern

we

of her
a

the Philippines
Geographically,
occupy

central

more

PHILIPPINES.

And

in the

Philippineshave

acter
char-

certain

The

while unfortunate
positionof woman,
and nearly all eastern
in Japan, as in China
countries,in
the Philippinesis most
fortunate, and is certain to tell
of the race
in competithe advancement
tion
effectually
upon

advantages.

with

other

Japan.
teach

the

are

and
Philippines,

rewards

ago,

Japan,

which

had

fleet under

the

Japanese
knowledge of
Americans

makes

ippines
the Phil-

knew
modern

of these is of the

Japan

can

advantages

thorough study. Fifty years

induced

to open

Commodore

Perry.

little of western
science.

Their

all intercourse

its doors
At

that

history,and
contact

by
had

with

an

time
no

the

revealed
the inferiorit
to them
foreigners
their knowledge. The leaders of the country

and
of

one

rigorouslyexcluded

foreignnations,was

American

people

which

lessons

many

of fearless and

and

with

there

Yet

the

countries.

western

"

fact that Christianity

understandingbetween

and

possiblea sympathy
and

religionof

established

is the

The

civilizations.

eastern

other

SUBJECT

awoke

HISTORICAL

STUDY.

the

to

their

and

FOR

necessityof a study of western

achievements,especiallyin government

countries
and

in

the sciences.

Japan
the

as

had

at her service

samurai, who, in

free soldiers of the feudal

the

fightersof Japan,

well.

The

of

people known
the life of Old Japan, were
the
not only
nobility,and who were

but

the

students

of this samurai

men

young

specialclass

and

scholars

class threw

as

selves
them-

earnestlyand

devotedly Into the study of the great

fields of knowledge, which
had
previouslybeen unknown
of them
to the Japanese. At great sacrifice many
went
abroad
versities
to other lands, in order to study hi foreignuniNumbers

of them

frequentlyworking
the

to procure

The

means

for the

people. Schools
great numbers

the

United

States,
in order

collegetowns

for the pursuit of their education.

in every

way

began

to

adopt

knowledge of the
and
opened, latoratories established,
of the

transformation
were

to

in

servants

as

Japanese Government

measures

went

of scientific and

historical books

were

lated
trans-

Japanese. A publicschool system was organized,

The Government
and finallya university
established.
was
to study in almost
sent abroad
men
every
many
young
branch
of knowledge and to return
to the service of the
of Japan studied and adopted
people. The manufacturers
methods
of production.
western
machinery and modern
and reorganirevolution
The government itself underwent
zation
lines more
liberal to the people and
more
upon
favorable
the
national
to
spiritof the country. The
result has been the transformation,in less than fifty
years,
of what
was
formerlyan isolated and ignorantcountry.
into

The

lesson
to

be

Lesson

which

for

Japan

transformation

the

Filipinos.

teaches

here,

the
with

"

This

is

Philippines.
a

constant

the

great

If there

is

growth

of

12

THE

knowledge and
and
and

men

people as

of

of

be

must

the
ageous
cour-

for the truth: and

of the

women

young

elevation

an

whole, there

unfalteringsearch

advantages

and

advancement,

of the

character

PHILIPPINES.

the young
Philippinesmust seek the

for

education, not

themselves,but

for the

people and their land; not to gain for

themselves
vantage
adselfishpositionof social and economic
a
the poor and less educated
but in
over
Filipinos,
order that,having gained these advantages for themselves,
trymen.
they may in turn give them to their less fortunate counThe young
learn
must
man
or
Filipino,
woman,
and unselfishness,
the lessons
of truthfulness,
and
courage,
in all of his gaining of knowledge, and in his use
of it as
well,he must practicethese virtues,or his learningwill
be an evil to his land and not a blessing.
The aim of this book is to help him to understand,first
in the modern
of all,the place that the Philippines
occupy
understand
far
how
history of nations, so that he may
and from
what
beginningsthe Filipinopeople have progressed,
benefit of their

what

toward
moved

the

during this time, and

as
Filipinos,

The

things

of

Meaning

"

outside

what

people,may
History.

the

world

place and

itself has

opportunities

seek for in the future.

it is written

History, as

and

centuries of human
life and
understood, comprises many
achievement, and we must begin our study by discussing
a

of

little what
years

written
we

have

field to

historymeans.
without
having a
for historyis formed
records

of events.

Men

may

life that

only where
Until

live for thousands

may

there
have

we

be

called
are

these

credible

records,

ground for historical study, but leave

another
study, which we call Archeology,or
no

torical;
his-

the
historic
Pre-

Culture.
Historical

Races.

"

Thus

there

are

great

races

which

SUBJECT

have

FOR

HISTORICAL

history,for they have

no

left

13

STUDY.

records.

no

Either

the

stroyed,
people could not write, or their writingshave been deor
they told nothing about the life of the people.
The historyof these races
began only with the coming of
a

or
historical,

advanced

more

Thus, the history of

with

race

the

them.

among

black,

or

begins

race

negro,

explorationof Africa by the white race,

and the historyof the American
Indians, except perhaps
of those of Peru
and Mexico, begins only with the white
man's
The white, or European, race
conquest of America.
is,above all others,the great historical race; but the yellow
race, representedby the Chinese, has also a historical
lifeand development, beginningmany
centuries before the
only

the

birth of Christ.

confined

was

of

races

and

almost

the

was

Indian

five hundred

than

of this
entire

race

and

every

colonies

During

years

to-day!
The

globe.

these

white

sea.

and

white
On
over

last five

of countries

in
How

ago.

It has

Europe

now

to

man

such

tremendous

powor

and
over

more

tinent
con-

every

lished
estab-

their power.
this

all the

spread
races,

also the

great discoveries

utilization of steam

the
This

little

they,have

countries

geographicaldiscovery,the mingling of
the founding of great colonies,
have come
the

of.

crossed

centuries,besides

of scientific knowledge,

of

position
explored nearly the

continent

many

other

different is the

people have
every

the

beyond

island-world

scarcelydreamed
race

race

of America

great continents

beautiful

were

oceans

of the

status

The

the

and

Australia

Pacific and

knowledge

no

with

little contact

was

shores.

the Mediterranean
and

There

Sea.

men

the

countries

to

Mediterranean

history of the white

bordering or adjacent to

of years

thousands

For

and

material

and

ment
develop-

which
electricity,
the

of

tions,
inven-

give
world.

14

THE

PHILIPPINES.

Very important changes

and
politicallife of the
the

Protestant

destroyingin

revolt

also

have

Within

race.

from

marked

the

religious

years

came

Catholic

Church,
Christendom; and

unity of
the great revolutions
of Europe and
ing
America, establishdemocratic
and representative
governments.
This
pean
expansion and widening of the life of the Eurofive hundred
beginning about
race,
years
ago,
brought it into contact with the Filipinopeople, and the
historical life of the Philippinesdates from
this meeting
has
of the two races.
Thus
the historyof the Philippines
become
a
During these
part of the history of nations.
the people of these islands,subjectsof a Eurocenturies
pean
nation, have progressed in social life and government,
and
in education
in numbers, and
in
industries,
and revowealth.
lutions,
They have often been stirred by wars
quest
invasion,and fear of conby centuries of piratical
But
these dangers have
now
by foreignnations.
passed away.
of foreign
There
is no longerfear of piratical
nor
ravage
volt;
invasion,nor is there longer great danger of internal refor the Philippinesare
at the present time under
a
government strong enough to defend them against other
to put down
plunder and ravage, and one anxious
powers,
of opand disposed to afford to the people such freedom
portunity
that
such
advantages of government and life,
will no
the incentive
to internal revolution
longer exist.
toward
external attack and rapidlyprogressing
Secure.from
tunate
forinternal peace, the Philippines
most
a position
occupy
East.
the peoples of the Far
They have
among
and
of religion,
lic
pubgovernment, freedom
representative
than all else to the aspiring
education,and, what is more
ambitious
race
or
or
individual,freedom of opportunity.
some

degree

the

Roman

these

the

SUBJECT

How

is Written.

History

explainedhere.
understand

little how

question for

records

written

school

boy

made

careful

inquiry,they

and

write them

read

can

But

all that

not

things he

and

free

the task
all the

from

where
the

in

due

records
other

at

least

proper

The

lived

the

at

the

that,by

how

know

is

these

for

the

to read

he

on

shall be

task

is difficult

and
lifetime,

make

so

and

So

accept

also compare

must

that

be

book,

untruthfulness.

and
prejudice,

may

accurate
infallibly

merely

records,but

puts hi

even

known,

is not

material

hand,

ment
state-

largelyupon

another, weighing all that

few

are

writer

some

and
partiality,

conclusion

ural
nat-

ters
accuratelyof these matform, so that we to-day

writes,or
and

seen

allowance

reach

as

to them

near

so

learn

man

error,

with

should

statesman.

either

be

of the time.

men

contemporary

making
to

could

of the historian

account

one

has

the

for its facts

place,or

down

appeared to

events

for

as

accounts, and

their

this book

this is

by people who

these things took

time

try

the

And

is,that historyrests

answer

reads

is this known?"

is,"How

thing should

A most
historyis written.
regarding any historical

made

be

other

One

"

15

STUDY.

child who

Every

inquiry to

of

HISTORICAL

FOR

he
his

part

own

Of

true.

find,

can

course,

indeed,and,

voluminous

as

on

to

impossiblefor any
man
one
completelyto exhaust a subject.
Accounts
of the Philippines.
Historical
For the Philippines
fortunate
to have
we
are
so
as
adequate
many
occupy

it

"

sources

of

reliable and

of these

will be

attractive

described.

kind.

In

few

words

Nearly all exist in at

least a few libraries in the Philippines,
where
they may
be consulted by the Filipino
sometime
student, and many
of them, at least in later editions,may
be purchased by
the student for his own
possessionand study.
some

16

THE

PHILIPPINES.

of
European discovery
the Philippines
began with the great voyage of Magellan;
and recountingthis discoveryof the islands,
there is the
narrative of one of Magellan's
Antonio
priceless
company,
Pigafetta.His book was written hi Italian,but was first
publishedhi a French translation. The originalcopies
made
by Pigafettahave disappeared,but in 1800 a text
discovered in the Ambrosian
was
Library of Milan,Italy,
and
into English and
other
published. Translations
be found in several collections
languages exist. It may
of Voyages, and there is a good Spanish translation and
The

Voyages of Discovery.

edition of recent
of

date.1

There

"

several

are

other

accounts

but

the best one

was
Pigafetta's
written by an
of the
eye-witness,and his descriptions
Bisaya Islands,Cebu, Borneo, and the Moluccas are wonderfully
and accurate.
interesting
several
of discovery between
There
were
voyages
Magellan'stime (1521) and Legazpi'stime (1565). These
include the expeditionsof Loaisa,Saavedra,and Villalo-

Magellan's voyage;

of them

Accounts

bos.

the series of

In

de

of

documents

Occupation

and

the

five of

ment,
Spanish Govern-

Ineditos del

Colecdon
series,

the
are
cubrimientos,

Spanish

by

Documentos

another

in volume

to be found

made
publications

Colecdon
Indias.

are

Archivo

de los

Viajesy
Magellan'svoyage.

Conquest.

"

As

we

come

de

Des-

to

historyof Spanish occupation and conquest of the

letters and reports
find many
interesting
we
Philippines,
to the king,or to persons
sent by both soldiers and priests
in Spain. The first complete book on the Philippines
was
written by a missionaryabout
1602, Father Pedro Chirino's Relation de las Islas Filipinas,printed in Rome
the

El

traducido

Primer

Viaje alrededor

por Dr. Carlos

Madrid, 1899.

Amoretti

del

Antonio
por
Walls
por Manuel

Mundo,

y anotado

Pigafetta,
y Merino,

in 1604.

SUBJECT

FOR

HISTORICAL

17

STUDY.

This

ingly
important and curious narrative is exceedalthough rude and poor, was
rare, but a reprint,
made
in Manila in 1890, which is readilyobtainable.
The
Relacidn
de las Islas Filipinoswas
followed in 1609 by
the work of Judge Antonio
de Morga, Sucesos de las Islas
printed hi Mexico.
Filipinas. This very rare work was
In 1890 a new
edition was
brought out by Dr. Jose Rizal,
from

hi the British Museum.

the copy

There

is also

an

Englishtranslation.
These

two

works

abound

hi curious and

valuable

mation
infor-

the

Filipinopeople as they were at the tune

of the arrival of the Spaniards,as does also a later work,
de las Islas Filipinas,
the Oonquistas
by Friar Gaspar de
in 1698.
San Augustfn,printedin Madrid
This latter is
perhaps the most interestingand most important early
work on the Philippine
Islands.
As we shall see, the historyof the Philippines
is closely
Indian
with that of the East
connected
Spice Islands.
When
the Spanish forces took the rich island of Ternate
in 1606, the triumph was
commemorated
by a volume,
finelywritten, though not free from mistakes,the Conde Argensola,
quista de las Islas Moluccas, by Leonardo
and
Madrid, 1609. There is an old English translation,
upon

also French
To

no

and

other

information

Dutch

translations.

order
religious
to the

Jesuits.

do

we

The

owe

so

much

historical

and literary
scholarship
of the Company have
ability
always been high. Chirino was
also Father Francisco
a Jesuit,
as was
Colin,who
the Labor Evangelica,a narrative of the Jesuit missions
wrote
hi the Philippines,
China, and Japan, which was
hi 1663.
This historywas
continued
printed hi Madrid
later by Father Murillo Velarde,who
wrote
what
years
he called the Segunda Parte, the Historia de la Provincia
de Filipinas
de la Compania de Jesus,Manila, 1749.
as

18

PHILIPPINES.

THE

There
much

is another

Combes.

epoch

in

The

the

Mohammedan
the

relations

between

Malays.

In

fortress of
The

Mindanao.
those

Jesuits

island

oldest

and

the

in Madrid

brought
A

and

had

1667.
few

years

an

the

ern
south-

missionaries

abandonment

in

made

they

of Moro

tory.
terri-

the reoccupancy

secure

mentioned

work

above.

important writing about the

It was
of Mindanao.
printed

most

inhabitants

in
out

and

cisco
Fran-

shall see,

archipelago,and

the notable

was

owe

Father

retired from

been

result of their efforts to

of these fortresses

we

Spaniards and the

the Spaniards abandoned

year

Zamboanga,

vigorous protests againstthe

It is the

the

that

parts of the southern

One

Jolo,by
marked, as we
y

1663

year

which

to

great island of Mindanao

the

de Mindanao

Historia

work

Jesuit

earlyhistoryof

of the

this is the

notable

and

beautiful
ago,

by

edition

exact

was

Retana.

Dominican

missionary,Father Diego Aduarte, wrote

a
important work, the Historia de la Provincia del
very
Sancto
Rosario
de la Orden
de Predicadores
en
Filipinas,
lege
Japdn y China, wThich was
printed in Manila at the Colof Santo
We

in 1640.

also mention

may

account

Tomas

of the

as

Philippinesabout

cos,

work

de
ethnicos,
y religiosos

1767.
for

Fernandez

Navarrete
time

cura

arrived
on

the

most

middle

interesting

of the

teenth
seven-

can,
China, by the DominiNavarrete, Tratados historicos,
politi-

century, the famous

Father

containing a

on

la Monarchia

in these

the island

de

islands in

of Mindoro.

China, Madrid,
1648, and
Later

he

was
was

missionary in China, and then Professor of Divinity in

the University of Santo
is translated
His work
Tomas.
els,
into English in Churchill's Collection of Voyages and TravLondon, 1744, second volume.
The
eighteenth century is rather barren of interesting
a

SUBJECT

There

historical matter.

production

of

more

the

Between
voluminous

the

by
The

and

1788

de

1792

native
were

with

abounds

published the

was

Filipinas,in

Father
friar,

it is

the

be overlooked.

not

Recollect

details,yet

the

frequentlyfilled

General

work

of

latter,while

years

Historia

dictionaries

religiousorders

matter, should

sectarian

activityin

histories of the

These

produced.

cion.

and

19

STUDY.

considerable

was

grammars

languages, and
also

HISTORICAL

FOR

in

fourteen

de

Juan

superfluous

la

umes,
vol-

Concep-

matter

and

of

copioussource

information,a
of historical data, and is perhaps the best
veritable mine
and
most
known
frequentlyused work upon the Philippine
There
number
of sets in the PhilipIslands.
are
a
pines
trivial

which
Some

by the student.

be consulted

can

after,and

years

as

of

sort

protest against so

history,the sane and admirable

Augustinian, Father Joaquin Martinez de Zuniga, wrote
of about seven
his Historia de las Islas Filipinas,
a volume
hundred
It was
printed in Sampaloc, Manila, in
pages.
extensive

This

1803.

of

language

is terse

readable

and,

the

and

the

writers

ways,

The

The
and

Manila
Other

for the conditions

sources

papers

and

Histories

the

the

Philippines.

last

reports

are

fairmindedness

sources

acterized
char-

is the most

valuable

most

narrative

His

have

Philippines.His

his volume

attempt

closes with

in 1763.
Historical
and

historyof

century differ somewhat

documentary
of

the

on

and
spirited,

English occupation of

during

in

available,and

from
the

Materials.

the islands
the

form

there is

of
a

ing.
precedpublic

able
consider-

pamphlets dealing with specialquestions in

Philippines. The publicationof the official journal of
mass

the

the

his

for

prejudiceswhich

narrow

in many

historyof

Recent
-

exceptional

the

from

most

at

is

writer

freedom

and

of

treatment

20

PHILIPPINES.

THE

the

the

Government,

all acts

contains

It

1861.

Gazeta

Manila, commenced

de

orders
legislation,

of

Governors, pastoral letters,and

down
A

to the end
vast

of

amount

other

these

Notable

of the

official matters,

Spanish rule.

of material

for the

of the islands exists hi the Archives

Manila, but

in

documents
among

these

have

recent

of the
been

civil

history

at
Philippines,
very

originaldocuments

little

amined.
ex-

is the

each bearing the signatureof the

Royal Ce"dulas,
King of Spain, Yo, el Rey." They run back from the last
of the seventeenth
years of sovereigntyto the commencement
the establishment
on
century. The earlyce"dulas,
of Spanish rule,
said to have been carried away
by the
are
series of

"

in 1763, and
British army
Of the archives of the

to be

now

in the British Museum.

Royal Audiencia at Manila, the

of 1603, which
is
series of judgments begins with one
this date they apsigned by Antonio de Morga. From
pear
earliest records
of the cases
to be complete. The
which
that can
be found, date
before this court
came
from the beginning of the eighteenthcentury.
writingsmention must be made of
three volumes, 1887, by Montero
the Historia de Filipinas,
of W. E. Retana.
To the
the publications
y Vidal, and
of this last author
much
is
scholarshipand enthusiasm
owed.
His work
has been the republication
of rare
and
His
has
edition of Combes
important sources.
already
been mentioned, and there should also be mentioned, and
if possibleprocured,his Archivo del Biblitifilo
four
Filipino,
of different
volumes, a collection of rare papers on the islands,
dates; and his edition,the first ever
published,of
de las Islas Filipinas,
Zuniga'sEstadismo
an
incomparable
of the islands made
about
1800, by the priestand
survey
historian whose historywas
above.
mentioned
Of modern

historical

Accounts

of

the

omitted

give

us

very

idea

accounts

numerous

visited these islands from

give

the

Visited

some

21

STUDY.

of the

Philippines.
historical literature

Philippines.They comprise those

There
should
be chieflyconsulted.

the

should

which

Who

of Voyagers
references

These

"

HISTORICAL

FOR

SUBJECT

valuable

time

to

of

The

information.

not

who

voyagers

time, and

works

who

be

have

frequently

first of these

are

English and Dutch freebooters,who prowled

about
these waters
to waylay the richlyladen
galleons.
One
of these was
Dampier, who, about 1690, visited the
and
Ladrones
the Philippines. His New
Voyage Around
There
the World
also Anson,
was
was
publishedhi 1697.
who
in 1743
took the Spanish galleon off the coast of
is described
in a volume
Samar, and whose voyage
lished
pubin 1745.
There
Italian physician,Carreri,
an
was
perhaps

who

the

visited the islands

around
of the

the

world, and

in 1697, in the
who

an

excellent

of

voyage

description

printedin English translation

in Churchill's Collection of Voyages.
A French
expeditionvisited the East between 1774 and
1781, and the Commissioner, M. Sonnerat, has left a brief
of the Spanish settlements
in the islands as they
account
then
Indes
Orientates
la
et a
appeared. (Voyage aux
Chine, Paris,1782, Vol. 3.)
There
the

which
Philippines,

wrote

course

are

number

is

of travellers' accounts

last century, of which

may

be

mentioned

written

in

Sir John

Bowring's Visit to the PhilippineIslands,1859, and Jagor's

Reisen
in der Philippinen,travels in the year
and
1859
has
received translation
into both
1860, which
English
and Spanish.
For
the historical student
Bibliographies.
Such a volume
was
guide is necessary.
"

out

hi

1898, by Retana, Catdlogoabreviado

graphical
biblio-

brought

de la Biblioteca

22

PHILIPPINES.

THE

catalogueof five thousand seven

the
hundred
and
eighty works, published in or upon
exact and useful bibliographyhas
Philippines. A stillmore
de Tavera,
been
T. H. Pardo
prepared by the Honorable
and is publishedby the United
States
Biblioteca Filipino,,
contains

Filipino,.It

Government.
It is lamentable

that

libraryof

no

of

such

an

the

works

on

PhilippinesGovernment
the Archipelago.1The

institution

to

seems

have

neglectedby the Spanish Government, and

Philippinesare scarcelyto be found, except
in private collections.
The
largest of these
that of the Compania General
de Tabacos,
which

has

also

recently possessed itself

libraryof

Retana.

de Tavera

possesses

The

In

the

publication of

Philippinehistoryhas
Clark Company
in the
of Miss

E.

H.

will embrace

Manila

Blair

only notable

also

United

and

Mr.

J. A.

all available
the age

as

exist

the

the
the

be

Pardo

islands.
of

sources

Arthur

H.

editorship
The

on

to

splendid

Dr.

series of

material

they

the

will contain

historical

the

Barcelona,

at

Robertson.

and

on

is said

libraryin

begun by
States,under

quite

works

of

been

dation
foun-

been

Honorable

extensive

very

fifty-five
volumes,

translations
from

the

sesses
pos-

series

in

English
the Philippines,

of

discoveryto the nineteenth century.

This notable
collection will place within
the reach of the
student
all the important sources
of his country's history,
and
will make
extensive
and
possible a more
accurate
writing of the historyof the islands than has ever
before
been possible.
1

Since

commenced
talented

the
the

above

was

collection

written
of historic

the

has
Philippines Government
in the Philippines,and
a

works

Filipino scholar,Mr. Zulueta, has gone

search, both of archives and libraries,in order
public collection in the Philippines.

extensive

young

to
to

Spain for
enrich

the

SUBJECT

addition

In

to

FOR

23

STUDY.

the

publishedworks, there repose

documents
of Philippinehistoryin

unstudied

merous
nu-

the

of the Indies at Seville.

the Archives

-Work

Historical

this

HISTORICAL

book, or

for

the

FilipinoStudent.

"

After

ing
read-

similar

the student
introductoryhistory,
should
he can
of
as
one
by one, as many
procure,
described above, and,
the volumes which have been briefly
by careful readingand patientthought,try to round out
the

story of his country and

his

history of
stimulate

his

ourselves

that

minimize

our

people. He
thought and

learn

the

will find it

lessons

that

study

of

the
will

strengthenhis judgment; but

search for the truth, even
though the
always he must
truth is sometimes
humiliatingand sad. If there are rein our
find
cannot
own
lives,we
regrettablepassages
either happiness or
improvement in trying to deny to

historyof
truth

have

we

So

error.

our

in the

land

done

and

mistaken

and

wrong,

if there

people,we
belief that

are

dark

must
we

so

placesin

not
are

conceal

obscure

and
the
the

defending our

cuse
people'shonor, for,by tryingto conceal the fact and exthe fault,we
It is by frank
only add to the shame.
acknowledgment and clear depictionof previous errors
and in
that the country's honor
will be protectednow

the future.

Very interestingand important historical

done by the Filipinostudent in his own
town

work
or

can

be

province.

fered
suftowns
publicand parish records have in many
these
In all possiblecases
neglect or destruction.
should be gatheredup and cared for. For many
documents
things,they are worthy of study. They may show the
growth of population,the dates of erection of the public
buildings,the former system of government, and social
The

conditions.
This

is

work

in which

the

patriotismof

every

young

24

THE

and

man

woman

which

the

events

and

put

that
in

and

educate

his

his

that

of

the

duty
born

was

his

whole

one

to

and

and
which

his

is

inhabitants.

making

that,

he

owes

and

protects

the

free

appreciation.
ber
remem-

from

his

first

people,

among

the

above

and

most
forewhom

obligation

greater

to

that

whole;

placed

embracing

tongues,

the

the

institutions,

be

while

his

to

people,

possible

as

on

to

importance,

never

and

nurtured,

and

less

should

town

and

of

books

should

student

country

and

and

of

form

pride

local

use

the

his

section

their

is

should

of

such

facts

collected,

works,

matter

up

studies

than

different
holds

build
in

Archipelago;
is

be

locality

or

country

islands

which

town

of

interests

he

such

standpoint,

patriotic

should
to

carefully

other

suitably

exact

provinces

among

townsmen

throughout

those

it

be

rences
occur-

be

the

and

and

containing,

scholar

should

should

Towns

writing.

historic

the

These

place

and

for

monuments,

or

Filipino
to

But

witnessed.

took

Philippines;

young

notable

sites

Many

expression.

an

are

tablets

libraries

public
the

islands

they

with

marked

find

can

the

throughout

PHILIPPINES.

different

many

the

Philippine

to

great

ment
Governand

Islands,

development

of

its

CHAPTER

PEOPLES

THE

The

of

Study
forms

peoples
known

of

treats

how

races

as

well

mode

of

living

he

peoples,

races

to

with

due

with

history

different

look

must

The

of

Negritos.

majority

of

the

usually called

the

over

the

natives

the

all

Malayan

Malayans.

Tagalog,

"Aeta"

by

called
which

his

the

of

are

we

deals

and

race,

little

"Ita."

of

25

has

The

best

the

to

what

relationship
called

are

"little

known.

is

scattered

Spaniards,
or

great

Mongols.

race

no

pines.
Philip-

The

Oceanic

people

"Negritos,"

differences,

"

little

other

studying

belong

certainly

are

each

these

the

of

Inasmuch,

ethnology

or

and

of different

origin

upon

man
states-

people

treat

to

islands

our

These

they

and

the

to

Characteristics.

which

them

the

body,

own

different

race,

or

of

individuals

interesting

one

with

name

of

between

sympathy.

turns

Physical

"

mankind

of

races

and

of

little at

Philippines,

they arrived,
the

of

which

history

is, however,

There

at

for

is

Ethnology

assistance

and

peoples

our

and

peoples exhibit.

another

one

and

races

races.

mind,

helps private

modern

much

of

affairs

kindness,

the

as

we

it

of

relationships

great

respect,

many

and

the

of

history,

different

the

is of

understand

as

the

different

with

and

science

differences

which

deals

other

too,

the

as

knowledge

such
as

where

explains

It

from

science

the

or

study

The

"

separate

and

originated.

All

Ethnology.

PHILIPPINES.

THE

OF

ethnology,

as

II.

by

when

negroes,"

Since

they

110

26

Longitude

East

120

PEOPLES

AND

COUNTRIES

OF

MALAYSIA
SCALE

OF

MILES

ON

THE

KM

Mohammedan

Malays

EQUATOR

600

800

(.Javanese.

Bugia,

1000

Filipinos (Christian)
Primitive

Melanesians

Malayans
or

(Pagan)

Papuans

Xegritos

from

Greenwich

130

Sulus,

etc.

28

THE

of whom
at

questionthe first inhabitants of these islands

have
shall speak of them
any knowledge, we

without

were

PHILIPPINES.

we

once.

smallest

peoples in the world,

the average
meters,
centi145
height of the men
being about
American
the
or
height of an
boy of twelve
are
correspondinglysmaller.
They
years ; the women
skins that many
have
such
dark-brown
people suppose
them
to be quite black ; their hair is very woolly or kinky,
their heads.
In spiteof these
thick mats
and forms
upon
unattractive
in appearance.
not
peculiarities,
they are
tures
Their eyes are
color,their fealargeand of a fine brown
tifully
are
quite regular,and their little bodies often beaushaped.
They

are

The

the very

among

of

appearance

little savages

these

attention

of the first

Spaniards,and there

accounts

of

Padre

them.

in 1592
in that
also
those

but
much
other
sites

island

some

of

as

Panay, begins the

follows

"

They
Guinea, and they
beard

barbarous

more

much

are

just the
wild

than

through
and

the

mountains,

wild

boar, and

when

Manners

and

Customs.

wild, timid character, and

1

Relation

de las Islas

"

they

the

kill

nor

and

any

reap,
and

They

but

are

and

fixed
live

children
hunt

the

they stop

one

is consumed.
bow

weaker,

They
Bisayas

same.

naked.

almost

right there until all the flesh

they have nothing except the

and

their wives

with

sionary
mis-

of his labors

smaller

for they have neither houses

Filipinos,
for dwelling. They neither plant nor

beasts,wandering

as

Bisayas,there are
black
and
ugly than

are

and

early

many

went

the

the

less

are

are

narrative

Among

Negroes.

their hair and

like wild

deer

to

Chirino, who

excited

Of
arrow."

The

property
l

Negritos still have this

been
few have ever
truly civFilipinas,2d ed., p.

38.

THE

PEOPLES

OF

THE

29

PHILIPPINES.

ilized in

sionaries
of the Spanish misspiteof the efforts of some
They still roam
through the mountains, seldom
buildinghouses,but making simply a littlewall and roof
of brush to keep off the wind and rain.
They kill deer,
wild pigs,monkeys, and birds,and in hunting they are
expert; but their principalfood is wild roots and
very
ing
tubers,which they roast in ashes. Frequentlyin travelthrough the mountains, although one may see nothing
of these timid little folk,he will see many
large,freshly
dug holes from each of which they have taken out a root.
The
their bodies by making little
Negritos ornament
of cuts on
the breast,back, and arms, and leaving
rows
the

in ornamental

scars

their front teeth

patterns; and

some

of them

also

points. In their hair they wear

bamboo
with long plumes of hair or of the feathers
combs
of the mountain
cock.
They have curious dances, and
for marriage and for death.
ceremonies
Distribution.
The Negritos have retired from many
placeswhere they lived when the Spaniardsfirst arrived,
but there are stillseveral thousand
in Luzon, especially
in
cut

to

"

the Cordillera Zambales, and

the Pacific coast, and
and

in

in the Sierra Madre

in the interior of

range

on

Panay and Negros,

Surigao of Mindanao.

Relation

of the

Negritos

to

Other

Dwarfs

of the

fect
Although the Negritoshave had very littleefthe historyof the Philippines,
on
they are of much
interest as a race
and we can
to scientists,
not help asking,
Whence
these curious little people, and what
does
came
at
here signify? While
science can
not
their presence
what we
do actually
these questions,
present fullyanswer
know
about
these pygmies is full of interest.
The
the only black
Aetas of the Philippinesare
not
A similar little people,who
dwarfs in the world.
must
World.

"

RACES

AND

PEOPLES

OF

THE

PHILIPPINES

Filipinos(ChristianizedPeoples)
Primitive

Longitude

120

East

from

121

Malayan

Greenwich

Tribei(Pagani)

THE

belong to

OF

PEOPLES

the

THE

31

PHILIPPINES.

race, live in the mountains

and

jungles
of the Malay peninsula and are
called
Semangs." On
Islands in the Indian Ocean, all the aborigthe Andaman
inal
similar pygmies. Some
inhabitants
of
traces
are
their former
existence
other
are
reported from many
placesin the East Indies.
same

"

Thus

it may

and

men

be that there
had

women

was

time

when

these little

of this island-world

much

quite to

stretched unbrokenly from the

and their race
tlu'inselves,
As it
Philippinesacross
Malaysia to the Indian Ocean.
would
have
been
impossible for so feeble a people to
from

their way
arrival of the

force

them

the

to

island

one

stronger

races,

mountainous

who

have

we
interiors,

after the
confined

now

obliged to
the ground first,
and

the

believe that

another

to

are

on
Negritos were
time they were
The Indian
that at one
more
numerous.
world
of black
then
a
archipelagowas
pygmies. It
be that they were
extensive than this,
even
more
may

for

of the

one

has been

most

curious

discoveries

of modern

findingof similar little blacks in the

the

times
torial
equa-

forests of Africa.

The
negro

stature

Negritosmust
of

New

not

be

Guinea

confused

black

or

or

the

Negro race thus

several widely separatedbranches
Race.

Malayan

thought that
Asia.

the

monly
Melanesia,who are comcalled Papuans; for those Negroes are
of tall
and
belong with the true Negroes of Africa,

race

though how
The

with

Malayan

the mainland

From

and

the

"

so

scattered

we

Origin of
race

it

be

to

came

do not
the

formed

of

know.

Race.

"

It

is

originatedin southeastern
spread down into the peninsula

southward

and

eastward

over

layans
neighboring islands. Probably these early Maand slowly
found the little Negritos in possession

the rich

32

THE

PHILIPPINES.

islands
backward, destroyingthem from many
until they no
longer exist except in the places we have
alreadynamed.
which
With
the beginning of this migratory movement
drove

them

carried them

from

one

island

to another

of the

great East

vented
Archipelago,these early Malayans must have inand
the boats or praus for which they are famed
have become
skillfulsailors livingmuch
the sea.
upon
Life for many
generations,
Effect of the Migration.
and fruitful,
these islands,so warm,
tropical,
graduupon
came
ually modified these emigrants from Asia, until they befrom the
and body quite a different race
in mind
Mongol inhabitants of the mainland.
The Malayan peoplesare of a lightCharacteristics.
brown
on
some
color,with a light yellowishundertone
parts of the skin, with straightblack hair, dark-brown
in stature, they
a small
race
eyes, and, though they are
are
finelyformed, muscular, and active. The physical
throughout all Malaysia,but the
type is nearly the same
differ markedly from
different peoplesmaking up the race
another in culture.
ences
one
They are divided also by differIndian

"

"

religion.There are many tribes which are pagan.

Bali and
On
Lombok, little islands east of Java, the
people are stillBrahmin, like most inhabitants of India.
In other parts of Malaysiathey are
Mohammedans, while
in the Philippines
alone they are mostly Christians.
The Wild Malayan Tribes.
Consideringfirst the pagan
the wild Malayan peoples,we
find that in the interior
or
of the Malay Peninsula and of many
of the islands,
such
as
Sumatra, Borneo and Celebes,there are wild Malayan
little in contact
with the
tribes,who have come
very
this
successive civilizing
changes that have passed over
archipelago.The true Malays call these folk
Orang
of

"

"

THE

OF

PEOPLES

THE

33

PHILIPPINES.

of the

country." Many are almost

are
cannibals,and others are headhunters
savages, some
like some
of the Dyaks of Borneo.
find what is probably this
In the Philippines, too, we
in the mountains.
class of wild peopleliving
same
They are
warlike,savage, and resist approach. Sometimes
they eat
human
flesh as a ceremonial
act, and some
prizeabove all
other trophiesthe heads of their enemies, which they cut
from the body and preserve in then* homes.
It is probable
that these tribes represent the earliest and rudest epoch
of Malayan culture,and that these were
the first of this
and disputewith the Neto arrive in the Philippines
gritos
race
benua,"

"men

or

for the mastery

life,some

of

continued

to

of the soil.

In

such

them, like the Mangyans

the present day.

of

wild

state

of

Mindoro, have

In northern

Luzon,
in the great Cordillera Central,
there are many
of these primitive
tribes. These people are
preeminentlymountaineers.
leys
They preferthe high, cold,and semi-arid crests and valof the loftiest ranges.
Here, with great industry,they
have made
races
gardens by the building of stone-walled terthe slopesof the hills. Sometimes
hundreds
of
on
and they rise one
these terraces can be counted in one valley,
The

above
miles

Tribes

in

the other
almost

Northern

from

"

the bottom
summit

of

of

canon

for several

ridge. These terraced

gardens are all under most careful irrigation.Water is
carried for many
miles by log flumes and ditches,
tributed
to be disthese littlefields. The soil is carefully
tilized
ferover
with the refuse of the villages.Two
and frequently
three crops are
Here
find unwe
doubtedly
produced each year.
the most
developed and most nearly scientific
agriculturein the Philippines.They raise rice,cotton,
tobacco, the taro, maize, and especiallythe camote, or
to

the

Luzon.

34

THE

potato, which

PHILIPPINES.

is their

principalfood. These people

live in compact, well-built villages,
frequentlyof several
of these tribes,like the Igorots
hundred
houses.
Some
of Benguet and the Tingians of Abra, are
peaceable as
In Benguet there are
well as industrious.
fine herds of
excellent coffee,and from time immemorial
cattle,much
the Igorots here have mined gold.
Besides these peacefultribes there are
in Bontok, and
in the northern
parts of the Cordillera,
largetribes,
many
with splendidmountain
who are nevertheless in a
villages,
and dreadful state of war.
constant
Nearly every town
is in feud with its neighbors,and the practiceof taking
A
and
combat.
heads
leads to frequent murder
most
headhunters
the Ibilao,or
curious tribe of persistent
are
between
Ilungots,who live in the Caraballo Sur Mountains
Nueva
Vizcaya.
Ecija and Nueva
similar
On
other islands of the Philippinesthere are
there are
the Tagwild tribes. On the island of Palawan
sweet

banwas

and

other

folk.

savage

Characteristics

of

the

Mindanao, there are many

the Bagobo, Mandaya,
tribes,
coast

and

around

Mount

Tribes

tribes.

more

and

of

Manobo,

Apo.

Mindanao.

Three
are

In Western

on

"

In

of these
the

ern
east-

Mindanao,

quite a large but scattered tribe called the SubThese people make
anon.
clearingson the hillsides and
rice.
by raisingmaize and mountain
support themselves
truly
They also raise hemp, and from the fiber they weave
beautiful blankets and garments, artistically
dyed in very
curious patterns. These
peoples are nearly all pagans,
medanism,
though a few are being gradually converted to Mohamand some
to Christianity.The
sionally
occapagans
sacrifice and
practicethe revoltingrites of human
there is

ceremonial

cannibalism.

THE

The
"

At

PEOPLES

Civilized

Malayan

later date

OF

Their

"

the

Later

Arrival.

arrival of these

primitive
the Philippinesothers
ligence.
a
higher order of intel-

to

came

35

PHILIPPINES.

Peoples.

than

tribes, there

Malayan

THE

developed culture and

These peoplesmastered
the low country and the
of nearly all the islands,
coasts
driving into the interior
the earlier comers
and
the aboriginalNegritos. These
later arrivals,
though all of one stock,differed considerably,
and
spoke different dialects belonging to one
language
of the present civilized
the ancestors
family. They were
Filipinopeople.
Distribution
tral
of These Peoples." All through the cenislands,Cebu, Panay, Negros, Leyte, Samar, Bohol
of

more

and

danao,
Min-

northern

Bi-

the

are

largestof
these peoples. At the
southern
extremity
of
Luzon, in the
provinces of Sorsosayas,

the

and

gon

rines,are

the

Cama-

Beit

of Rattan,

the Bikols.

these, holding central Luzon, Batangas, Cavite,

Ecija,are
Manila, Laguna, Bataan, Bulacan, and Nueva
North

of

plain of northern Luzon is

occupied by the Pampangos and Pangasinans. All the
is inhabited
coast
northwest
by the Ilokanos, and the
valleyof the Cagayan by a people commonly called Cagadialect is Ibanag. In Nueva
Vizcaya
but whose
yanes,
the Tagalogs, while

province, on
there
but
than

are

they
the

the

other
are

the great

Batanes

distinct branches

much

smaller

tribes mentioned

and

Islands

above.

Calamianes,

Filipinopeople,
and less important

of the

in numbers

the

36

THE

PHILIPPINES.

They form politically

the
and
historicallythe Filipino people. They are
the Spaniards ruled for more
than three
Filipinoswhom
All are
hundred
converts
to Christianity,
and all
years.
of

Importance

have

attained

Early

Peoples.

somewhat

of the

Contact

the

at

These

"

similar stage of civilization.

Malays

and

Hindus.

"

These

ple
peo-

of their arrival in the

time

probablynot only of

Philippineswere
than any
higherplaneof intelligence

Mindanao

Brass

Vessels.

occupation of the islands,

had
but they appear
the advantages of contact
to have
with a highly developedculture that had appeared in the
centuries earlier.
eastern
archipelagosome
who

had

Early

preceded them

in the

Civilization

India.

years

There

ago,
were

in

India

"

produced

More
a

great cities of

than

two

remarkable

sand
thouzation.
civili-

stone, magnificent

palaces,a lifeof splendidluxury,and a highly organized

social and political
the Sanskrit,
as
system. Writing, known
had been developed,and a great literature of poetry

THE

PEOPLES

OF

THE

37

PHILIPPINES.

and

Brahminphilosophyproduced. Two great religions,

ism and
Buddhism, arose, the latter still the dominant
of Tibet,China, and Japan. The people who
religion
duced
pro-

this civilization
fifteen hundred

known

are

the Hindus.

as

Hinduism

Fourteen

spread over

Burma,
Great cities were
erected with splendid
Siam, and Java.
temples and huge idols,the ruins of which still remain,
though their magnificencehas gone and they are covered
to-day with the growth of the jungle.
or

Influence of
This

"

thus in
these

ago

Culture

Hindu

on

powerful civilization of
Malaysia,greatlyaffected

islands,as well
Many

have

to

years

in

words

Sanskrit

those

as

the

the

Malayan Peoples.
the Hindus, established
the

who

Malayan people

Tagalog have

origin,and

the

the

to

came

pines.
Philip-

been

systems

of

on

shown

writing

several of the
Spaniards found in use among
Filipinopeoples had certainlybeen developed from the
these Hindu
peoples of
alphabet then in use
among
the

which

Java.
Rise

The

hundred

faith,came
had

of Mohammedanism.

years
over

was

"

few

later another
the

great change, due to religious

has
a change which
Malayan race,
"

great effect upon

is still destined

Mohammed.

"

to

the conversion

the

modify

and
historyof the Philippines,

events

far into the future.

to Mohammedanism.

This

Of all the great

of the world, Mohammedanism

the last to
was
religions
has in some
been the most
markable.
rearise,and its career
ways
its founder, was
an
Arab, born
Mohammed,
established
At that time Christianity
about 572 A.D.
was
and throughout most
entirelyaround the Mediterranean
Mohammed
of Europe, but Arabia
idolatrous.
was
was
of those great, propheticsouls which arise from time
one
to time in the world's history. All he could learn from

38

PHILIPPINES.

THE

Hebraism

together with the result of

Christianity,
his own
thought and prayers, led him to the belief in one
God, the Almighty, the Compassionate, the Merciful,who
win all men
he believed would
to His knowledge through
as
the teachingsof Mohammed
himself.
Mohammed
Thus inspired,
became
teacher or prophet,and by the end of
a
his life he had won
his people to his faith and inaugurated
and

of the

one

Spread
enthusiasm

of conquest the world

of Mohammedanism

armies

The

"

greatest eras

to

to

Arabian

of

horsemen,

the

convert

Africa

world

to

has

seen.

and

Europe.

full of

fanatical

their

faith,in a
all Judea,

from
Christendom
century's time wrested
Syria,and Asia Minor, the sacred land where Jesus lived
and taught, and the countries where
Paul and the other
apostles had first established Christianity.Thence they
swept along the north coast of Africa,bringingto an end all
of Roman
and religion,
and by 720
that survived
power
in possessionof
they had crossed into Europe and were
Spain. For the nearlyeighthundred years that followed,
the Christian Spaniards fought to drive Mohammedanism
from
the peninsula,before they were
successful.
The

Conversion
"

Not

of the

Malayans

did

Mohammedanism

only

to

anism.
Mohammedmove

ward
west-

carried eastward
as
Europe, it was
the
well. Animated
by their faith,the Arabs became
explorers,
merchants, and geographers of
greatest sailors,
the age.
They sailed from the Red Sea down the coast of
Africa as far as Madagascar, and eastward to India,where
and
Corothey had settlements on both the Malabar
Thence
mandel
Arab
missionaries brought their
coasts.
faith to Malaysia.
over

At
the

that
common

Africa

time
term

and

the

true

Malays,

"Malayan"

has

the

been

tribe

from

which

derived, were

40

PHILIPPINES.

THE

early as 1250
converted to Mohammedanism,
brought to them
they were
and under the impulse of
missionaries,
by these Arabian
their obscurityand
this mighty faith
they broke from
that great conquest and expansion that has
commenced
diffused their power,
language, and religionthroughout
small

people

of

Sumatra.

At

least

as

Indies.

the East

Mohammedan

in

Settlement

Mohammedan

Malay

Borneo.

settlement

"

powerful

established

was

on

the

The
probably as early as 1400.
more
a
primitiveinhabitants,like the Dyaks, who were
tribe of the primitiveMalayans, were
defeated,and the
From
possessionof parts of the coast taken from them.
western

coasts

this coast

of Borneo

of Borneo

traversing the
Spaniards arrived.
were

The

Mohammedan

came
seas

of the

many
of

the

adventurers

Philippineswhen
of

Population

Mindanao

who

the

and

tion
something certainlyto this same
Malay migraBut
the Mawhich
the colony of Borneo.
founded
descendants
to be largely
gindanao and Illanon Moros seem
and Tiruray,who
of primitivetribes,
such as the Manobo
converted
to Mohammedanism
were
by Malay and Arab
traditions of the Magindanao Moros
proselyters.The
ascribe their conversion to Kabunsuan, a native of Johore,
of an
the son
Arab
He
father and Malay mother.
came
to Magindanao with a band
of followers,
and
him
from
the datos
of Magindanao
trace
their lineage. Kabunsuan,
through his Arab father,is supposed to be descended
from Mohammed,
and so the datos of Magindanao to the
present day proudly believe that in their veins flows the
blood of the Prophet.
Jolo

The

owes

Coming

of

the

still increasingin the

Spaniards.

"

Mohammedanism

Philippineswhen

the

was

Spaniards ar-

rived.

OF

PEOPLES

THE

THE

Mohammedans

The

41

PHILIPPINES.

already had
Manila Bay, and their gradual conquest of
was
interruptedonly by the coming of

foothold

on

the

archipelago
the Europeans.
that
the Spaniards,
It is a strange historical occurrence
for nearly eight
having fought with the Mohammedans
centuries for the possessionof Spain, should have come
the
around
westward
globe to the PhilippineIslands
and
the

Their

the

Spaniards were

Mohammedanism

on

both

"

Such, then,

into

Moros

from

of

frontiers.
Morocco

"Moors,"

and

Mohammedan

new

they

the

are

eastern

or

these

to

Thus

opponents

Spain

"Moros"

been

Summary.

and

its western

as
always known
quite naturallythey gave
the same
and
enemies
title,
present day.

had

them.

determined

most

crossed

foes who

ancient

conflict with

the ancient

resumed

there

are

elements

called to the

which

form

populationof these islands, a few thousands of the

wild mountain
little Negritos;many
tribes of the primitive
Malayans; a later immigration of Malayans of higher
than any that preceded them,
cultivation and possibilities
had
of Java
who
and
been influenced by the Hinduism
had
centuries an
who
have
in recent
astonishinggrowth
the

both

"

in

Mohammedan

and

numbers

in

sea-rovers,

Copy

of

the

culture; and

the true

Koran

from

last, the

Malays.

Mindanao.

fierce

CHAPTER

AND

EUROPE

The

Mediaeval

Middle

Age.

fall of

FAR

Period

and

500

1300

Empire

the

the

literature,a

world

in

new

rude

and

general,

and

the

the

turies
cen-

period begins
looting

tribes,and

new

of

mean

the

German

of

way

passion

Length

we

This

A.D.

1400

"

Ages

A.D.

Imperial City by
rise of

ABOUT

Europe.

Middle

Roman

the

EAST

in

the

By

"

between
the

THE

III.

with

of

the

ends

with

looking at

for

discovery

been

centuries

of

the

every

kind.
These

eight

hundred

struggle, intellectual

triumph

of barbarism

first few

Empire,

Europe

centuries

of the

New

origin

fighting

came,

settlingwherever
received

and

Italy

and

Franks;

These

peoples

this

peoples
it has

this

Christian

period

into

way

land

attracted

Goths;

faith
and

resulted

lands
that

the

the

Roman

of

all

history,

and

Teutonic

or

Europe

them.

Thus

the

and

Spain

Burgundians

Angles

English.

or

fierce,warlike, free, unlettered

priests
with

"

as

western

France,

Saxons

the

Roman

of

one

as

Era,

German

their

all

were

of

Fortunately, they

Christianity by
embraced

Gibbon,

largely changed, during

was

peoples

the

England,

barbarians.

other

the

cruel

depression, but

greatest politicalinstitution

that

slowly decayed.

Thus

of

of

religion."

and

of

population

The

social
Edward

greatest historians,speaks

the

'

and

darkness,

great religiousdevotion.

also of

the

had

years

and

ardor,

at

being

were

the
42

all

were

countries

converted

missionaries.
the

same

lost to
where

time

to

They
that

Christendom.

Christianity

arose

THE

AND

EUROPE

FAR

first established

and

EAST

ABOUT

are
itself,

now

1400

43

A.D.

tian,
longer Chris-

no

which had an Asiatic and Semitic

religion,
faith of the people
origin,has become the distinguishing
of western
Europe. For centuries the countries of Europe
raided and disturbed by pillaging
and murwere
fiercely
dering
hordes; by the Huns, who followed in the Germans
from
the East ; by the Northmen, cruel piratingseamen
from
Scandinavia; and, as we have already seen, by the
Saracens
as
or
Mohammedans,
they were
called,who
of Spain.
into central Europe by way
came
and

this

Character

of the

Life

during

this

Period.

Feudalism.

"

freeperilthat independence or dom

became
developed a society
impossible,and there was
to the present time,
which has lasted almost down

Life

"

and

was

which

beset with

so

call Feudalism.

we

his freedom

gave

up

who

became

and

his lord.

while the lord

The

free but

his lands to
He

man

stronger man,

some

obedience

swore

weak

to

this

lord,

to furnish him

protectionand gave
him back his lands to hold as a "fief,"both sharinghi
the product. This lord swore
still
allegianceto some
sal,"
more
powerful man, or "overlord,"and became his "vaspledged to follow him to war with a certain number
of armed
his part,owed
and this overlord,
on
ance
allegimen;
to the prince,who
perhaps, a duke or bishop
was,
to the king
or
(bishopsat this time were also feudal lords),
united into large groups
Thus
or
or
men
were
emperor.
littleundernations for help or
standing
protection. There was
of love of country.
Patriotism,as we feel it,
was
or
allegianceto
replacedby the passion of fidelity
one's feudal superior.
engaged

Disadvantages
system
make

was

war

of Feudalism.

that the feudal

upon

one

lords

The

"

great curse

possessedthe

another, and

so

of this
to

power

continuous

were

44

THE

AND

EUROPE

jealousiesand

their

the miserable
killing

If

did

and

him,

to

open

that

life that

strong

so

time

in

in the

was

and

noblest

the

Church.

it is

the

of France

and
wonder

no

bloodshed

these,and

as

the age

that at

owned

was

was

Monasticism

conditions

of
religious
feelings

third of the land

stroyin
de-

their backs

monks.

such

life

War

turned

best

world, became

Europe under

were

other

one

promised only fightingand

and, renouncing

developed

soil,and

popular learning.

pursuitsof life,and

of the

many

upon

tilled the

cattle.

that

the

religionwere

never

was

try,
opponent'scoun-

an

joy in We and no
enjoy warfare, but

not

land

45

A.D.

1400

little

was

man

laid waste

serfs who

and

their homes

There

ABOUT

quarrelingsthat the

bands, who

armed

free from

EAST

FAR

one

by the

ligious
re-

orders.
The

Town.

The

"

typicalinstitutions

two

of the

early

Middle

its high stone

the feudal castle,with
Age were
of warriors
walls and gloomy towers, with its fierce bands
in mail and fightingon
horseback
with lance and
armed
sword, and the monastery, which representedinn, hospital,

and

school.

appeared.
val

This

much

owes

The

Renaissance.

life had

new

which

And

third

it is to these

factor

media"

their

the Middle

appeared,a

is called the

in

Changes

"

By 1400, however,
a

the town.

was

ship,
busy trading life,their free citizenworld
their useful occupations,that the modern
of its libertyand its intellectual light.

cities,with
and

Gradually, however,

Age
new

Political

Affairs.

"

had

nearly passed and

in progress,
epoch was

Renaissance, which

"

means

rebirth."

had arisen,
of nationality
and
affairs the spirit
political
ment
feudalism
was
alreadydeclining. Men began to feel attachIn

to

national

country,
states,

to

as

king, and
we

now

to

know

and
fellow-citizens;

them, each

with

the

its

46

THE

PHILIPPINES.

its common
naturallybounded
territory,
language,and its
approximately common
appearing.
race, were
France
and
England were, of these states,the two
advanced
most
politically
just previous to the fifteenth
stillengaged in
century. At this distant time they were
a
as
strugglewhich lasted quite a century and is known
In the end,England was
the Hundred
Years' War.
forced
the continent,
and
to give up all her claims to territory
on
In
the power
of France
was
correspondinglyincreased.
France
the mpnarchy (king and court) was
becoming the
supreme

power

in the

land.

The

feudal nobles

lost what

peoplegained nothing.
they had, while the common
England, however, the foundations for a representative
government had been laid. The powers of legislation
divided between
the English king
government were

power

In

and
and
,"'

Parliament.

and

1265

the
chosen

The

consisted

nobility;and
by the common

Parliament

first called in

was

ing
parts, the Lords, representthe Commons, composed of persons

of two

"

people.

divided

into

number

of small

principalities,
Saxony, Bavaria,Franconia,Bohemia, Austria,
and many
the Rhine principalities,
others, which united
in a great assembly, or
Diet, the head of which was
some
prince,chosen to be emperor.
Italy was also divided. In the north,in the valleyof the
the duchy of Milan and the Republic
Po, or Lombardy, were
the Tuscan
of Venice; south,on the western
coast,were
Thence,
states, includingthe splendidcity of Florence.
the peninsula,were
stretchingnorth and south across
the pope, for until less
states of the church,whose ruler was
than fifty
not only the head of the
years ago the pope was
ern
church but also a temporal ruler. Embracing the southof Naples.
the principality
part of the peninsulawas
Germany

was

"

"

EUROPE

In, the

AND

FAR

ABOUT

EAST

Spanish peninsula

in the west,

"

THE

had

Christian states

Portugal,hi the

center

A.D.

UOO

47

arisen,

east, Castile,

and

Aragon, and Leon, from all of which the Mohammedans

had been expelled. But the Moors
stillheld the southern
parts of Spain,includingthe beautiful plainsof Andalusia
and

Grenada.

The

in the

Mohammedans,

centuries

of

their life in

tion.
civilizaSpain, had developed an elegantand prosperous
of irrigation
and skillful planting,they
By means
southern
had converted
Spain into a garden. They were
and breeders of horses and
skillfulagriculturists
the most
sheep in Europe, and they carried to perfectionmany fine
nowhere
further
arts, while knowledge and learningwere
able
advanced
than here.
Through contact with this remarkfortunat
Unpeople the Christian Spaniards gained much.
of religious
intolerance was
however, the spirit
so
strong, and the hatred engendered by the centuries of
that in the end the Spaniard
war
was
so violent,
religious
imbued

became

with

so

fierce

fanaticism

that he thereafter

properly to appreciateor justlyto

differed from him in religious
belief.

appeared unable
treat those who
The

Conquests

of the

Mohammedans.

century, religioustoleration
in the

world, and

become

converts

was

In

"

but

the

teenth
fif-

little known

the

people of the great Mohammedan

faith still threatened
to
overwhelm
Christian Europe.
Since the first great conquests of Islam in the eighth century
had been repulsedfrom central Europe, that faith had
wonderful
shown
of winning its way.
a
In the
power
tenth century Asia Minor
invaded by hordes of Selwas
juks, or Turks, who poured down from central Asia hi
These
tribes had
overthrown
the
conquering bands.
in Mesopotamia and Asia
Arab's power
Minor
only to
to

his faith.

With

freshened

zeal

they

48

THE

hurled
at

themselves

the old

upon

Constantinoplehad

Roman

PHILIPPINES.

survived

Christian

empire, which

the fall of the rest of the

world.

SeljukTurks had conquered most

A great fear
of Asia Minor, Syria,and the Holy Land.
the people of Europe that the city of Constantinople
over
came
would be captured and they,too, be overwhelmed
enemies.
Mohammedan
The
passionate
by these new
religiouszeal of the Middle Age also roused the princes
and knightsof Europe to try to wrest from the infidel the
tianity
Holy Land of Palestine,where were the birthplaceof Chrisand the site of the Sepulcher of Christ.
Palestine
established there,
recovered and Christian states were
was
and eighty years.
Then
which lasted for over
a hundred
revived and,operatingfrom Egypt, finally
the Arab power
and
retook Jerusalem
expelled the Christian from the
queror.
yet returned as a conHoly Land, to which he has never
The

Crusades.

The

"

Effects of the Crusades.

"Crusades,"
rude

had

Christian

These

"

profound

warrior

from

effect

the west

long, holy wars, or

Europe. The
upon
was

astonished

and

delighted with the splendid and luxurious life which he

and the Arabian East.
Even though
met
at Constantinople
his life at home
he was
barren of comforts
a prince,
was
and
silk,cotton,
beauty. Glass, linen,rugs, tapestries,
of the things which
the
some
spices,and sugar were
Franks
from
and the Englishmen took home
with them
Demand
for these treasures
of the East
the Holy Land.
became
and
trade between
western
irresistible,
Europe
and the East grew rapidly.
The cities of Italydeveloped
The
Commercial
Cities of Italy.
terranean.
this commerce.
They placedfleets upon the MediThey carried the crusaders out and brought
"

the

back

that

wares

and

cities grew
where

The

Venice.

fierce.

strivingto

desired.

Europe

this way
the west

these

coast,
and

Amalfi, Pisa, Genoa,

were

the east, at the

on

On

49

AJ".

1400

In

wealthy.

very

began,

ABOUT

EAST

FAR

became

this trade

Florence,and

very

THE

AND

EUROPE

of the

head

was
Adriatic,
of Italy was

these cities
rivalrybetween
They fought and plunderedone another, each
win a monopoly for itself of this invaluable

trade.
victorious.

was
Venice, finally,

favorable.

easilyand
thence

goods

this most
Flanders
them

and

on

and

grew

life,greater
Education

up

and

cities of

of the Low

passed them

Development
trade

grew

the

routes

northward

Augsburg
to

the

location
could

wares

the

up

on

was

be

Po

very

carried

River

and

the

Alps to the
in this trade the splendid
Nuremberg, which passed
over

the

Rhine,

beautiful river to the coast.

to the countries

and

or

Bavaria

cities of

German
these

France

In

docks

shortest

the

by

into

Danube.

her

From

Her

Here

and

so

down

the towns

of

Countries,or Holland, received

again to England and eastward

of the Baltic.
of

Modern

Language.

in

Thus

"

Europe, and, with

intelligence,
learning, and

became

up

more

common,

and

trade

commerce

and

city
independence.

the universities of

Europe were
thronged. Latin in the Middle Age had been
the only language that was
written by the learned class.
Now
the modern
languages of Europe took their form and
Italian was
the
began to be used for literary
purposes.
first to be so used by the great Dante, and
in the same
half-centurythe English poet Chaucer sang in the homely
in France, Germany, and Spain
English tongue, and soon
national literatures appeared. With this went greater freedom
of expression. Authority began to have less weight.
Men
and effects,
to doubt
began to inquire into causes

EUROPE

AND

EAST

FAR

THE

ABOUT

things,to seek themselves

certain

the Renaissance

With

came.

for the

it

came

51

A.D.

1400

truth,and

so

greater love for

beautiful,a greater joy hi life,a fresh zest for the

thirst
a
good of this world, a new
passionfor discovery,
for adventure,and, it must
also be confessed a new
laxity
of livingand a new
greed for gold. Christian Europe was
the

about

to

its

burst

life and

over

thought, probably

those which

none

It could

pressed
re-

never

have

come

greater than

are

the transition from

saw

be

not

Of all the great changes which

backward.

turn

It could

to its old limitations.

confined

nor

bounds.

narrow

the mediaeval

to the

world.

modern

with

Trade

the

back

for

East.

Articles

"

and

of Trade.

Now

"

we

old

inquiry
all these beautiful and inviting
Whence
further.
came
that had
tastes and
wares
passions in
produced new
Europe? The Italian traders drew them from the Levant,
had not produced them.
Neither pepper,
but the Levant
spices,sugarcane,
costly gems, nor rich silks,were
duced
promust

go

on

moment

an

pursue

the shores of the Mediterranean.

Only the rich tropicalcountries of the East were capable

of growing these rare
plants,and up to that tune of
deliveringto the delver many
precious stones. India,
the rich Malaysian archipelago,
the kingdom of China,
"

these

are

the lands

have
and

wide

and

islands which

given up their

to

and

amaze

treasures

from

morial
imme-

tune

be forwarded

to

far

native of colder and

delightthe

less productivelands.
Routes

the
when

of

Trade

and

caravan

Far

East.

men

Solomon

to
routes

They

first used

and

the

indeed

Far

connect
are

them.
very

so

East.

Three

old sailing

the Mediterranean

old that

They

"

were

ancient

we

can

not

old in the

when

with
guess

days of

Alexander

the

52

THE

PHILIPPINES.

One
of these
conquered the East.
the
through the Black Sea, and around

Great

Turkestan

to

those

to

strange and

passed
Caspian Sea,

routes

romantic

ancient

Bokhara
and Samarkand.
it ran
Thence
cities,
easterly
from
the north.
Another
across
Asia, entering China
crossed Syria and went
down
through Mesopotamia to the
A third began in Egypt and went
Indian Ocean.
through
the Red
Sea, passingalong the coast of Arabia to India.
in use
for centuries,but by the
All of these had
been
A fresh immigration of
had been closed.
1400 two
year
Turks, the Ottomans, in the fourteenth
century came
the scourged country of the Euphrates and
down
upon
medanism,
MohamSyria,and although these Turks also embraced
and
closed the first two routes
their hostility
been fullyresumed.
them
has never
over
commerce
Venetian

centered
sultan
the

ruler of

or

products

the East

southern

the

upon

now

hands

of the

route.

Egypt, Venice

which
came

Trade.

of

Monopoly

came

over

in fleets up

Thus

"

By

this route.

the

monopoly
Goods

of

from

Sea,went

through
collected a duty
the ships of the

of

sultan

treaty with

secured

the Red

all interest

Egypt, who
for them, and then were
passed on to
carried them
wealthyVenetian merchant
princes,who
throughout Europe. Although the object of intense jealousy,
it seemed
impossibleto wrest this monopoly from
Her fleet was
Venice.
the strongeston the Mediterranean,
and her rule extended
along the Adriatic to the Grecian
the

islands.

All eager

the East, but

Venice

no

minds
way

was

were

bent

known,

upon

the trade with

that which

save

had

now

gained.
of Geographical Knowledge.
Extent
The
of
Maps
To realize Kow
the problem looked to the
this Period.
sailor of Genoa
of Flanders
the merchant
at that time,
or
"

"

EUROPE

we

must

AND

THE

how

understand

geographicalknowledge
believed

was

that

EAST

FAR

of

scanty and

1400

53

A.D.

erroneous

the

was

the fifteenth century.

even

Jerusalem

the

was

center

of the

It

world,

of
biblical passage.
The maps
earlier dates
this and
represent the earth in this way:
In the center, Palestine,and beneath it the Mediterranean
a

belief founded

ABOUT

upon

only body of water

the left side is Europe; on

Sea,

which

the

was

well

known;

on

the

right,Africa; and at the

continents
the last two
indefinitely
top, Asia
very
the whole
was
mapped. Around
supposed to flow an
beyond the first few miles of which it was perilous
ocean,
the edge of the
to proceed lest the ship be carried over
earth or encounter
other perils.
The Greek
fore
Hie Earth.
about
Ideas
philosophersbe"

"

the time

of Christ

globe,or ball,and

had

had

discovered

that

the world

is

ference.
computed rudely its circumBut
in the Middle
Ages this knowledge had
been disputed and contradicted
by a geographer named
a vast
Cosmas, who held that the world was
plane,twice
This
as
long as it was broad and surrounded by an ocean.
belief was
the
generallyadopted by churchmen, who were
versal
to be the unionly scholars of the Middle Ages, and came
belief of Christian Europe.
Renaissance
revived the knowledge of the writThe
ings
of the old Greek geographerswho
had demonstrated
and had roughly calculated
the earth's shape to be round
its size; but these writingsdid not have sufficient circulation
in Europe to gain much
the Christian
acceptance among
cosmographers. The Arabs, however, after conquering
Egypt, Syria and northern Africa, translated into
their

own

the best
Middle

even

tongue the wisdom

informed

Age,

so

and
that

most

of the Greeks
scientific

intercourse

with

and

became

geographersof the
the

Arabs

which

54

THE

began with

the Crusades

with

India

Far

East.

The

thirteenth

PHILIPPINES.

and

helped to acquaintEurope

China.
The

"

what
some-

Tartar

Mongols.
Asia

century all northern

and

in the

Then

"

China

fell under

Mongols. Russia was overrun

by
At the Danube,
western
Europe threatened.
however, this tide of Asiatic conquest stopped, and then
into diplomatic
followed a long periodwhen Europe came
relations with these Mongols and through
and commercial
them learned something of China.
the power
them
and

of the Tartar

Visits

Polo

Marco

visited the

king, and of

particular.He
in

started

court

of

one

was

Great

Kaan.

of the

Great

Several

"

Kaan,

them, Marco Polo, we

a
Venetian, and when

with

1271

the

his father

and

or

uncle

on

Mongol
speak

must
a

peans
Euro-

man

young
a

in

visit to

They passed from Italyto Syria,across

to Ormuz, whence
to Bagdad, -and down
they journeyed
the
northward
through upper Persia and thence across
route
to Kaipingfu,where
the
Pamirs along the caravan
had his court.
Here in the service of this prince
Kaan
the Great

Marco

Polo spent
were

him

He

Kaan.

over

his services

to return.

traversed

seventeen

that the

years.

Kaan

So valuable
would

not

deed
in-

permit

in the East.
after year he remained
of China,and was
for a time "taotai,"

Year

most

magistrate,of the cityof Yang Chan near the Yangtze

of the East.
the amazing wonders
He saw
He
River.
He probably heard
of
heard of "Zipangu," or Japan.
the Philippines.
for the three Venetians
Finallythe opportunity came
or

to return.

The

Great

Kaan

had

relative who

was

from this ruler to

came
Persia,and ambassadors
for him to marry.
The
a Mongol princess
secure
dangers
considered too
and hardshipsof the travel overland were
ruler of

EUROPE

difficult for the

her

send

by

THE

AND

delicate

water.

EAST

ABOUT

to

accompany

55

it

was

decided

to

his father and

and

Polo

A.D.

1400

princess,and

Marco

commissioned

were

FAR

the

uncle

expedition to

Persia.

the port of Chin

and

reached

Travels.

"

Cheu, probably near

skirted

They

1292.

Polo's

Marco

History of

the

the

sailed from
in the

and

Cambodia

of

coasts

They
Amoy,1

year

Siam

Sumatra, where they

waited
five months
for the changing of the monsoon.
Of the Malay people of Sumatra, as well as of these
Polo has
islands,their animals and productions,Marco
left us most
The
and quite accurate
accounts.
interesting
Malays on Sumatra
were
beginning to be converted to
for Marco
that many
Polo
of
Mohammedanism,
says
them
"Saracens."
He gamed a good knowledge of
were
the rich and mysterious Indian
Isles,where the spices
and flavorings
It was
two
grew.
years before the party,
having crossed the Indian Ocean, reached Persia and
the court
of the Persian king. When
they arrived they
found
that while they were
making this long voyage the
Persian
king had died ; but they married the Mongol
princessto his son, the young prince,who had succeeded
him, and that did just as well.
From
Persia the Venetians
crossed to the Black
Sea,
sailed for Italy,and at last reached home
after an absence
Marco
Polo's
But
adventures
of
twenty-four years.
eastern

of

coasts

end

with

fight between

the

did

not

See

entire

Yule's

Henry
many

The

Yule.

In

Venetians

and

for

and

voluminous
the

as

of this

well

Polo* has
notes
accounts

In

Genoese,

discussion

great explorer,

this edition

countries and

of Ser Marco

book

introduction

to

Polo

this

history of

narrative.
with

Marco

Venice.

his return

as

was

point and
translation

most

this

by
of

can

sea

made
for the
of

his

edited
critically
English scholar, Sir
Marco
Polo, covering so

been

peoples of the Far East,

he

fierce

be studied.

56

THE

in Genoa.

prisonerand confined

Marco's

from

down

wrote

this book

record of adventure,

travel,and

for

that

disbelieved.
able

to

it

years

the

again

traverse

our

the

captive

story

of

his

to-day. It is
ful
wonderso
description,

own

routes

fellow

have

we

doubted

was

since,in

But

Here

words

own

adventures, and

eastern
a

PHILIPPINES.

and

its accuracy
have been
time,men
which

over

Marco

Polo

quite as he
passed,fact after fact has been established,
truthfullystated them centuries ago. To have been the
first European to make
this mighty circuit of travel is
certainlya strong title to enduring fame.
of

the

at

the

Countries

brieflylook
the

year

the

European

the

date

the

century, India
Indus.

they
whose
In

At

was

attacks
1398

prey

the

over

the mind

of

fascination.

First of
been

But

commerce.

upon

the

all

we

furious

India
the

Mohammedan

had

seventh

conquerors,

into the

converts

the

all,
cipal
prin-

long before

of

From

Saracens

were

now

by

for centuries

to

us

East, which

northwest

Mongol
Europe

same

came

of

Far

of the Hindu.

first these

the

were

hand

from

entered

western

Let

"

considering,the scepter

are

we

fallen from

who

seen, had

of the

source

India.

exercise

to

come

"

of the

irresistible a

so

have

we

East.

countries

had

1400

India, as

Far

or

valley of the
Arabs;

later

Mohammedanism,
already noticed.
bloody warrior, the
to

have
and

He
Mongols,
Timour, or Tamerlane.
founded, with capitalat Delhi, the empire of the Great
rule over
India was
Mogul, whose
only broken by the
the Ganges and
in the
white man.
Eastward
across
states ruled over
Dekkan, or southern part of India,were
by Indian princes.

greatest

China.

"

Polo, China

"

We

have

also

was

seen

ruled

how,

at

the

by the Tartar

time

of Marco

Mongols. The

EUROPE

have

Chinese

AND

THE

ever

been

Wall

Christ
that

of

one

stretches

1400

Chinese

the

the

built

dering
wan-

years

Great

frontier for

northern

the

across

kings

the

hundred

Two

of Siberia.

57

A.D.

from

subject to attack

tribes
horse-riding

before

ABOUT

EAST

FAR

one

ern
againstnorthfoes.
of their history the Chinese
Through much
have
been ruled by aliens,as they are
to-day. About
the Mongol rulers
1368, however, the Chinese overthrew
house
and established the Ming dynasty, the last Chinese
thousand

miles,for

three hundred

defense

who
the Manof emperors,
ruled China until 1644, when
chus, the present rulers,conquered the country.

merce
Mings. Comflourished and the fleets of Chinese
junks sailed to
for trade.
and to the Philippines
India,the Malay Islands,
The Grand Canal, which connects
Peking with the Yangtze
River basin and Hangchau, was
an
completed. It was
age of fine productions of literature.
China

Chinese

The
then

great and

was

than

seem

they

are

to

have

at

the

peculiar,isolated people
their heads

shave
well

nor

under

prosperous

much

less

exclusive

present time; much

than

wear

been

the

now.

queue.

They
These

did

less
not

then

customs,

as

that

hostilityto foreign intercourse which they

have
forced
China
to-day, were
by the Manchus.
upon
China appeared at that time ready to assume
a
position
of
a

as

influence among
position for which she
enormous

industry of
her learned

all classes and

the

peoplesof the earth,

well fitted by the great
was
the high intellectual power
of
"

men.

Compared with China or India,or even

some
minor
states, the development of Japan at this time was
Her people were
divided and there was
very backward.
civil war.
The Japanese borrowed
constant
their civilization
Japan.

from

"

the Chinese.

From

them

they learned writing

COUNTRIES

THE
OF

FAR

THE
IN THE

16TH
SCALE

200

MO

OF

600

EAST
CENTURY
MILES

800

Longitude

1000
110

1200

from

East

58

120

Greenwich

EUROPE

and

AND

THE

and
literature,

about

FAR

the

ABOUT

EAST

which
religion,

Buddhist
in

But

A.D.

1400

was

59

troduced
in-

they are
different people,being spirited,
a very
warlike,and, until
recent years, have despisedtradingand commerce.
Since the beginning of her history,Japan has been
monarchical.
The ruler,the Mikado, is believed to be of
heavenly descent; but in the centuries we are discussing
the government
controlled by powerfulnobles,known
was
the Shoguns, who
in retirement in
as
kept the emperors
the palacesof Kyoto, and themselves
directed the State.
The
greatest of these shoguns was
lyeyasu, who ruled
after Manila was
founded.
Japan about 1600, soon
They
developed in Japan a speciesof feudalism,the great lords,
to the shoguns,and about
or
"daimios," owning allegiance
bodies of samurai, who
the daimios,as feudal retainers,
formed
The samurai
a
partlynoble class of their own.
carried arms, fought at their lords' command, were
dents
stuand literati,
and among
them developed that proud,
loyal,and elevated code of moralityknown as
Bushido,"
for the Japanese people. It is
which has done so much
550

A.D.

temperament

"

this samurai
immense
The

class who

revolution

been

find,as

we

effected there.

civilized at

"

have

tunes

in the condition

Archipelego

Malay

Islands,we
had

in modern

If

now

and
we

power
look

effected the
of

Japan.

at the Malay

have

alreadyseen, that changes

Hinduism

had

first elevated

and

danism
portion of the race, and Mohammeand
the daring seamanship of the Malay had
gion.
united these islands under a common
language and reliThere was, however, no
union.
The Malay
political
peninsulawas divided. Java formed a central Malay power.
the beautiful Celebes and Moluccas, the
Eastward
among
of small native rulers,
true Spice Islands,were
a multitude
themselves
with retainrajas or datos, who surrounded
least

60

PHILIPPINES.

THE

courts, and

kept rude

ers,

and

cinnamon, nutmegs,
Amboina

Tidor, and

The

is

Malay

Fleets

which

have

while

the

down
The

to

part

Borneo.

Europe,

but

the

Summary.

Europe
of

and

modern

had

have

that

Asia

as

of

changes
Europe
New

they

had

become

ideas, new
to

discovery and
end, had

them.

discoveries

activity and
progress,

begun.

of

the rest

to

of the
of Jolo

long

filled

unknown.

condition

before

the

of

period

The

opened.

did

not

to

and

the
an

of

other

the

to

East

we

hand
of

excess

inventions

change.
which

promise

peoples neither

her

On

aroused

of this

products

the

were

plored.
ex-

East

danism,
quiet stability. Mohamme-

and

custom

desired

nor

the nations

the

in

fixed

become

hardly

Malays

institutions

The

changes.

with

reviewed

though still spreading,

great social

ing
chang-

least developed,

few

date

colonization

condition

the

Spice Islands had

the Philippineswas

now

and

trader.

of most

Mohammedan

of

discovery

reached

the

existence

of farther

outside

connection

of the

We

"

the

commerce.

eager

been

also

fame

The

an

has

day

main

through

was

busy

the

at

Malay

and

archipelago. Borneo,

had

Their

race

was

islands,was

present

offer for trade.

Ternate,

productive.

this

Philippines were
and

of

part, risking the perilsof piracy,

troubled

the

of

goods, passed with

of all these
to

busy intercourse

and

there

with

always

largest

and

rich and

most

laden

from

monsoons

sultans

intrepid sailor, and

an

of praus,

The

tributes

especially powerful,

islands

all these

Between

cloves.

were

the

they ruled

islands

gathered wealthy

That
cannot

had
made

western

ambition.

moving

were
era

effect

of

modern

yet perceive

CHAPTER
THE

Eastern

have
of

GEOGRAPHICAL

GREAT

An

the

India.

to

last

DISCOVERIES.

The

"

how

chapter

only trading-route with

of

way

Passage

in the

seen

IV.

India

reaching

Far

traders

of other

Christian

the

Orient

without

passing through

fallen

Portugal

low

So

Portuguese.

displayed by

once

colonial

Portugal
nearly

freed

intelligenceof
about

the
of

states

of

city

outside

since

the

son

was

"the

title of

something

of the

kingdom

and

to

great

king,

Mediterranean

oppose

and

so

to

This

he

and

Europe

be

to

Prince

Henry,

the

from

extend
sway
power
too

planned

the

and

held

young

Moors

the

power

of the
of

the

beginning

European

King

John's

history

under

prince, with
filled the

of his father's

religionwhich

he

the Mohammedans
for

him

conquest

of

of

the

almost

by
in

the

among

spiritthat

great

61

mous
enor-

vigor

the

the

was

famous

adventurous

was

the

Crusades.

This

Navigator."

The

courage

Moors

possessions, and

the

of

I., brought Portugal,

this

of

widen

and

king captured

to

power

Mohammedan

the

John

times

same

the

the

important place

colonial

by

and

and

soldiers

of

lands.

the

daring

Spain;

an

Morocco;

of

the marts

established.

she

than

devotedly professed.
the

and

earlier

ardent

Crusaders, was

the

territoryof

her

European

youngest
the

in

realize

that

permit

accomplished

present day has

seamen

1400,

Europe.

first land
power

year

Ceuta,

modern

her

empire

century

few

that

would

new

Mohammedan

was

the

at

Some

to reach

powers

achievement

surpassing

that

TVe

"

monopoly

East.

sought,

the

This

held

Venice

the

be

must

Portuguese.

in

hopefully
the

west

to

coast

62

THE

PHILIPPINES.

With
these
Africa,and its conversion to Christianity.
ends in view, he established at Point Sagres,on the southwestern
of Portugal,a naval
coast
vatory.
academy and obserhe brought together skilled navigators,
Here
charts,and geographies,and all scientific knowledge that
would assist in his undertaking.1
He
began to construct
ships largerand better than
To us they would doubtless seem
any in use.
very clumsy
and small,but this was
the beginningof ocean
ing.
ship-buildThe compass
and the astrolabe,
or
sextant, the little
instrument
with which, by calculating
the height of the
tell distance from the equaabove the horizon,we
can
sun
tor,
were
just coming into use.
These, as well as every
other practicabledevice for navigation known
at that
time,were suppliedto these ships.
of

of the African

Exploration
and
the
and

Coast.

Thus

equipped
explorationof

"

the littlefleets

began the
African
coast, cautiouslyfeelingtheir way southward
Year
ever
returningwith reports of progress made.
ably manned,

after

this

year

Islands

work

went

rediscovered

were

In

on.

and

were

Madeira

colonized

growing of sugarcane
brought from Burgundy and

settlers.

the

1419

The

by Portuguese
was
begun, and vines
planted there. The

Life of Prince Henry of Portugal,surnamed

the Navigator,and its Results,by Richard
Henry Major, London, 1868.
Many of the views of Mr. Major upon the importance of Prince Henry's
and especiallyits early aims, have been contradicted
in more
work
cent
reThe
of
the
is
belittled.
writings.
importance
Sagres Observatory
Doubts
are
expressed as to the farsightednessof Prince Henry's plans,
he did not hope to discover
and the best opinion of to-day holds that
of
to India by way
route
Africa,but sought simply the conquest
a new
1

See

of the

"

the noted

work

Guinea," which

Geographers,

who

The

known

was

called

it

"

Bilad

to the

Ghana

Europeans
"

or

"

through the Arab

Land

of

Wealth."

students, if possible,should read the essay of Mr. E. J. Payne,

The Age of Discovery,in the Cambridge Modern
History,Vol I.

The

THE

GREAT

wine

of the Madeiras

were

rediscovered

The

has been

the

famous

Canaries

until in

steadilycontinued

the

reaches

for hundreds
of

South
the whole

the

to

of the mainland

Morocco
renders

the great Sahara

barren

the

mouth

the

of

the

Senegal and comprising

is tropical,
well watered,

coast, Africa

Guinea

of the true
populous. This is the home
Negro. Here, for almost the first time, since
of the Middle
Ages, Christian Europe

than

with
its

coast

of miles.

and

contact

Azores.

of interest to the Portuguese

and

sea

the

Then

Portuguese reached
can
Up to this pointthe Afri-

SenegalRiver.
shore had not yieldedmuch
exploreror trader. Below

Desert

coast

day.

the

1445

of the

the mouth

this

to

in 1444

and

explorationof

southward

63

DISCOVERIES.

GEOGRAPHICAL

race

This

own.

of ruder
coast

culture
found

was

and

African
the
came

ginning
bein

different color

to be worth

ing;
exploit-

besides various
for it yielded,
three articles which

have

desirable resinous gums,

the exploitation
of
distinguished

Africa,namely, gold,ivory,and
of

Negro Slavery

in

slaves.
At

this

point
begins the horrible and revoltingstory of European Negro
ship
slavery. The ancient world had practicedthis ownerof human
and the Roman
clined
chattels,
Empire had deunder
burden
of half the population sunk
in
a
detriment
and suffering
of
bondage. To the enormous
had
tolerated the institution,
and
mankind, Mohammed
is permitted by the Koran.
But it is the glory of
slaverythe medieval
church
that it abolished
human
slavery
from Christian Europe. However
dalism
dreary and unjust feuhave been,it knew
nothing of that institution
may
which
and women
to the level of cattle and
degrades men
sells the husband
from his family,the mother
remorselessly
Beginning

from

her child.

Europe.

"

64

PHILIPPINES.

THE

Slaves

white

to

man

The

"

of Guinea

the coast

upon
one

Portugal.

in

arrival of the
revived

now

another, but that

first slaves

not

Portuguese
the bondage of

of the black

to

the

carried to

Portugal were regarded

simply as objectsof peculiarinterest,captivesto represent
to the court the populationof those shores which had
But
southern
been
added
to the Portuguese dominion.
Portugal,from which the Moors had been expelled,had
found profitsuffered from
lack of laborers,and it was
a
able
white.

The

to introduce

Negroes

these fields.

tution
So arose
the instiJustify Slavery.
Negro slavery,which a century later upon the

Arguments
of

to

"

shores of the New

and

evoked

to work

terrible

World
a

dous
develop into so trementhing. Curiouslyenough, religionwas
to

was

The
of the Africans.
justifythis enslavement
Church
taught that these people,being heathen, were
fortunate to be captured by Christians,
that they might
thereby be brought to baptism and conversion;for it is
better for the body to perishthan for the soul to be cast
of this teachinto hell. At a later age, when
the falsity
ing
still sought to justify the
had
been realized,
men
created
institution by arguing that
the Almighty had
that he might serve
the African of a lower state especially

the

superiorrace.

The

down

to

coast
to

the

of Guinea

middle

continued
of the

to be the resort

last century, and

of slavers

such

scenes

wickedness, and debauchery have occurred along

cruelty,
in brutalityin the
its shores as can
scarcelybe paralleled
historyof any people.
The Portuguese can
hardly be said to have colonized
of raisingup there a Portuguese
the coast in the sense
population. As he approached the equator the white man
found that,in spiteof his superiorstrength,he could not
of

THE

GREAT

GEOGRAPHICAL

65

DISCOVERIES.

to his
permanently people the tropics. Diseases new
His
If he
declined.
experience attacked him.
energy
few or
brought his family with him, his children were
feeble and shortlyhis race
had died out.
The settlements of the Portuguese were
largelyfor the
of trade. At Sierra Leone, Kamerun, or Loango,
purposes
they built forts and established garrisons,
mounting pieces
of artillery
that gave them advantage over
the attacks of
the natives,and erectingwarehouses
and
the loathsome
confined
to await
"barracoon," where the slaves were

shipment. Such
along the African
happilyhas ended.
The

Succ

the

ssful

decadent

coast, although the

known.

the

last in

1487,

of

the

Storms; but

the

were

landed

been

The

achieved.

Throughout
explorationwas

Gama.

of

coast

"

Africa

Diaz

Bartholomew

Vasco

the eastern

up

he struck

Then

reached.

end

send

of

coast

droamed

sea-route

India,and
of by all

to

was

the

the

in 1498

ing-statio
trad-

arrived

Europe

East

Far

cape

the sea,

across

of

ten

another

until the Arab

coast

the

Cape of
prophetic

It

rounded

Gama

da

became

rounded

it the

He. named

the Portuguese could

at the Malabar

Calicut.

at

da

linger

slave-trade

Portuguese king, with more

it the Cape of Good
Hope.

Then

again,followed

middle

continent.

vision,renamed
years, however, before
expedition.

Vasco

still

ocean

Henry's policyof

Slowly
At

extremity

of

Voyage

century Prince

continued.

little settlements

had

had

been

discovered.

importance of
this performance was
instantlyrecognized in Europe.
terrible day," said a conVenice was
ruined.
"It was
temporary
a
writer,"when the word reached Venice. Bells
Results

were

rung,

of

men

Da

Gama's

wept

Voyage.

"

The

in the streets,and

even

the bravest

66

THE

silent."

were

Arabs

The

desperateeffort

PHILIPPINES.

and

the

native

rulers made

expel the Portuguese from the Indian

too powerful. In the
Ocean, but their opponents were
of twenty years Portugal had founded
an
course
empire
the coast
of
that had its forts and trading-martsfrom
Arabia
to Malaysia. Zanzibar,Aden, Oman, Goa, Calicut,
all Portuguese stations,fortified and se.and Madras
were
cured.
In the Malay peninsulawas
captured the city of
importance until
Malacca, which retained its commercial
to

the last century, when

of

it dwindled

before the

competition

Singapore.
The

work

that of

one

his task was!

buildingup this great domain

the intrepidAlbuquerque.
man,
of

He

supplies,he had
could bring with
him

was

only
him

thousands
such

what

and

home

munitions

in his little ships,and

and

largely

Think

of miles from

forces and

millions of inhabitants

were

was

as

he

opposed to

multitude

hammedan
of Mo-

princes. Yet this great captain built up an

the greatIndian empire. Portugal at one
bound
became
est
Her sources
tradingand colonizing
power in the world.
of wealth appeared fabulous,and, like Venice, she made
her monopoly. The fleets of other
every effort to secure
of the
nations were
warned
that they could not make
use
Cape of Good Hope route, on penalty of being captured
or
destroyed.
Reaching

India

by Sailing West.

"

The

Earth

as

Meanwhile, justas Portugal was

carrying to
completion her projectof reaching India by sailingeast,
Europe was electrified by the supposed successful attempt
of reaching India by sailing
lantic.
the Atdirectlywest, across
This was
the plan daringlyattempted in 1492 by
Italian sailor
Columbus
was
an
Christopher Columbus.
and cosm'ographerof Genoa.
west to
The idea of sailing
Sphere,

f"

GREAT

THE

India

GEOGRAPHICAL

did not

glory of

67

DISCOVERIES.

originatewith him, but

having persistently
sought the

his is the immortal

and

means

put the

idea into execution.

The

coast
Portuguese discoveries along the African
gradually revealed the extension of this continent and
of people beyond the equator, and the posthe presence
sibility
of passingsafelythrough the tropics. This knowledge
was
a
great stimulus to the peoples of Europe.
is
The geographicaltheory of the Greeks, that the world
ing
revived.
The
round, was
geographers,however, in maktheir calculations
of the earth's circumference,had

fallen

into

an

error

of

some

thousands

of

miles; that is,

findingthat it is fullytwelve thousand miles

from
Europe around to the East Indies,they had supposed
it about four thousand, or
Polo
less. Marco
even
too had
exaggerated the distance he had traveled and
had been led to believe that China,
from his accounts
men
Japan, and the Spice Islands lay much further to the east
than they actuallydo.
ing
west across
wide, ocean, with no intervenone
By sailing
lands, it was
thought that one could arrive at the
This was
island-world off the continent of Asia.
the theory
that was
revived in Italyand which clung in men's minds
of

instead

and years, even

Italian, named

after America

for years

was

discovered.

Toscanelli,drew a map
showing
how
could
be made, and sent Columbus
this voyage
a
By sailingfirst to the Azores, a considerable portion
copy.
of the journey would
be passed,with a convenient
ing
days' favorable sailresting-stage.Then about thirty-five
the islands of "Cipango," or
would
to
bring one
Japan, which Marco Polo had said lay off the continent
An

of Asia.
to

From

here

the

Cathay and India.

passage

could

readilybe

sued
pur-

68

THE

The

Voyage of Christopher

and
his

"

PHILIPPINES,

Columbus

"

The

tic
roman-

is told in many
inspiring
books,
story of Columbus
poverty)his genius, his long and discouragingpursuit

of the

means

to carry

out

his

plan.

He

first

applied

Portugal;but, as we have seen, this country had been

pursuing another plan steadilyfor a century, and, now
that success
appeared almost achieved, naturally the
Portuguese king would not turn aside to favor Columbus's
plan.
For
labored
to interest the Spanish
years Columbus
A great event
had happened in Spanish history.
court.
Isabella of Castile,
Ferdinand,king of Aragon, had wedded
and
this marriage united
these two
kingdoms into the
modern
country of Spain. Soon the smaller states except
added, and the war for the expulsionof the
Portugal were
Moors
was
prosecutedwith new
vigor. In 1492, Grenada,
the last splendidstrongholdof the Mohammedans
in the
nished
peninsula,surrendered,and in the same
year Isabella furwith
the ships for his voyage
of discovery.
Columbus
to

Columbus

sailed from

Palos,August 3,1492, reached the

Canaries August 24, and sailed westward
on
September
6.
Day after day, pushed by the strong winds, called
the "trades/'they went
forward.
Many doubts and fears
beset

end

the crews,
of

but

Columbus

was

stout-hearted.

At

the

thirty-four
days from the Canaries,on October 12,
of the groups
of beautiful
one
they sightedland. It was
islands lyingbetween
the two continents of America.
But
Columbus
thought that he had reached the East Indies that
of miles farther west.
thousands
bus
Columreallylay many
sailed among
ered
discovthe islands of the archipelago,
and Hispaniola (Haiti),and then returned to
Cuba
convulse Europe with excitement
the new-found
over
way

70

THE

had

He

to the East.

PHILIPPINES.

not

found

peninsulaof India,Cathay
these

that

but

Japan,

or

close to

Spice Islands,the

the islands

lieved
be-

one

every

which

on

landed.

had

Columbus

be

must

the rich

copper-colorednatives,whom
tall,straight-haired,

The

Columbus

met

and
islands
three

islands,he naturally called

they still bear. Afterwards

the

on

this

name

called the

were

for

voyages

more

he touched

realized

have
size,he must
opposed the passage

to the

Columbus

the

of

he had

large body

Orient.. He

had
The

that

found, nor
with

begun

Voyage

of

covered
he disits

died

in

India,but never
the historyof a

of

large
land

appointe
1506, dis-

at his failure to find

what

made

Here

Because

that

the

fourth,in 1498,

America.

River.

great Orinoco

the

On

Spain.
of South

the coast

on

Indies."

"West

dians";'
"In-

knowing
sphere
hemi-

new

him.

the

Cabots.

In the

"

same

year

that

Orinoco, Sebastian Cabot, of

Italian parentage, like Columbus, secured ships from the
king of England, hoping to reach China and Japan by

Columbus

sailingwest on
a
rugged
was
down
sailed

the

discovered

northern

he did discover

and

lands,
uninviting coast, with stormy headcold climate, and gloomy forests of pine reaching
For nine hundred
miles he
to the sandy shores.
southward, but everywhere this unprofitablecoast

to China.
closed the passage
States.
and the United
was

What

route.

not

that

for years

Yet

continent

the greatest of all

the coast

was

three

of Labrador

and

thousand

years

it

miles

lay between Cathay

and the shore visited by Cabot's ships. This land was
thought to be a long peninsula,an island,or series of
islands,
belonging to Asia. No one supposed or could suppose

wide

and

known

It

that

there

was

oceans

continent

here.

THE

GREAT

the

Naming
did

see

the

had

coast

few

years

been
your

Europe

discovered
maps,

you

in
will

of North

approaches very close to Africa.

visited by a Portuguese fleet on

was

the coast
Their

at

lies far to the eastward

in 1500, and

route

Janeiro.

"

will look

in Brazil

fleet traversed
of Rio

continent

America

Brazilian
African

in

If you

that South
and

new

71

DISCOVERIES.

But

World.

America.

America
This

New

realize that

South

GEOGRAPHICAL

from

years

the Orinoco
was

voyage

They entered the mighty

two

later another
to the harbor

veritable revelation.

of the

Amazon, the greatest

river of the earth.
the wondrous
They saw
tropical
mals.
full of monkeys, great snakes, and stranger aniforests,
They dealt and fought with the wild and ferocious
pean.
inhabitants,whose ways startled and appalled the EuroAll that they saw
filled them with greatestwonder.
This evidentlywas
it the Indies. Here,
not Asia,nor
was
in fact,was
a new
continent,a veritable Mundus Novus."
The
an
Italian,named
pilot of this expedition was
wrote
a very
Amerigo Vespucci. On the return this man
letter or little pamphlet, describingthis new
interesting
world, which was
widely read, and brought the writer
A few years later a German
fame.
cosmographer, in preparing
edition of Ptolemy's geography, proposed to
a new
who
of the man
continent the name
had
give to this new
called
in Europe.
So it was
made
known
its wonders
"America."
Long after,when the northern shores were
also proved to be those of a continent/this
great land was
No
America."
named
"North
injusticewas intended to
current

"

Columbus

when

America

was

so

named.

It

was

not

then

had
discovered
continent.
a
supposed that Columbus
had found a new
The people then believed that Columbus
route

to India

lay off the

coast

and

had

of Asia.

discovered

some

new

islands that

72

THE

Possession

Takes

Spain

newly found

PHILIPPINES.

islands

and

of

the

whatever

New

Lands.

these

Of

"

wealth

they might be
found to contain, Spain claimed the possessionby right
of discovery. And
of the European nations,it was
Spain
which
first began the explorationand
colonization of
America.
free from her long Mohammedan
now
Spain was
and the nation was
nand
being united under Ferdiwars,
and Isabella. The Spaniardswere
brave,adventurous,
in commerce
and
too
or
proud to engage
agriculture,
but ready enough to risk lifeand treasure in quest of riches
and the
abroad.
The Spaniards were
devotedly religious,
Church
encouraged conquest, that missionarywork might
be extended.
So Spain began her career
that was
soon
of Europe and one
of the
her the foremost power
to make
It is amazing
greatest colonial empires the world has seen.
what
the Spaniards accomplished in the fiftyyears
first voyage.
followingColumbus's
made
the center from which the Spaniards
Hispaniola was
extended
their explorations
to the continents of both
North

and

Indies

they found

South

America.
a

these islands of the West

On

great tribe of Indians,

"

the Caribs.

Spaniards waged a war-'

and enfare of extermination
slaving
againstthem, killing
many,
in the mines.
The Indian proved
others for work
drew the'
And
his sufferings
unable to exist as a slave.
Las Casas,who
attention of a Spanish priest,
by vigorous
in having Indian
efforts at the court
succeeded
slavery
abolished and African slaveryintroduced to take its place.
They

This
gave

fierce and

were

remedy
an

was

immense

peopled America
Other

Spanish

the

The

cruel.

in the end

impetus
with

than

worse

the disease,for it

to the African

race

Explorations

of Africans
and

slave-trade
in

bondage.

Discoveries.

with incredible
Spanish soldier,

and

energy,

"

while,
Meancourage.

GEOGRAPHICAL

GREAT

THE

73

DISCOVERIES.

daring,pushed his conquests. In 1513, Florida

Balboa
crossed the
discovered,and in the same
year
and

what

to

"South

character
two

supposed, he
supposed it to be a

Panama

lyingbetween
it the

Sea,"

and

the Asian

name

that

romantic
"

did not

islands.

survived

of its

of water

body

narrow

trary
Con-

dream

He

after

advanced

most

And

of

gold

of

Potosi

treasures

great countries

These

continents.

American

enormous

Pacific Ocean.

named
its true

by Magellan. Then followed the

and surprisingconquests of colonial
Mexico
by Cortes in 1521, and of Peru

history, that of
by Pizarro in 1533-34.
by Indians,the
the

row
nar-

revealed

was

most

the

saw

is often

extent, but

vast

and

of Panama

isthmus

was

and

here the

and

silver.

habited
in-

were

cultured

on

Spaniards found
covery
Then, the dis-

Year

opened the greatest source

preciousmetal that Europe had ever known.
Spaniards
flocked to the New
World, and in New
Spain, as
established a great vice-royalty.
was
called,was
wealth
after year enormous
was
poured into Spain

from

these American

of the mines

of the

Mexico

Emperor

added

V.

Meanwhile

"

great political
power

in

Europe. In 1520 the throne

of Spain fell to a young
Charles,the grandson of
man,
mother
Ferdinand
and
Isabella.
His
was
Juana, the
some,
Spanish princess,and his father was
Philip the Handof Burgundy.
the son
of
was
Philipthe Handsome
had

been

Charles

possessions.

to

Spain

Maximilian, the Archduke

happened

Duke
rich

the

thrones

left without

other

Austria.

of each

Now

of these

heirs than

it

curiously

three

tries
coun-

Charles,and in
of Austria,and
he was
King of Spain, Archduke
of Burgundy and the Low
Countries,includingthe
cities of Holland
and
commercial
tion
Belgium. In addito all this,the German
princeselected him German
was

1520

that

of

74

THE

and

emperor,

Spain, he

PHILIPPINES.

although

he

was

in

is better known

King Charles the First of

history as Emperor Charles

the Fifth.1
He

then

was

untried

an

boy of twenty

years,

and

no

of resolute energy,
cold
expected to find in him a man
and great executive
ability. But so it proved,
persistence,
of Spain the greatest
that made
and this was
the man

one

of

power

fought

He

the time.

four

with

wars

in

was

Francis

King

warfare.

constant

I. of

He

France, five
valley and in

Turks, both in the Danube

Africa, and an unending succession of contests with the
Protestant
princesof Germany. For Charles saw, besides
other important changes, the rise of Protestantism,
many
the revolt of Germany, Switzerland,and
and
England
in his emperorship
The
Catholicism.
first event
from
Diet at Worms,
German
the assembling of the famous
was
with

wars

where

was

Protestant
The
a

the

tried and

Martin
religion,

Voyage
had

way

the

condemned

of the

Luther.

of Ferdinand

at last been

real founder

Magellan.
found

reach

to

mean

time

Orient

from

In the

"

the

This discovery,the greatest voyEurope by sailingwest.

age
made
ever
by man, was accomplished,in 1521, by the
fleet of Ferdinand
Magellan. Magellan was a Portuguese,
in the East
with Albuquerque. He
who had been
had
fought with the Malays in Malacca, and had helped to
in India.
establish the Portuguese power
of the court
to Portugal, the injustice
On his return
him

drove

from

his native

country, and

he

entered

the

him
Spain. Charles the Fifth commissioned
attempt a voyage of discoverydown the coast of South

service
to
1

The

Charles
recent

of

classical work
the Fifth, but

works.

on

the

this famous
student

ruler

should

is Robertson's

consult

if

Life of
possible more

THE

America,
This

was

of the

GEOGRAPHICAL

GREAT

with

hope of findinga
Magellan'sgreat hope and

the

continent

new

75

DISCOVERIES.

of America

to

passage

the East.

that

faith,
"

south

lie a passage westward,

China.
As
long as

must

by which ships could sail to

able to keep closed the African route
to all
Portugal was
her own,
other ships than
the discovery of some
other
was
imperative.
way
On the 20th of September, 1519, Magellan'sfleet of five
shipssailed from Sanlucar,the seaport of the cityof Seville,
where
were
equipped the Spanish colonial fleets. On
29th they reached the coast of Brazil and then
November
coasted southward.
They traded with the natives,and
of the Rio de la Plata stayed some
at the mouth
days
fish.

to

The

they

weather
went

in

winter

rapidly colder and more

stormy as
farther south,and Magellan decided to stop and
the Bay of San
Here
Julian.
the cold of the
grew

spiracy
winter, the storms, and the lack of food caused a conhis captainsto mutiny and return to Spain.
among
He capMagellan acted with swift and terrible energy.
tured
of the mutinous
and the chief conspirator
one
vessels,
stabbed
was
rendered;
by the constable, Espinosa. The rest sur-

leader

one
"

marooned,"
The

or

Straits

was

executed

left to their fate

of Magellan.

"

and

two

others

were

the shore.

on

The

fleet

sailed

ward
south-

not until November

again in August but it was
1,
straits
1520, that Magellan entered the long and tortuous

that

and

his

bear
Pacific

oceans.

islands,cold and
who
savages

on

they

at

go

name

and

which

South

of

desolate.

They

connect

them
were

were

the

Atlantic

great bleak

inhabited

dians,
by In-

probably the lowest and most wretched

the earth.
They live on fish and mussels. As
all times naked, they carry with them
in their
are

76

THE

boats brands
the

on

and

PHILIPPINES.

coals of fire.

shore, Magellan named

of Fire).
(the Land

Seeing the
these

lights

numerous

islands

Tierra

del

thirty days the ships

struggledwith the currents and shiftingwinds that prevail
in this channel
during which time one ship deserted
and
returned
had
to Spain; another
been lost,and only
three passed out onto the boundless waters
of the Pacific.
Fuego

For

,,

Westward

on

the

of

the mistake

make

Pacific Ocean.

"

But

we

supposing that Magellan

must

and

not

his followers

confronted
them.
imagined that a great ocean
tude
to the latiThey expected that simply sailingnorthward
of the Spice Islands would
sired
bring them to these deplaces. This they did, and then turned westward,
expecting each day to find the Indies; but no land appeared.
The
into
the
weeks
into
days lengthened
weeks,
months, and still they went forward, carried by the trade
winds

over

sea

so

smooth

and

free from

tempests that

it the "Pacific."
Magellan named
But
lack of food, even
they suffered horriblyfrom
the masts.
eatingin their starvation the leather slings
on
It

was

number
but

terrible trial of their courage.

Twenty of their
died.
The South
Pacific is studded
with islands,

curiouslytheir

lay just too far north to behold

From
November
them.
28, when
they emerged from the
Straits of Magellan, until March
7, when
they reached
the Ladrones,they encountered
and these
only two islands,
small uninhabited
were
rocks,without water or food, which
in their bitter disappointmentthey named
the Unfortunate
route

Islands.
The

Ladrone

Islands.

"

Their

relief must

have

been

when, on coming up to land on March

inexpressible
the
7th, they found inhabitants and food, yams,
cocoanuts,
and rice.
At these islands the Spaniards first saw
the

78

THE

with

PHILIPPINES.

its

light outrigger,and pointed sail. So

these craft that they named
the group
were
numerous
Las Islas de las Velas (the Islands of Sails)
; but the loss'
of a ship'sboat and other annoying thefts led the sailors
to designatethe islands Los
Ladrones
(the Thieves), a
which they still retain.
name
The
Samar.
Philippine Islands.
Leaving the Ladrones Magellan sailed on westward
cas,
lookingfor the Molucand the first land that he sighted was
the eastern
coast of Samar.
Pigafettasays: "Saturday, the 16th of
tains.
March, we sightedan island which has very loftymounSoon after we
learned that it was
Zamal, distant
three hundred leaguesfrom the islands of the Ladrones."
On the followingday the sea-worn
Homonhon.
pedition
exprau,

"

"

"

landed
Samar

which

stillknown

It

as

first
which

the

saw

contained

eastward

island south
and

which

this littleisland that the

natives

nine

of

the

Philippines.A

of

is

iards
Spanprau

approached their ship. They

men

fishingnear

from

people came
the

little uninhabited

stayingat

other boats

saw

Pigafetta called Humunu,

Homonhon
or
Jomonjol.

while

was

on

and

the island of

learned

that all of these

Suluan, which

lies off to

Jomonjol about twenty kilometres.

In their lifeand appearance
these fishing
peoplewere much
like the

from

present Samal

laut of southern

Mindanao

and

the Sulu

Archipelago.
Limasaua.
Pigafettasays that they stayed on the
island of Jomonjol eightdays but had great difficulty
in
securing food. The natives brought them a few cocoanuts
and oranges, palm wine, and a chicken or two, but
this was
all that could be spared, so, on
the 25th, the
"

Primer

Viaje alrededor

Madrid, 1899,

page

27.

del

Mundo, Spanish translation by Amoretti,

GEOGRAPHICAL

GREAT

THE

Spaniards sailed again, and

landed

near

little island

the

on

where they met

village,
calls
kings," and whose
and
Raja Ciagu. These
a

and

at

Cagayan

have

on

On

the

the

of

end

Here

Leyte

there

was

whom
chieftains,
Pigafetta
names
were
Raja Calambu
chieftains were
two
visiting

two

their residences

stated that the

chieftains to
been

had

the south

of Limasaua.

"

Limasaua

79

DISCOVERIES.

at Butuan

one

island of Mindanao.

Some

Spaniards accompanied

Butuan, but

this does

and

not

one

histories
of these

one

to

appear

have

case.

-the natives

the island of Limasaua

had

dogs, cats,
hogs, goats, and fowls. They were
cultivating
rice,maize,
breadfruit,and had also cocoanuts, oranges,
bananas,
citron,and ginger. Pigafettatells how he visited one of
the chieftains at his home

on

the

shore.

The

house

was

Filipinohouses are today, raised on posts and

thatched.
like a haystack."
Pigafettathought it looked
It had been the day of Saint Lazarus when the Spaniards
first reached these islands,
that Magellan gave
to the
so
the name
of the Archipelago of Saint Lazarus, the
group
under which the Philippines
described
name
were
frequently
in the early writings,although another
title,Islas del
built

as

"

Poniente

or

to the time

Cebu.

Islands
when

of the West,

was

more

the title Filipinas

became

common

up

fixed.

now
Magellan's people were
getting desperately
in need of food, and the population on
Limasaua
had
inadequate supplies;consequently the natives
very
directed him
to the island of Cebu, and
provided him
with guides.
the fleet sailed for Cebu, passing
Leaving Limasaua
several large islands,among
them
Bohol, and reaching
Cebu harbor on
Sunday, the 7th of April. A junk from
Siam was
anchored
at Cebu when
Magellan'sshipsarrived
"

80

THE

PHILIPPINES.

this,together with the knowledge that the

Filipinosshowed of the surrounding countries,including
China
side and the Moluccas
the other,is
the one
on
on
there; and

the time
Cebu
that

of

evidence

additional

of the

than

more

extensive

trade

relations

at

discovery.

to have

seems

the

been

thousand

two

and

largetown
warriors

it is reported

with

their lances

ances
landing of the Spaniards,but assurand Magellan
of friendliness finally
the Filipinos,
won
formed a compact with the dato of Cebu, whose name
was

appeared

to resist the

Humabon.
The

Blood

seal this

the
and

Compact.

Filipinos. Each

blood.

the

as

and

Magellan to

curious

of

custom

in the breast

drank

the other's

Magellan participatedin

it has

been

times in the

many

himself

sucked

certain whether

compact,"

observed

was

each

invited

with

chief wounded

wound

It is not

this "blood

dato

in accordance

compact

from

The

"

called;but later

Spanish settlement

it

of the

islands,
especially
by Legazpi.
The

natives

which

mass,

and

after

the

some

much

were

struck

by the service

Spaniards celebrated

encouragement

Spaniards'religion.More
baptized,includingHumabon.
the

on

their

of

the

landing,

desired to be admitted

to

than

eight hundred
were
The Spaniards established
kind of
a
factory or trading-poston Cebu, and for
time
The
a
some
profitabletrade was
engaged in.
Filipinoswell understood
trading, had scales,weights,
"

and

measures,

Death
of

with
one

"

and

fair dealers.

were

of Magellan.

"

And

now

follows the great tragedy

"

the

tian
expedition. The dato of Cebu, or the Chrisat war
king," as Pigafettacalled their new
ally,was
the islanders of Mactan.
Magellan, eager to assist

who

had

adopted the

Christian

faith,landed

on

Mac-

THE

tan

with

and

fiftymen

in the battle that ensued

was

killed

spear-thruststhrough the
who
breast.
So died the one
was
unquestionably the
of all time.
greatestexplorerand most daring adventurer
"Thus," says Pigafetta,"perished our guide, our light,
the crowning disaster of the
and our
support." It was
expedition.
After Magellan's
Fleet
The
Visits
Other
Islands.
and
killed the newly
death, the natives of Cebu rose
by

in the

81

DISCOVERIES.

GEOGRAPHICAL

GREAT

wound

and

arm

"

Magellan

elected

Monument,

leader,Serrano, and

and

sailed southward

lost

men
thirty-five

one

hundred

and

there

and
fifteen.

saw

from

fleet in fear lifted its

the

Bisayas. They had

their numbers
One

chors
an-

of the

were

reduced

ships was

to

burned,

survivingto handle three vessels.

ward,
Western
Mindanao, they sailed westThe
of Cagayan Sulu.
the small group

being too few

After touching at
and

the

Manila.

men

82

few

THE

inhabitants

Borneo.

They
where

Palawan),

they
landed

they

PHILIPPINES.

learned
on

an

observed

were

Moros,

exiled

from

island called Puluan

the

sport of

(hence
cock-fighting,

indulgedin by the natives.

From
here, still searchingfor the Moluccas, they were
Here
was
guided to Borneo, the present city of Brunei.
the
adventurers
powerful Mohammedan
colony, whose
with Luzon
and had established
were
already in communication
The city was
a
colony on the site of Manila.
lays,
Madivided into two sections,
that of the Mohammedan
and that of the Dyaks, the primithe conquerors,
tive
populationof the island. Pigafettaexclaims over the
of this Mohammedan
riches and power
city. It contained
twenty-fivethousand families,the houses built for most
of
the water.
The king's house was
part on pilesover
with over
a great brick fort,
sixty
stone, and beside it was
Here
the Spaniards saw
brass and iron cannon.
elephants
and camels, and there was
a rich trade in ginger,camphor,
and in pearlsfrom Sulu.
gums,
and
their stay here
Hostilities cut short
they sailed
eastward
through the
along the north coast of Borneo
excited by
their cupidity was
Sulu
Archipelago,where
Here
to Mindanao.
and
the pearl fisheries,
on
they
luccas,
who
took some
pilotedthem south to the Moprisoners,
November
at
and
on
finally,
8, they anchored
at the
These
Molucca
Tidor.
islands,at this time, were
The ruler or raja of Tidor
height of the Malayan power.
was
Almanzar, of Ternate,Corala; the "king" of Gilolo
Yusef
With all these rulers the Spaniards exchanged
was
said by the Spaniards to
presents, and the rajas are
knowledged
have sworn
perpetualamnesty to the Spaniards and acIn exof
the king.
themselves
vassals
change
the Spaniards laid in a rich cargo of
for cloths,
.

GEOGRAPHICAL

AT

GEE

THE

cloves,sandalwood, ginger,cinnamon, and

established here a trading-postand hoped
islands againstthe Portuguese.
The

Return

to

Spain.

"

83

DISCOVERIES.

It

gold. They

decided

was

hold

to

to

send

these

one

ship,the "Victoria,"to Spain by way of the Portuguese

and the Cape of Good
route
Hope, while the other would
return
to America.
Accordingly the "Victoria,"with a
of sixty men,
little crew
thirteen of them
natives,under
the command
Sebastian
of Juan
Elcano, set sail. The
unknown
to the Spaniards and full of perils.
was
passage
into the Indian
and
thence
out
They sailed to Timor
Ocean.
They rounded Africa,sailingas far south as 42
degrees. Then they went northward, in constant
perilof
capture by some
Portuguese fleet,encountering storms
with

and

of
scarcity

extreme, for
small

number

food.

Their

distress must

this final passage

died.

on

have

been

twenty-one of their

Cape Verde Islands they entered the port for supplies,

trustingthat at so northern a point their real voyage
would not be suspected. But some
of the party,
one
hour
who
of intoxication
ashore for food, in an
went
of the wonderful
boasted
journey they had performed
and showed
of the products of the Spice Islands.
some
Immediately the Portuguese governor gave orders for the
seizure of the Spanish vessel and Elcano, learningof his
who
had gone on
shore,raised sail,
danger, left his men
and put out for Spain.
On the 6th of September, 1522, they arrived at Sanwhich
of the GuadalquivirRiver, on
lucar,at the mouth
is situated Seville,
one
ship out of the five,and eighteen
At

men

out

of the company

three

full years

tired

seamen

of 234

who

had

Spain welcomed
splendid acclaim.

her

before.
with

set sail almost

To

worn

Elcano

and
was

84

THE

PHILIPPINES.

given a title of nobilityand the famous

coat-of-arms,
showing the sprays of clove, cinnamon, and nutmeg, and
the effigyof the globe with
the motto, the proudest and
worthiest
adventurer's
ever
displayed on
shield,
any
Primus

circumdedisti

The

First

me.

Circumnavigation

of the Earth.

"

with

Thus

sufferingand loss of life was

accomplished the
first circumnavigationof the earth.
It proved that Asia
could be reached,although by a long and circuitous route,
from
known
to
by sailingwestward
Europe. It made
lies between
the
Europe that the greatest of all oceans
and Asia, and it showed
New
compara
World
that the earth is inlargerthan had been believed and supposed.
of discovery that has ever
It was
the greatest voyage
enormous

been

accomplished,and
again.

New

Lands

Divided

greater

between

than

Spain

can

and

ever

be

Portugal.

"

formed
per-

By

to the
discovery of the Philippinesand a new
way
SpiceIslands,
Spain became engaged in a longdisputewith
there
Portugal. At the beginning of the modern
age,
in Europe no
was
system of rules by which to regulate
conduct between
That system of regulationsand
states.
which we
call International Law, and by which
customs
states
at the present time are
guided in their dealings,
had not arisen. During the middle age, disputes between
peror
sovereignswere frequentlysettled by reference to the emto the pope, and the latter had frequentlyasserted
or
his right to determine
all such questions as might arise.
The pope had also claimed to have the rightof disposing
of all heathen and newly discovered lands and peoples.
So, after the discoveryof the West Indies by Columbus,
VI.
on
request of the Court of Spain, Pope Alexander

this

divided

the

new

lands

between

them.

He

declared

that

-"

85

86

THE

PHILIPPINES.

all

newly discovered countries to the west of a meridian

of the Azores
100 leagues west
and Cape Verde Islands
should
be
Spanish possessions.A year later Spain
agreed with Portugal to shift this line to the meridian
of Cape Verde
This division,
370 leagues west
Islands.
carried on the same
meridian
the globe,resulted
around
in givingIndia and Malaysia to Portugal and all the New
World, except Brazil,to Spain.
As a matter
of fact,180 degrees west
of the meridian
finallyagreed upon extended to the western
part of New
Guinea, and not quiteto the Moluccas; but in the absence
of exact
geographical knowledge both parties claimed
the Spice Islands.
Portugal denied to Spain all rightto
shall see, a conflict
the Philippinesas well,and, as we
in the Far East began, which lasted nearly through the
Elcano
century. Portugal captured the traders whom
had left at Tidor,and broke up the Spanish station in the
Trinidad," the other ship, which
Spice Islands. The
intended
unable to sail
to return
to America, was
was
against the strong winds, and had to put back to Tidor,
about New
Guinea.
after cruisingthrough the waters
"

of the

Effect

Century

of Discoveries.

"

This

igation
circumnav-

globe completed a period of discovery,

which had begun a hundred
years before with the timid,
slow attempts of the Portuguese along the coast of Africa.
had opened. At its beginning
In these years a new
era
the European knew littleof any peoplesoutside of his own
countries,and he held scarcely any land outside the
continent of Europe. At the end of a hundred
years the
earth had
become
fairlywell known, the African race,
the Malay peoples,the American
Indians,and the Pacific
of

islanders
on

the

the

had

been

historyof

seen

the

and
white

described,and
race

was

to

be

from

now

connected

T8E

with

world-

white

by

who

fleets

and

had

Mohammedan,
and

all

lands

with

The

heretofore

been
and

again
to

now

his

power.

of

age

intercourse,

was

87

DISCOVERIES.

races.

threatened

Europe,

upon

other

trade

wide

man,

the

GEOGRAPHICAL

these

of

that

of

in

GREAT

cover

had

colonization,
begun.

narrowly
again
the

with

seas

The

pressed
conquest
with

his

CHAPTER

PEOPLE

FILIPINO

THE

OF

Position

the

Then,
of

as

the

the

now,

The

and

the

arrival

the

considerably
Number

number

of the

1591, which

There

other

are

and

coasts

"estero"

Butuan,
and

Cebu

or

then

was

these

mangrove

and

The

islands

before.

as

show

Bohol,
a

of

the

the

large and
83

natives

to-day
An

early

Spaniards
tribes,

(See Chapter

Ago.}

how

Bisayan
or

disappear
and

the

group
canoe

in

land

points,
were

the

sparse

expeditions

sail

would

certain

Cagayan.

these

Spanish

in

swamp

At

us

in

Magellan's

the

Years

Occasionally

and

seen,

unpopulated
saua,

been.

the

'of

700,000.

that

Sea,

expanded

which

by

Hundred

facts too

inhabitants.
be

than

Three

have

must

many

without

less

Philippines

population
found

of

China

500,000.

practically all

The

numerous

time

made

in

were

.have

tribes
the

of

coast

the

now

than

more

islands

to-day.

valley of

These

population

population

VIII., The

small

are

the

present.

central

plain facing

and

at

as

them

tributed
dis-

been

Pampangos

find

we

"

not

included

have

northern

and

settlements

People.

the

to

the

the

nearly 7,000,000 souls, at

of

the

Spaniards they

Vizcaya,
of

enumeration

would

as

coastal

discovery aggregated

gave

of

Spaniards,

of

manner

same

some

their

and

Parigasinan,Nueva

in

the

Bikols, Tagalogs,

occupied

since

The

Philippines seems

parts of Luzon

Ilokanos

arrival

Bisayas occupied

archipelago

same

but

the

On

tribes in much

Mindanao.
the

SPANIARDS.

"

of the

population

ARRIVAL

THE

BEFORE

THE

Tribes.

of

by

V.

seem

like

more

some

as

Limaous,
numer-

thriving community;

but

THE

PEOPLE

FILIPINO

BEFORE

89

1521.

Spaniards had nearly everywhere to search for settled

placesand cultivated lands.
of population is also well indicated by
The
sparseness
the great scarcityof food.
The
Spaniards had much
in securingsufficient provisions.A small amount
difficulty
obtainable here and
of rice,
a few chickens,
were
a pig and
there, but the Filipinoshad no large supplies. After the
settlement of Manila was
made, a large part of the food
drawn
from
China.
The very ease
of the city was
with
where
which
the Spaniards marched
thejr willed and
reduced
the Filipinos
shows
to obedience
that the latter
in numbers.
weak
were
Laguna de Bay and the Camarines
the most
were
populous portionsof the archipelago.
among
All of these things and others show
that the Filipinos
the

but

were

small

fraction of their present number.

the other hand, the

On

Conditions

there

of

Culture.

is

tribes,which

sayas,

least

been

more

in evidence.

mediately
imThey were
noticed on
the island of Negros, where
at the
and in
present they are few and confined to the interior;
the vicinity
of Manila and in Batangas, where they are no
mingling with the Tagalog populongerfound, they were
lation.
or

numerous,

at

to have

Negritosseem

more

quite the

now

numbers,

been

have

to

seem

who

were

of

kinds

various

the archipelago,

the southern
the

of

Bi-

archipelago,
the

natives:

hill

lived in the interior of the islands in small

who

wore

garments of

very

much

Mindanao,

built their

like the
who

are

villagesover

the

present day

known

the

and

tree bark

in the trees: and

built their houses

south

throughout

same

two

the

of

In
differences.
presented some
where the Spaniards first entered

dwellers,who

who

culture

The

"

sea

the

as

or

on

who
sea

times
some-

dwellers,

Moro

tribes

Samal, and

the shore

and

90

PHILIPPINES.

THE

in boats.

lived much

These

probably later

were

arrivals

both of these elements the

people. From
Bisaya Filipinosare descended,but while the coast people
of the hill-folk are
have
been
entirelyabsorbed, some
the forest

than

and

still pagan

uncivilized,and

be

must

much

very

as

Spaniards first came.

in the settlements
The liighest
grade of culture was
where
there was
regular trade with Borneo, Siam, and
medan
Mohamabout
Manila,where many
China, and especially
they

when

were

the

Malays had colonized.

exception
of the Negrito,all the languages of the Philippinesbelong
to one
Malayogreat family,which has been called the
Polynesian." All are believed to be derived from one
ancient
mother-tongue. It is astonishing how
very
spread.
widely these Malayo-Polynesian tongues have
Farthest
the Polynesianlanguages,
east in the Pacific are
then those of the small islands known
as
Micronesia;then
Melanesian
or
Papuan; the Malayan throughout the East
Indian archipelago,
and to the north the languages of the
the
on
Philippines. But this is not all;for far westward
of whose
coast of Africa is the island of Madagascar, many
languages have no connection with African but belong
to the Malayo-Polynesian family.1
Languages

of

the

With

Malayan Peoples.
"

the

"

The

great interest
1

Language,

Tagalpg

The

to

discovery
Spanish Jesuit,Abb6
Lenguas

de

It should

"

of

las Naciones

Malagasy,

great German

the

matter

of

Baron
Filipinosthat the great scientist,
relationshipis attributed

this famous
Lorenzo

conocidas

language

of

Baron
philologist,

published in 1800-05;

was

been

had

famous
the

proof, and

Madagascar,
William

earlier shown
of the

voyage

full

von

was

to

Catdlogo

notable

whose

Hervas,

similarityof Malay and Polynesian

who
accompanied the second
Captain Cook
(1772-75). The
of

be

given
Humboldt,

in

but

las
the

uralists
by natman,
English-

relation
1838

de

the

also

by the

THE

PEOPLE

FILIPINO

BEFORE

91

1521.

Humboldt, considered the Tagalog to be the

richest and most perfectof all the languagesof the MalayoIt
Polynesianfamily,and perhaps the type of them all.
of which
possesses,"he said, "all the forms collectively
found singlyin other dialects;and it
are
particularones
has preserved them
all with very trifling
broken,
exceptionsunhi entire harmony
and
and
symmetry." The
devoted
Spanish friars,on their arrival in the Philippines,
themselves
at once
to learningthe native dialects and to
in these native
the preparationof prayers and catechisms
successful in their studies.
tongues. They were
very
William

von

"

Father

Chirino

Tagalog

in

In

the

of

one

Jesuit who

learned

sufficient

preach and hear confession.

Bisayan, the Tagalog, and the Ilokano

the

to

mastered.

soon

were

us

seventy days

this way

In

tells

lightof
to

find

terestin
opinion of Von Humboldt, it is inthese early Spaniards pronouncing the
the

"Of
Tagalog the most difficult and the most admirable.
all of them," says Padre
Chirino,"the one which most
the Tagalog.
was
pleasedme and filledme with admiration
Because, as I said to the first archbishop,and afterwards
both
there and here, I found in
to other serious persons,
it four qualities
of the four best languages of the world:
Hebrew, Greek, Latin, and Spanish; of the Hebrew, the
mysteries and obscurities;of the Greek, the articles and
the precisionnot only of the appellativebut also of the
of the Latin, the wealth and elegance;and
proper nouns;
of the Spanish, the good breeding,politeness,
and courtesy."
'

An

Early

Connection

languages contain
words
1

borrowed

Rdacitin

from

de las Islas

the

with
a

the

Hindus.

considerable

Sanskrit,and

"

layan
Ma-

proportion

La this the

Filipinos,2d ed.,p. 52.

The

of

Tagalog,

92

THE

PHILIPPINES.

these words
Bisayan, and Ilokano are included. Whether
were
passed along from one Malayan group to another,or
whether
introduced by the actual presence and
they were
of the Hindu
in this archipelago,
be fair ground
power
may
for debate; but the case
for the latter positionhas been so
that his
well and brilliantly
put by Dr. Pardo de Tavera
conclusions
words.
"The
here
are
given in his own
words which Tagalog borrowed,"he says,
those which
are
perstitions
signifyintellectual acts, moral conceptions,emotions, suof deities,
of planets,of numerals
of
names
quences,
high number, of botany, of war and its results and conseof titles and dignities,
and finally
some
animals,
of money."
instruments of industry,and the names
From
the evidence of these words, Dr. Pardo argues for
not merely
a
periodin the earlyhistoryof the Filipinos,
of commercial
like that of the Chinese,but
intercourse,
and social domination.
I do not beof Hindu
lieve,"
political
I base my
he says, "and
opinion on the same
words
that I have brought together in this vocabulary,
here simply as merchants, but that
that the Hindus
were
different parts of the archipelago,
where
they dominated
cultured
languages, the
to-day are spoken the most
Tagalo, the Visayan, the Pampanga, and the Ilocano;and
that the higher culture of these languages comes
precisely
the Filipino."
from the influence of the Hindu
race
over
It is impossible
to
The
Hindus
in the Philippines.
believe that the Hindus, if they came
only as merchants,
selves
however
great their number, would have impressed themin such a way
to give to these islanders the numas
ber
and the kind of words which
they did give. These
of caciques,of high functionaries of
of dignitaries,
names
the court, of noble ladies,indicate that all of these high
of Sanskrit originwere
occupied at
positionswith names
"

"

"

"

"

THE

FILIPINO

PEOPLE

BEFORE

93

1521.

who spoke that language. The words of

by men
and battlesimilar originfor objectsof war, fortresses,
a
perstitions,
songs, for designatingobjectsof religiousbelief,for suemotions, feelings,industrial and
farming
show
us
activities,
clearly that the warfare, religion,
time in
at one
were
literature,
industry,and agriculture
the hands
of the Hindus, and that this race
tively
effecwas
l
in the Philippines."
dominant
time

one

Systems

of

Writing

the

among

Filipinos.
"

When

the

Spaniards arrived in the Philippines,the Filipinoswere

usingsystems of writingborrowed from Hindu or Javanese
This
is so
matter
sources.
can
interestingthat one
not

do better

than

to

quote

in full Padre

Chirino's

account,

Spanish writers to mention it and

his notice is quite complete.
as
"So given are
these islanders to reading and writing
that there is hardly a man,
less a woman,
and much
that
does not read and write in letters peculiarto the island
of Manila, very different from
those of China, Japan, and
of India, as will be seen
from
the followingalphabet.
"The
vowels are three; but they serve
for five,and are,
he is the first of the

as

\Jr
e,

The

consonants

write

to

both

are

are

Another
found

between
Java

and

in

and
any

twelve, and they

than

more

consonant

letter alone, without

sounds with a.
1

no

o,

vowel,

point

possibleexplanation of the
the Philippinelanguages, is

Filipinos and Hindus

the
Sumatra, whence

occurred
ancestors

in this form.

either above

many

Sanskrit

or

terms

serve

The

below,

which

period of contact
in the Philippinesbut in
not
of the Filipinos
perhaps came.
that

the

94

For

THE

instance,in order

suffice.

PHILIPPINES:

to say

'

cama/ the

two

letters alone

FILIPINO

THE

BEFORE

PEOPLE

ca

If to the

3L

95

1521.

ma

there is

placed a point above, it will

say

it;
que
If it is

ma

given to both below, it will

y
mo

co

final consonants

The
cases,

and

so

to say

suppliedor understood
cantar/ they write
are

'

say

in all

e*
ca

ta

barba,

G"
ba

"""
-

ba

evasions,they make
all,and that without many
themselves
understood, and they themselves understand
But

with

And

the

reader

skill
supplies,with much
that are
and ease, the consonants
lacking. They have
the left
to write running the lines from
learned from
us
from
hand
to the right,but formerly they only wrote
above
downwards, placing the first line (ifI remember
rightly)at the left hand, and continuingwith the others
the oppositeof the Chinese and Japanese.
to the right,
leaves of a palm, using for
or
on
They write upon canes
a
a
point of iron. Nowadays in writing not only
pen

marvellously.

96

PHILIPPINES.

THE

their

but

own

cut, and

They

also

they
letters,

our

use

quillvery

well

paper like ourselves.

have learned our
language and

pronunciation,and
better; for they are so

do, and even

bright that they learn everythingwith the greatest ease.
I have
brought with me handwriting with very good and
correct
lettering. In Tigbauan, I had in school a very
in three months'
small child,who
time learned,by copying
from
well-written
letters that I set him, to write
enough better than I, and transcribed for me writings of
takes.
misand without
errors
or
importance very faithfully,
But enough of languages and letters;now
let us
souls." 1
to our
return
occupation with human
write

well

as

Sanskrit

as

we

of the Filipino Alphabet.

Source

Besides

"

the

Tagalogs, the Bisayas,Pampangos, Pangasinans, and

Ilokanos-had
similar
alphabets,or more
properlysyllabaries
Dr. Pardo
de Tavera has gathered many
to this one.
data concerning them, and shows
that they were
doubtedly
unreceived
Sanskrit
a
by the Filipinosfrom
source.

Early Filipino

Writings.

The

"

Filipinosused

this

and songs,
which
their poems
writing for setting down
of this, however, has
their only literature.
None
were
the Filipinossoon
down
to us, and
come
adopted the
to write
Spanish alphabet,forming the syllables
necessary
their language from these letters. As all these have phonetic
values, it is still very easy for a Filipinoto learn to
pronounce

and

so

lingeredfor
Padre
person

Totanes

who

Relation

Arte

read
a

use

These

old

acters
char-

that

it

was

them; but

the

rare

in 1705

Tagbanwas,

to find
a

pagan

Filipinas, 2d ed., pp. 58, 59, chap. XVII.

Tagala.

de las Islas

Lengua

tongue.

own

in certain places.
couple of centuries,

tells us

could

de la

his

FILIPINO

THE

as

rice from

In

these

their ancestors

or

in

the

Chinese

There

is

their

"

that,previous to

islands

have

been

proof. About
century, though not earlier
better

Ju-kua

Chao

here

to them.

exhumed

wrote

work

1205,
upon

islands

in the

of

regularly

is in the ancient

than

Spanish

the arrival

writingsthemselves
the beginning of the

Manila, but the Chinese

named

coming

well known

were

the

in these

before

years

trade
prehistoric

jarsand pottery which

even

colonized

or

were
trading-fleets

of this

ferent
dif-

Very

"

nese.
the early influence of the Chi-

was

evidence

no

of the

several

evidence

of

similar

Philippines. Early Trade.

conquest, the Chinese settled

at all;and yet three hundred

Magellan

use

of their deities.

the Hindu

from

and

97

1521.

syllabary
Besides poems,
they had songs which they
they rowed their canoes, as they pounded the
its husk, and as they gathered for feast or entertainment
for the dead.
and especially
there were
songs
the deeds of
songs, says Chirino,they recounted
island of Palawan,

people on the
to this day.
sang

BEFORE

PEOPLE

One

Chinese

vicinity

furnish

us

thirteenth

Chinese

the maritime

author
merce
com-

people. One chapter of his work is

which
he calls the country of
devoted
to the Philippines,
Mayi.1 According to this record it is indicated that
of the Chinese

the

Chinese

hundred

seven

from

This

Bayi

familiar

were

is

name

with

islands of the

pelago
archi-

ago.2

years
the

derived, in

the

opinion

of

de

Professor
Professor

Blumentritt,
Meyer, in his

Bay, meaning Laguna

Bay.
of the Negritos,suggests an identification from this Chinese
record, of the islands of Mindanao, Palawan
(called Pa-lao-yu) and
and
Luzon.
Panay, Xegros, Cebu, Leyte, Samar, Bohol,
or

Distribution

the

Through

permission

was

translated
The

English

courtesy of Professor

given
from

to

the

translation

use

from

Chinese
is

by

Mr.

Chao

Zulueta,
Ju-kua's

manuscript by
P. L. Stangl.

of the Manila
work

Professor

these

Liceo,
tions,
quota-

Blumentritt.

98

THE

Chinese

Mayi,"

of the People.

Description

(Burney,

clothe

bed

Borneo).

or

families inhabit the banks

natives

of

themselves

sheets,or

country of

"The

"

interestingclassic,"is situated

this

says

of Poni

north

PHILLIPINES.

in sheets
bodies

their

cover

very

About

thousand

winding

the

to

The

stream.

of cloth

resembling
(The
sarongs.

with

colored,typical garment of the

Malay.) Scattered through the extensive forests are copper
how they got there.1
Buddha
images, but no one knows
is

sarong

the

gay

"

When

the

chant
mer-

(Chinese)
ships arrive
this port they
in
'

j^^l
*^f"'

Moro

Brass

Betel

of

place

open

which

chor
an-

front

M"

an

at

as

serves

where
market,
they trade in the

BOX.

a
produce of the country. When
ship enters this port,
the captain makes
(to the
presents of white umbrellas
this
are
mandarins). The merchants
obliged to pay
tribute hi order to obtain the good will of these lords."
The
products of the country are stated to be yellow
cotton, pearls,shells,betel nuts, and yuta cloth,
wax,
which
was
perhaps one of the several cloths still woven
of abaca, or pifia. The articles imported by the Chinese
trade gold, objectsof lead,glass beads
were
porcelain,
bf all colors,iron cooking-pans,
and iron needles."
Very curious is the accurate mention
Tfye^Negritos.
in this Qhinese writing,of the Negritos,the first of all
"

"

"

This

de Tavera's
influence

would
view

confirm,"
that

of Buddhism

says

in ancient
from

Professor
times

India."

the

Blumentritt,
Philippineswere

"

Dr.

Pardo

under

the

THE

accounts

of

to

the

FILIPINO

be

made

PEOPLE

BEFORE

of the little blacks.

valleys-lives a

race

99

1521.

"In

the

terior
in-

called Hai-tan

(Aeta).
yellowcolor,

They are of low stature,have round eyes of a

curly hair, and their teeth are easilyseen between their
lips. (That is,probably, not darkened by betel-chewing
artificialstains.) They build their nests in the treetops
or
and in each nest lives a family,which
only consists of
from
three to five persons.
They travel about in the
densest thickets of the forests,
and, without being seen
at the passers-by;for this
themselves, shoot their arrows
If the trader (Chinese)
feared.
reason
they are much
throws
them
small
a
porcelainbowl, they will stoop
it and then run
down
with it,shouting
to catch
away
joyfully."
These junks also visited
in Chinese
Trade.
Increase
the more
central islands,
but here traffic was
conducted
arrival announcing themthe ships,the Chinese on
selves
on
by beating gongs and the Filipinos
coming out to
them
in their light boats.
other things here
Among
offered by the natives for trade are
mentioned
"strange
cloth,"perhaps sinamay or jusi,and fine mats.
This Chinese trade continued
probably quite steadily
until the arrival of the Spaniards. Then
it received an
increase through the demand
for Chinese foodenormous
made
products and wares
by the Spaniards,and because
of the value of the Mexican
silver which
the Spaniards
offered in exchange.
Trade
with the Moro
The spread
Malays of the South.
of the
of Mohammedanism
and especially
the foundation
colony of Borneo brought the Philippinesinto important
relations with the Malays of the south.
commercial
vious
Preto the arrival of the Spaniards these relations seem
been friendlyand peaceful. The Mohammedan
to have
"

"

100

THE

PHILIPPINES.

for purposes
of trade,
Malays sent their praus northward
and
also settlingin the north
they were
Philippinesas
they had in Mindanao.
When
after its arrival,
soon
Legazpi'sfleet,
lay near the
island of Bohol, Captain Martin de Goiti had a hard fight
with a Moro
vessel which was
cruisingfor trade,and took
six prisoners. One of them, whom
they call the
pilot,"
and
was
some
closelyinterrogatedby the commander
interestinginformation
obtained, which is recorded by
Padre
San Augustih. Legazpi had a Malay slave interpreter
"

with him

UrdanAugusti'n
says that Padre
well the Malayan language." The
knew
eta
pilotsaid
those of Borneo
pinos,
that
brought for trade with the Filiand tin,which was
brought to Borneo from
copper
in their fashion,
China, porcelain,dishes,and bells made

and

San

"

"

very

different from
colored

benzoin, and

those

that

blankets

in

the

Christians

use,

and

from

India, and cookingthey also brought iron

China, and that

lances very
well tempered, and knives and other articles
of barter,and that in exchange for them
they took away
from
and a kind of small
the islands gold, slaves,wax,
for
seashell which they call sijueyes/and which
passes
and other places;and also
in the kingdom of Siam
money
of which there is a great
white cloths,
they carry off some
quantity in the islands." 1
to have
Butuan, on the north coast of Mindanao, seems
been quite a trading-place
resorted to by vessels from all
other
parts of the
quarters. This region, like many
small
Philippines,has produced from time immemorial
speak of
quantitiesof gold, and all the early voyagers
of the natives.
Butuan
the gold earringsand ornaments
and
also produced sugarcane
was
a
trading-port for
pans

made

'

Conquistas de las Islas Filipinas, p. 95.

THE

This

slaves.
have
the

FILIPINO

been

unfortunate

with

Cebu

Result

also

were

101

1521.

doubtless

life

to

seems

stimulated

by
from
Borneo.
Junks
Siam
trading
encountered
by the Spaniards.

of this Intercourse

and

BEFORE

traffic in human

unusual, and

not

commerce

with

PEOPLE

was

and

Commerce.

This

"

course
inter-

traffic had

with many
acquainted the Filipinos
of the accessories of civilized lifelong before the arrival of
the Spaniards. Their chiefs and datos dressed in silks,
and
maintained
some
splendor of surroundings;nearly the
whole
population of the tribes of the coast wrote and

Moro

communicated
traded

by

Brass

Cannon,

means

far south

as

of
as

or

"Lantaka."

syllabary;vessels from
Mindanao

and

zon
Lu-

though
Borneo, al-

products of Asia proper came

through the
fleets of foreigners;and
indicates more
perhaps what
were
clearlythan anything else the advance the Filipinos
with outside people
making through their communication
is their use
of firearms.
Of this point there is no
tion.
quesEverywhere in the vicinityof Manila, on Lubang,
in Pampanga, at Cainta and Laguna de Bay, the Spaniards
"lanforts mounting small cannon,
encountered
or
takas." *
The
to have understood, moreFilipinosseem
the

Relacidn

Archivo

del

Conquista de la Isla
Bibliofilo
Filipino,vol. I.
de

la

de

Luzon, 1572;

in

Retana,

102

THE

the arts

PHILIPPINES.

of

and of making powder.

castingcannon
The first gun-factoryestablished by the Spaniards was
in
charge of a Filipinofrom Pampanga.
over,

Early
The

Political

weakest

and

Social

Life.

"

The

Barangay.

side of the culture of the

earlyFilipinoswas
their political
and social organization,
and they were
weak
here in preciselythe same
uncivilized
that the now
way
Their state did
peoplesof northern Luzon are stillweak.
not embrace
the whole tribe or nation; it included simply
ate
immedithe community.
Outside of the settlers in one
all others were
enemies or at most
foreigners.
vicinity,
in the Philippinesno
There were
large states, nor even
found in the Malay
great rajas and sultans such as were
a multitude
Archipelago,but instead on every island were
of small communities, each independent of the other and
frequentlywaging war.
The unit of their political
little cluster of
order was
a
houses of from
hundred
called a
families,
thirtyto one
barangay," which still exists in the Philippinesas
the "barrio."
At the head of each barangay was
a chief
known
the "dato," a word
as
no
longer used in the
the Moros
northern Philippines,
though it persistsamong
"

of Mindanao.

small

areas

treated with

The
appear
utmost

powers
to

have

of

these

been

datos

within

great, and

their

they

were

respect by the people.

tions
grouped together in tiny federamuch
as
territoryas the present
affairs were
conducted
by the chiefs or
towns, whose
all been in
to have
datos,although sometimes they seem
in some
known
obedience
to a singlechief,
placesas the
"hari,"at other times by the Hindu word "raja,"or the
The

barangays were
including about

Mohammedan
one

of

these

term

"sultan."

rajas

seems

Sometimes
to

have

the

extended

power
over

of
the

FILIPINO

THE

of

whole

island,but

small

BEFORE

PEOPLE

103

1521.

usually their "kingdoms"

only a few miles.

embraced

by the

Made

Changes

Spaniards.

Spaniards,

The

"

enforcing their authority through the islands, took

the real power
from
the datos,grouping the baranaway
into towns, or
pueblos," and making the datos,
gays
headmen, caciquesor principales.Something of the old
distinction
the dato, or
between
principal,"and the
be
still represented in the
common
man
gente
may
the more
or
ilustrada,"
wealthy, educated, and influential
class found
in each town, and the
gente baja," or the
in

"

"

"

"

poor

uneducated.

and

Classes

datos, according to

the

under

of Filipinos

Chirino

and

Datos.

Morga,

paid no

his boat

he

when

went

This

hi his house.

him

timauas."
Then

there

the
three

were

"

rowed

attended
"

Beneath

Filipinos.First wrere the free maharlika,"who

tribute to the dato, but who accompanied him to

classes of

war,

"

journey,and
is called by Morga

on

class

large class,wrho appear to have

been freedmen
liberated slaves,who had acquired their
or
but who
homes
and lived with their families,
owed
own
to dato or maharlika
heavy debts of service;to sow and
in his ricefields,
his
harvest
to tend his fish-traps,
to row
he had
to build his house, to attend
him
when
canoe,
guests, and to perform any other duties that the chief
These
called "aliping
semi-free were
might command.
namamahay," and their condition of bondage descended
there

was

very

to their children.

Beneath

these

existed

and
"siguiguiliris,"

Sucesos

de las

they

Filipinos,p.

class of slaves.
were

297.

numerous.

These

Their

were

the

slavery

104

arose

PHILIPPINES.

THE

in several ways.
been captured in

Some

those who

were

as

children

spared. Some
in times of hunger.
became
slaves by selling
their freedom
scended
But most
of them became
slaves through debt, which dehad

father to

from

their lives

and

war

son.

debt

of five

six pesos
of his freedom.
or

deprivea man
were
absolutelyowned
by their lord,who
like cattle;but, in spite of
sell them
could theoretically
this Filipinoslavery was
its bad possibilities,
apparently
The slaves frequently
nature.
not of a cruel or distressing
associated on kindly relations with their masters
and were
in the
This form of slaverystillpersists
not overworked.
of Mindanao
and Jolo.
the Moros
dren
ChilPhilippines
among
of slaves inherited their parents'slavery. If one
free and the other slave,the first,
third,and
parent was
free and the second,fourth,and sixth
fifth children were
of inheritance of slavery was
slaves. This whole matter
curiouslyworked out in details.
Life in the Barangay.
Community feelingwas very
could not leave his
strong within the barangay. A man
own
barangay for life in another without the consent of
If a man
of
the community and the payment of money.
of another, their children
barrio married
a
woman
one
divided between
the two barangay s.
The barangay
were
was
responsiblefor the good conduct of its members, and
if one
of them suffered an injury from a man
outside,the
whole barangay had to be appeased. Disputesand wrongs
referred to
between
members
of the same
barangay were
enough in
'These slaves

was

to

cases

some

"

number
with

down
1

of old men,
the

customs

who

decided

of the

ance
in accord-

the matter

tribe,which

were

handed

by tradition.1
These

data

of the Tagalog

are

largelytaken

prepared by Friar

from
Juan

the
de

account

of the

customs

Plasencia, in 1589, at the

THE

The

FILIPINO

Religion

arrival

of

PEOPLE

the

BEFORE

105

1521.

Filipinoson the
but they
fetish-worshipers,

Filipinos.
"

of the

The

Spaniards were
had one
spiritwhom
they believed was the greatest of all
of things. The Tagalogs called
and the creator or maker
this deity Bathala,1the Bisayas,Loon, and the Ilokanos,
Kabunian.
of their ancestors,
They also worshiped the spirits
which
were
representedby small images called
"anitos."
Fetishes,which are any objects believed to.
the people,
common
power, were
among
possess miraculous
and
idols or images were
worshiped. Pigafettadescribes
hi Cebu, and Chirino tells us that,
idols which he saw
some
of Filipinos
whom
he knew, they had
within the memory
and
idols of stone, wood, bone, or the tooth of a crocodile,
of gold.
that there were
some
They also reverenced animals and birds,especiallythe
the crow, and a mythical bird of blue or yellow
crocodile,
of their deity Bathala.2
color,whch was called by the name
They had no temples or public places of worship, but
had his anitos hi his own
house and performed
each one
of worship there.
his sacrifices and
As sacrifices
acts
such occasions
they killed pigs or chickens,and made
times of feasting,
The life of the
song, and drunkenness.
request of Dr. Santiago de Vera, the governor
Audiencia.
Although there are references to
of the Philippines,this little code did
a

few

years

of the

ago,

when

Franciscans

and
it
not

president of

by
see

the
the

the

torians
early hisuntil
light

discovered
in the convent
manuscript copy was
Dr.
Pardo
de
at Manila, by
Tavera, and was
of slave-holding,
treats
penalties for crime,

by him
published. It
de los
inheritances, adoption, dowry, and marriage. (Las Costumbres
el
Padre
H.
Pardo
T.
de
Plasencia, by
Tagdlog en Filipinos, segun
Tavera.
Madrid, 1892.)
1

See

on

this

matter

mentritt; Retana,
2

Tliis word

Diccionario

Archivo

is of Sanskrit

del

Mitologico de Filipinos,by BluBiblidfiloFilipino,vol. II.

originand

is

common

throughout Malaysia.

106

THE

PHILIPPINES.

Filipinowas
undoubtedly filled with
and imaginings.
The

Mohammedan

of southern

Malays.
Mindanao

"

The

fears
superstitious

Mohammedans

side
out-

Jolo, had settled in the

Bay and on Mindoro, Lubang, and
vicinityof Manila
The spread of Mohammedanism
adjacent coasts of Luzon.
was
rated
stopped by the Spaniards, although it is narof those livingon
that for a long time many
the
shores of Manila
bidden
Bay refused to eat pork, which is forcision.
by the Koran, and practicedthe rite of circumAs late as 1583, Bishop Salazar,in writingto the
had
king of affairs in the Philippines,says the Moros

preachedthe

law

and

of Mohammed

to

great numbers

by this preaching many

islands and

and

Mohammedans;

of the

in these

Gentiles

had

further he

adds, "Those who

have received this foul law guard it with much
persistence
in making them
abandon
and there is great difficulty
it;
and with cause
they give, to our
too, for the reasons
that they were
better treated
and confusion,are
shame
than they have been by
by the preachersof Mohammed
the preachersof Christ." l
become

Material

Progress

the

of

The

Filipinos.
"

material

roundings
sur-

of the

Filipinobefore the arrival of the Spaniards

in nearly every way
were
quite as they are to-day.
The "center of population" of each town
to-day,with its
and
great church, tribunal, stores and houses of stone
contrast; but the appearwood, is certainlyin marked
ance
of

barrio

to-day probably
of

the bulk
1

Relacidn

Salazar,
vol. III.

the

much

as

it

people lived

de las Cosas

Primer

little distance

obispo

de
de

las
dichas

was

in

from

then.
humble

Filipinos hecha
islas, 1583;

the

Then,
houses

center

is

as

now,

of

bam-

de
por Sr. Domingo
in Retana, Archivo,

THE

soil; then,

the

the

the

the

had

then

dogs,

"

Luzon

cats,
the

of

most

Spanish

and

their

Chinese

numbers

of

America,

it

already
The

the

Spanish
on

maize,

sovereignty
his

spiritual,

the

and

elevating

of

his

emotional

bettering

of

his

material

made.

animal

after

Spaniards

bringing

in

also

of

mentioned.

cultivation

Pigafetta

was

China
the

the

hi

of

bacco,
to-

the

native

corn

says

they

found

Bisayas.
affected

been
far

this

frequently

perhaps

although

in
has

also

and

cacao,

growing

Filipino

is

importation
introduced

and

perhaps

the

by

pinos
Fili-

and

followed

and

animals,

from

Philippines

were

corrals,

"

although

increased

were

whose

coffee,

pigs,

the

The

domesticated

Horses

conquest.

fish

present
and

the

and

and

There

sea.

groves.

buffalo,
into

Spaniards

The

the

rice

cocoanut

chickens,

goats,

mares,

bancas

and

domesticated

the

has

fields

and

of

dampness

largely

river

familiar

introduced

widely

in

abound

the

was

107

1521.

above

food

the

same

rice

BEFORE

piles

on

now,

which

water

land

on

as

fish

excellent
on

raised

nipa

and

boo

PEOPLE

FILIPINO

less
it

on

is

by
his

mainly

and
condition

these

centuries

material
in

mental

the
life

that

side

of

than

deepening
and

advance

not

has

he
and

in

the
been

CHAPTER

THE

SPANISH

VI.

SOLDIER

AND

THE

SPANISH

MISSIONARY.

of

History
the

the

Philippines

Colonies.

Spanish

the

Islands.

Spice

of that

and

nearly

half
in

settlement

Far

the

himself

threw

into

the

All

the

the

Spanish

these

islands.

East,

the

with

almost

material

and

But

Spaniard

the

the

time

and

lected
neg-

tion
devo-

of America.

Spanish
secured

Columbus

he

Peninsula

energy

the

been

when

day

from

trade

obtained

Spain
a

for

story

Eastern

spiritual conquest
of

the

Spain.

to

if for

incredible

had

missionary

the

before

elapsed

century

is the

as

reward

of

enjoyment

how

seen

romantic

of

History

in his search

immediate

greatest achievements

from

years

in her
a

already

and

no

the

of

by Magellan

brought

remained

Part

have

Brilliant

it

voyage,

Portugal

We

"

discovered

Philippines were

as

soldier

and

within

sighted

the

fifty
West

Indies.
In
we

order

must

understand

to

great colonial

this

that
reached

were

soldiers
America
Islands
So
must

to

these

empire

and

for

Mexico

held

that

office

in

the

centuries

same

to

Philippines,

formed

under

were

and

the

of

islands

two

over

through

by Mexico;

history

that

forget

not

the

the
the

ministra
ad-

same

Philippines

great extent

governors,

part of

enced
influ-

judges,

and

both

hemispheres, passing from

to the
Philippines and being promoted from the
to the higher official positions of Mexico
and
Peru.

understand

study

the

the

rule

of

Spain

great administrative
108

in

the

Philippines,we
machinery and the

SOLDIER

SPANISH

great body

which

of laws

were

109

MISSIONARY.

AND

developed for the

ment
govern-

of the Indies.1
Character

themselves
wealth

and

of
were

of

the

Spanish

Explorers.

The

conquests
largelyeffected through the enterprise
held
private individuals;but these men
"

their actions were

Spanish crown,
subject to strict royal control,and a largeproportionof
the profitsand plunder of their expeditionswere
paid to
the
of these conquerors
the royal treasury. Upon some
adelantado."
The
bestowed
the proud title of
crown
into these hazardous
Spanish nobilitythrew themselves
and fixed determination
undertakings with the courage
of their long strugglewith the Moors.
Out of the
born
scure
obsoul-tryingcircumstances of Western
conquest many
of spirit,
men
rose, through their brilliant qualities
and
but the exalted offices
to positionsof eminence
power;
reserved for the titled
of viceroy and governor
were
favorites of the king.
The
Royal Audiencia.
Very early the Spanish court,
in order to protect its own
authority,found it necessary
and adventurous
to succeed the ambitious
by a
conqueror
ruler in close relationship
with and absolute dependence
in Mexico, Corte"s the conqueror
the royal will. Thus
on
removed
and replaced by the viceroyMendoza, who
was
commissions

from

the

"

"

established

the

upon

Spanish colony of

New

of all the states

To

limit the power

The

foundation

have
United
Public
America.

been
States

and

conquests of the former the great

cessful
Spain, to this day the most suc-

planted by Spain
of the governor

character

Instruction, in

his

work,

The

the

viceroy,as well

or

of this great

admirably described by
Philippine Commissioner

in America.

colonial

Honorable
and

the

Establishment

tion
administra-

Bernard
first

Moses,
Secretary of

of Spanish

Rule

in

110

THE

to

as

act

as

PHILIPPINES.

court

supreme

of actions

for the settlement

the

"

Royal Audiencia."

and

was
legal questions,

This

was

law,

sent

were

its powers
not alone judicial;
were
they
In the absence
of the governor
also administrative.

body

of

rank

of noble

men

from

out

created

Spain

to

form

and

learned

in each

country

in the
a

lonial
co-

court; but

the audiencia

assumed
of the

Treatment

his duties.

Natives

by

the

Spanish.
"

In his treatment

natives,whose lands he captured,the Spanish

to the
to secure
king attempted three things, first,
the advantages of their labor,
colonist and to the crown
as
second, to convert the Indians to the Christian religion
Catholic Church, and third,to
maintained
by the Roman
protect them from crueltyand inhumanity. Edict after
edict,law after law, issued from the Spanish throne with
As they stand upon
these ends in view.
the greatest of
de Leyes de las Indias,
colonial law-books,the Recopilacidn
they display an a.dmirable sensitiveness to the needs of
the Indian and an appreciationof the dangers to which
cent
he was
subjected;but in the actual practicethese benefilargelyuseless.
provisionswere
in her treatment
The first and third of Spain'spurposes
of the native proved incompatible. History has shown
be taken from a
that libertyand enlightenment can
not
hand and protectiongiven it with the other.
with one
race
All classes of Spain'scolonial government
were
frankly in
Greed
filled them
the
all,and was
pursuit of wealth.
mainspring of every discoveryand every settlement. The
for his treasury; the noble and
the
king wanted revenue
wealth for
soldier,
booty for their privatepurse; the friar,
for his church.
All this
his order; the bishop, power
of the

"

wealth
which

had
the

to

come

Spanish

out

of the native

conqueror

had

toiler

seized;and

on

the lands

while noble

SPANISH

motives

prevailed,
yet in
the Philippines
was
of the Spaniard.
"The

the
a

main

and

the labor of the Indians

the lives and

extent

the feudal

on

at

the

time

and

and

the hand

of

Spain's system

"

certain times

at

of America

the native

sufferer under

Encomenderos."

Peninsula

absent

probably never

were

Ill

MISSIONARY.

AND

SOLDIER

power

controlling

based

was

of

to

tain
cer-

system, still surviving in the

of

her

colonial

conquests. The

quests
captains and soldiers and priestsof her successful conhad assignedto them great estates or fruitful lands
with their native inhabitants,which
they managed and
called first
ruled for their own
profit. Such estates were
it became
the practice,
"repartimientos." But very soon
of Indians
to the serhi America, to grant largenumbers
vice
had
of a
them
the power
of a Spaniard, who
over
and
\vho enjoyed the profitsof their labor.
In
master
he was
return
supposed to provide for the conversion of
Such a grant
instruction.
the Indians and their religious

of Indians

was

dero"

not

was

called

"encomienda."

an

absolute

The

lord of the lives and

the Indians,for elaborate laws

were

framed

"encomen-

propertiesof

for the latter's

protection. Yet the grantingof subjectswithout the land

which they lived made
possibletheir transfer and sale
on
encomendero
sands
thouto another,and hi this way
from one
of America
made
of Indians
were
practically
slaves,
and

forced into labor

were

in the mines.

alreadyseen, the whole system was attacked

Las Casas, a trulynoble character
priest,
by the Dominican
in the historyof American
and various
colonization,
As

we

efforts
to

have

were

made

in America

prevent their introduction

to limit the encomiendas

into

Mexico

and

Peru

and
; but

in America, together
of the encomendero
the great power
held extensive
with the influence of the Church, which

112

THE

PHILIPPINES.

encomiendas,had been sufficient to extend the institution,

Its
even
against Las Casas' impassioned remonstrances.
in 1544, but
abolition in Mexico
decreed
sioners
commiswas
and the
representingthe municipalityof Mexico
orders were
sent to Spain to ask the king to revoke
religious
which
Laws'
least those
at
parts of the 'New
threatened the interests of the settlers. By a royal decree
of October
granted.
20, 1545, the desired revocation was
This action filled the Spanish settlers with joy and the enslaved
Indians with despair."
the institution
Thus
was
early established as a part
of the colonial system and came
with the conquerors
to
the Philippines.
"

Restrictions

on

Colonization

and

Commerce.

For

"

the

of all colonial affairs the king created

a
management
dies,"
the "Council of the Inas
great board, or bureau, known
which

and whose

sat in Madrid

members

highest officials of Spain. The

exercised the closest supervision
over
the

and

colonization

was

among

Spanish government
all colonial matters,

All persons,

free.

never

were

wares,

and

ships,passing from Spain to any of her colonial possessions,

and
this one
were
obliged to pass through Seville,
port alone.
dalquivir
city,situated on the river Guain southwestern
the gateway to the
Spain,was
forth the mailed
this port went
Spanish Empire. From
noble, and the
soldier,the robed friar,the adventurous
who accompanied their
brave and highborn Spanish ladies,
This

wealthy ancient

husbands
to

to such

this

port

Mexico,

and

were

the

great distances

brought
silks

and

the

over

sea.

And

Peru, the silver of

of China, dispatched
embroideries

the

gold

of

through the Philippines.

1

Moses:

Establishment

back

of Spanish

Rule

in

America,

p. 12.

SOLDIER

SPANISH

It must
and

her

be observed
colonies

was

AND

113

MISSIONARY.

that all intercourse

rigidlycontrolled

between

by

the

Spain
ment.
govern-

exclusive
an
Spain sought to create and maintain
monopoly of her colonial trade. To enforce and direct
this
monopoly, there was
.at Seville the Commercial
No
could sail
one
House, or "Casa de Contratacion."
from Spain to a colonial possession
without
a
permit and
after government registration.No
could send out
one
goods or import them except through the Commercial
the payment
House
and upon
of extraordinaryimposts.
Trade was
absolutelyforbidden to any except Spaniards.
And
onies
by her forts and fleets Spain strove to isolate her colfrom the approach of Portuguese,Dutch, or English,
less daringlymanned
than those of Spain
whose ships,no
in search
the seas
herself,were
beginning to traverse
of foreignconquest and trade.
of the plunder and spoils
Colonial
of
the
Summary
Policy of Spain.
Spain
for the spoilsof accumulated
sought foreigncolonies,first,
wealth that could be seized and carried away
at once, and,
secondly,for the income that could be procured through
of the lands she gained. In
the labor of the inhabitants
nies,
framing her government and administration of her coloshe sought primarilythe political
enlightenment and
welfare neither of the Spanish colonist nor
the native race,
but the glory,power,
and patronage of the crown.
The
and trade regulationswere
commercial
devised, not to
and
increase the prosperityof the
develop the resources
Yet
the
colonies,but to add wealth to the Peninsula.
of Spain were
far from
being wholly selfish.
purposes
of the
With
zeal and success
she sought the conversion
heathen natives,whom
she subjected,and in this showed
of the Dutch
interest in advance
and Enga humanitarian
lish,
who
rivaled her in colonial empire.
"

114

The

THE

PHILIPPINES.

colonial ideals under

framed

were

those

of the

which
times.

the
In

policyof Spain was

the

centuries

that

and
conscience
these
on
succeeded, public wisdom
have immeasurably improved. Nations
matters
no
longer
make
conquests frankly to exploitthem, but the public
that the welfare of the colonial
opinion of the world demands
subject be sought and that he be protected from
still to be made.
official greed. 'There is great advance
It can hardly be said that the world yet recognizesthat a
stronger people should assist a weaker without assurance
of material reward, but this is the direction in which
the
ing
most
enlightenedfeelingis advancing. Every undertakof the white race, which has such aims in view, is an
experiment worthy of profound interest and solicitous
sympathy.

have

Result

mind

of

of the

the

Voyage

of

Magellan

Spanish adventurer

the results of Sebastian

Elcano's

was

and

Elcano.

"

The

greatly excited by

voyage.

Here

was

the

opportunityfor rich trade and great profit. Numerous

ing
plans were laid before the king,one of them for the buildand an annual voyage
to the
of an Indian trading-fleet
of spices.
to gather a great harvest
Moluccas
until the question
Portugal protestedagainstthis move
of her claim to the Moluccas, under the division of Pope
Alexander, could be settled. The exact longitudeof Terthe line 370 leagues beyond the Verde
from
west
nate
well known.
not
Islands was
Spaniards argued that it
tugal's
less than 180 degrees,and, therefore, in spiteof Porwas
The
earlier discovery,belonged to them.
pilot,
Medina, for example, explained to Charles V. that from
of San Anton
370 degrees west
the meridian
(the most
westerlyisland of the Verde group) to the cityof Mexico
Mexico
to Navidad, 9 degrees,and
59 degrees,from
was

SOLDIER

SPANISH

AND

115

MISSIONARY.

this port to

Cebu, 100 degrees,a total of only 168

degrees, leaving a margin of 12 degrees; therefore by
the final treaty the Indies,Moluccas,Borneo, Gilolo,and
the Philippineswere
Spain's.1 A great council of emheld at Badajoz in 1524,
bassadors and cosmographers was
tion
her resolubut reached
no
agreement. Spain announced
the Moluccas, and
to occupy
Portugal threatened
who should be found
with death the Spanish adventurers
from

there.
First

The

Expedition

the

to

Philippines. Spain acted

"

patched
immediately upon her determination,and hi 1525 disan
expeditionunder Jofre de Loaisa to reap the
fruits of Magellan'sdiscoveries.2 The captain of one
sel
vesSebastian
of
was
Elcano, who completed the voyage
Magellan. On his ship sailed Andres de Urdaneta, who
later became
an
Augustinian friar and accompanied the
expeditionof Legazpi that finallyeffected the settlement
of the Philippines.Not without great hardship and losses
did the fleet pass the Straits of Magellan and enter the
Loaisa died, and four days
In mid-ocean
Pacific Ocean.
Elcano.
Sebastian
later the famous
Following a route
somewhat
similar to that of Magellan, the fleet reached
first the Ladrone
From

here

northeast

Islands and

they attempted
drove

monsoon

and

they landed

on

later the coast

to sail to

them

Tidor

of Mindanao.

Cebu, but

southward
the last

the strong
to

the

day of the

luccas,
Moyear

1526.

Demarcation

del

ineditos,vol.
2

vol.

This

V.,

and
and

Molucas.
coveries

subsequent voyages
a
graphic account

They
in

Maluco, hecha
V., p. 552.

are

the South

also

Sea,

well
vol.

por

el maestro

Medina,

in Documentor

given in the Documenlos

ineditos,
is in Argensola's Conquista de las Islas
narrated
in English by Burney, DuI., chapters V., XII., and XIV.
are

116

PHILIPPINES.

THE

The

Portuguese
at this moment
were
fightingto reduce the native rajasof
these islands to subjection. They regarded the Spaniards
gaged
as
shortlyenenemies, and each party of Europeans was
in fightingand in incitingthe natives againstthe
of the Spaniards became
The
condition
other.
desperate
of the

Failure

The

Expedition.

indicates at what

in the extreme, and

sixteenth

of the

"

cost

of life the

made.

quests
con-

Their

ships
had become
battered by storm
to be no
so
as
worthy.
longer seaThe
who had successively
followed
two
officers,
in command, had likewise perished.
Loaisa and
Elcano
who had sailed from Spain, but 120 now
Of the 450 men
de la
survived.
These, under the leadershipof Hernando
Torre, threw up a fort on the island of Tidor, unable to
from
and awaited hoped-forsuccor
go farther or to retire,
Spain.
Relief came, not from
the Peninsula,but from Mexico.
the
Under
instructions of the Spanish king, in October,
Mexico
1527* Cortes dispatchedfrom
a small -expedition
in charge of D. Alvaro
de Saavedra.
Swept rapidly
by the equatorialtrades,in a few months Saavedra had
traversed the Carolines,
reprovisionedon Mindanao, and
reached
the survivors on
Tidor.
Twice
they attempted
to return
to New
Spain, but strong trade winds blow
without

cessation

equator

for the space

and
winds

not

Twice

and

north
of

back

beat

upon

forced
to

than

more

his

strange islands of Papua

were

south

on

side of the

either

twelve

hundred

yet known.

Saavedra

last driven

were

miles,
latitude of calms and prevailing
westerly

the northern
were

century

the

to

and

Tidor

eastward

way

Melanesia,only

and

abandon

there to die.
the

Portuguese they

were

the

among

Moluccas.

to

The

By

be

at

vivors
surrendering
sur-

assisted to return

SPANISH

SOLDIER

AND

117

MISSIONARY.

Europe by way of Malacca, Ceylon, and Africa,and

they arrived at Lisbon in 1536, the survivors of Loaisa's
expedition,having been gone from Spain eleven years.
The efforts of the Spanish crown
to obtain
possession
of the Spice Islands,the Moluccas
and Celebes,with their
to

products of nutmeg, cinnamon, and

time
suspended. By the Treaty

coveted
for

the

(1529) the Emperor,

Charles

V.,

for

the

pepper,
of

were

Zaragoza
of three

sum

gold ducats, mortgaged his

claim to the Moluccas.
For thirteen years the provisions
of this treaty were
respectedby the Spaniards,and then
hundred

and

another
East

fiftythousand

attempt

made

was

obtain

to

foothold

in

the

Indies.

The

Second

that disaster
be

Expedition
had

to

overwhelmed

crossed,and

that

Philippines. The

the

facts

"

so

that

many,

two

oceans

from Asia back

sailing-route
to America
was
known, did not deter the Spaniards from
their perilousconquests; and in 1542 another expedition
of Lopez de Villasailed from
Mexico, under command
lobos, to explore the Philippinesand if possibleto reach
must

no

China.
the

Across

Pacific

they

made

safe

and

pleasant
of the Pacific they sailed
In the warm
waters
voyage.
wonderful
coral atolls,rings of low shore,
those
among
with
decked
palms, grouped hi beautiful archipelagoes,
has never
failed to delight the navigator,
whose
appearance
of the most
and whose composition is one
ing
interestto students of the earth's structure
and
subjectsknown
history.

of these many

Some

of hi the

Pelew
At

Islands

or

name

some

islands Villalobos took

Spain.

These

were

session
pos-

perhaps the

Carolines.

the

last Villalobos

but after

of

reached

deaths

and

the east
sickness

coast

of

they sailed

Mindanao,
again and

118

THE

carried

were

south

PHILIPPINES.

by

the

to

monsoon

the

little island

peninsulaof Mindanao.
but the Spaniards drove them
The natives were
hostile,
from
their strongholdand made
some
captures of musk,
amber, oil,and gold-dust. In need of provisions,they
planted the maize, or Indian corn, the wonderful cereal of
after
America, which yieldsso bounteously,and so soon
planting. Food was greatlyneeded by the Spaniards and
of

Sarangani,south

was

very
The

small

of the southern

difficult to obtain.

of the

Naming
vessel

and

sent

vessel reached

This

to the island the

name

Islands.

"

it northward

the coast

Villalobos

equipped

to

reach

try

to

Cebu.

of Samar.

Villalobos gave
of Felipina,
in honor of the Spanish

heir apparent,

Philip,who was soon to succeed

of Spain.
his father Charles V. as King Philipthe Second
Later in his correspondencewith the Portuguese Villalobos
speaks of the archipelagoas Las Felipinas.Although for
Infante,or

many

years

the title of the Islas del Poniente

hi use, Villalobos'
and has lived.
The

of

End

demands

were

that Mindanao
should

the

of

graduallygained place
Filipinas

Expedition.

"

While

on

by the Portuguese, who

belonged with Celebes,and that
made

leave.

Driven

from

Mindanao

Sarangani
claimed
the

by

iards
Spanlack

hostilityof the natives, Villalobos was

blown
southward
to Gilolo.
by storms
Here, after long
the Portuguese compelled him to surrender.
negotiations,
ing
remainThe survivors of the expeditiondispersed,some
in the Indies,and some
eventuallyreaching Spain;
overwhelmed
but Villalobos,
by discouragement,died on
the island of Amboyna.
The
priestwho ministered to
him in his last hours was
Jesuit missionaryto
the famous
the Indies,Saint Francis Xavier.

of

food

and

name

continued

SOLDIER

SPANISH

Twenty-three years
reach

another

fleet before

Villulobos'

elapse after the sailingof

Spanish expeditionshould

to

were

Philippines.The year 1565 dates the permanent

occupationof the archipelagoby the Spanish.
the

in

Increase

Political

the

of

Power

the church

and

devoted

colonial

to

the

revolution

the

on

monarchy with
of the empire, not
testant
combating the Pro-

to

hand

one

Under

"

of the

resources

but
acquisition,

Church.

the
of ecclesiasticism,

Philip the Second, the champion

cemented
the union
Spanish crown
only

119

MISSIONARY.

AND

and

heathenism

on

Spanish king effected so close a union of

the church
and state in Spain, that from this time on
religiousissues increasinglygained in importance, and
profoundly influenced the policy and fate of the nation.
The
policy of Philip the Second, however, brought upon
and the wars
Spain the revolt of the Dutch Lowlands
nations
with England, and her strugglewith these two
The

the other.

drained

her

both

resources

land

on

and

sea,

and

sioned
occa-

physical and moral decline. But while Spain

and
prestige in Europe,
constantly losing power
king was extending his colonial domain, lendingroyal
a

was

the

aid to

the ambitious
friar.

as

to

the

historyof

these great orders

became

the

and

to

Spain'sobjectbeing to
the missionary became

conquer,

figure hi

adventurer

every

to whom

central

christianize
a

colonial

missions

institutions

in

the ardent
as

sionary
miswell

important
enterprise,and

very

were

intrusted

the

historyof

thus
the

Philippines.
The

into

Rise

of Monasticism.

Europe

the Middle
nasticism
that

from

Ages.

was

the world

the East
The

retirement
was

bad

Monasticism

"

at the very

fundamental
from

and

human
could

was

introduced
of

commencement

idea of the

old

mo-

societyin the belief

be bettered,and
not

120

THE

lead holier lives and

pleaseGod by
and
forsaking secular employments and family relations,
devoting all their attention to purifyingtheir characters.
the Benedictines,
The first important order in Europe were
that

could

PHILIPPINES.

men

organized in

groups,
among

sixth

century.

Their

rule

and

ization
organ-

the pattern for those that followed.

were

The

the

better

divided thus into two

clergy of the church were
the parishpriests,
who lived
or
ministers,
first,
whom
the people over
they exercised the cure of
"

of the

peoplethemselves
and lived their lives in association with the community,
known
the "" secular clergy,"and
as
were
second, the
called because
so
monks, or
regularclergy,"who were
of their order.
rule
they lived under the
In the early part of the thirteenth century monastisomewhat
during the preceding
cism, which had waned
two
centuries,received a new
impetus and inspiration
orders known
from
the organizationof new
brethren
as
idea underlying their organizationwas
friars." The
or
noble, and higherthan that of the old monasticism ; for it
emphasized the idea of service,of ministry both to the
bodies of depressedand suffering
hearts and
men.
souls,and who,

because

they were

"

"

"

"

The

Dominicans.

"

The

Order

of Dominicans

was

ganized
or-

The
by Saint Dominic, of Spain, about 1215.
trines
the docto defend
was
primary object of its members
of the Church
and, by teaching and preaching,

destroy

the

doubts

and

protests which

in the thirteenth

olic
beginningto disturb -the claims of the CathChurch
and
friars did
the Papacy. The
Dominican
not live in seclusion,but traveled
about, humbly clad,
pose
preachingin the villagesand towns, and seeking to exand punish the heretic. The mediaeval universities,
law,
through their study of philosophy and the Roman

century

were

SPANISH

AND

SOLDIER

121

MISSIONARY.

disposedto hold opinions

producinga class of men
The Dominicans
contrary to the teachingsof the Church.
of instruction
realized the importance of these great centers
and masters, and
teachers
and entered them
as
by
made
them
the beginning of the fifteenth century had
strongholdsof conservatism and orthodoxy.
In
the same
The Franciscans.
epoch of revival,
founded
the Order of Franciscans
was
by Saint Francis
aims of this order were
not only
of Assisi in Italy. The
the sacraments, but to nurse
the
to preach and administer
and alleviate the dreadful
sick,provide for the destitute,
misery which affected whole classes in the Middle Ages.
of absolute poverty, and so humble
was
They took vows
the garb prescribedby their rule that they went barefooted
from place to place.
The
August inian Order was given organizationby Pope
were

"

Alexander
The

still other

IV., in 1256, and

of

Degeneration

the

Orders.

"

orders

Without

followed.
doubt

the

productiveof great
earlyministrations of these friars were
and humanitarian
sides. But,
good both on the religious
the orders became
as
wealthy,the friars lost their spirituality
and their lives grew
vicious.
By the beginning of
the

century the administration

sixteenth

of the

Church

throughout Europe had become so corrupt, the economic

of the
burden
religiousorders so great, and religious
teachingand belief so material,that the best and noblest
in all countries were
minds
agitatingfor reform.
Reformation.
In addition to changes in church
The
"

administration,many
freedom
Church

Christians

demanding a greater
of religious
thinking and radical changes hi the
doctrine which had taken form in the Middle Ages.

Thus, while
in seeking

all the best

a

minds

reformation

of

were

in the Church

character

and

were

of

united
admin-

122

THE

PHILIPPINES.

between
them
to the
as
istration,
great differences arose
of change in Church
ences
differThese
doctrines.
possibility
accordinglyseparated them into two parties;the
Papal party adhered stronglyto the doctrine as it was then
accepted,while various leaders in the north of Europe,
land,
includingMartin Luther hi Germany, Swingli in SwitzerJohn

and

the

Calvin

authorityof

the individual

Upon

the

princesby
from

Pope

and

and

Geneva, broke

declared

for

with

liberation of

conscience.

Papacy, the Emperor Charles the

the weight of the Spanish monarchy, and to
Papal authority he attacked the German

the side of the

Fifth threw
enforce

the

in France

force of

The

arms.

result

was

great

revolt

Catholic

Church, which spread all over

Germany, a large portion of Switzerland,the
of the Rhine, and England, and which included a

the Roman

northern
lowlands

and

numerous

very

influential element

with
people.These countries,

among

the French

the

exceptionof France, have

Protestant
remained
the great
to the present day; and
expansion of the English people in America and the East
has

established

Effects of the
The

Protestantism

Reformation
reform

in all parts of the

in

the

Roman

which

lasted

world.

Catholic

through
the century, brought about a great improvement in the
Catholic Church.
Roman
Many, who remained devoted to
zealous for administraCatholic orthodoxy, were
tive
Roman
A great assembly of Churchmen, the Council
reform.
of Trent, for years devoted
itself to legislation
to correct
revived and put into force
abuses.
The Inquisition
was
hi the dominions
of Spain,
againstProtestants,especially
orders were
reformed
and stimulated to
and the religious
sacrifices and great undertakings.
new
But greater, perhaps,than any of these agencieshi reChurch.

"

movement,

SOLDIER

SPANISH

establishing the

Church

Catholic

the Roman

of

"Society

order, the

schools

the

The

lost

loss

the

abroad,

the
the

From

gain plunder

bands
the

of

friars

heathen

reduce

to

"The

the

and

churchmen

strove

make

to

lands.
her

tireless
every

Church,

conquests

missionary

fleet that

convert

sword

to

of the

up

Spain,

Spanish kingdom

to

the

Indies"

sailed
carried

Christianity

soldier

should

and

inence
prom-

Their

importance
soldier
the

or

of

marred

the

became

of the

Spanish

the

civilizingagents
had

in the

of the

native

lence
vio-

among

conquered.

Philippines the

settlement

selfish
un-

treatment

power

Spanish missionary outweighed

governor

control

the

Spain's colonial

somewhat

the

Spanish soldiers

California,and

of

piety, learning, and

efforts softened

they
the

early days

men

brutality that often

whom

special power

gave

these

In

priests were

native, and

and

Catholic

most

for the

whom

priest.

Paraguay,

of the

stations

America, India,

heathen

in

Columbus,

and

of the

many

peoples

In

themselves

mission

South

Roman

the

lands

devotion.

of the

of

iard,
Span-

obedience.

to the

and

their

Europe, thus

and

peoples

Laws

empire

The

"

of

time

new

activity. Their

rapidly advancing

source

of

Japan.

converts

most

power

was

effort.
to

missionary

of

large part

gaining

by

the

being

and

Missionary.

Spanish

having

Jesuits

and

of

was

devoted

The

Indies, China, and

East

founder

The

North

in both

be found

reviving the life

organization

Europe, while

covered

soon

to

were

education

to

the

was

Jesus."

Ignatius Loyola.
especially

Pope and

of the

power

123

MISSIONARY.

AND

of those

inhabitants.

that
tries
coun-

CONQUEST
BI

AND
THE

SETTLEMENT

SPANIARDS
IN

THE

PHILIPPINES,
SCALE

1565-1590
OF

MILES

CHAPTER

AND

CONQUEST

OF

PERIOD

VII.

SETTLEMENT,

1565-1600.

and

of Settlement

Cause

the

previous Spanish expeditions whose

The

seemed

narrated,

been

that

Spain

But

to

could

they

Moluccas.

not

the

to

proved

drive

the

of the

east

.ish demarcation

and

effective

turned

Spanish

conquerors

field of

conquest,

that

by treaty
the

1559

of Mexico

islands

lying

respected.
could
the

be

Five

after

lay great

lie within

the

Portuguese

this group
it

also

as

explored
un-

Spanother

had

Philippines, the

made
of

minds

coveted

stood
pretty well under-

was

of the

again

and

Moluccas,

the

so

her

considerable

discussion

of
be

to

equipments

the

years

of the

rights

were

ships and

these

during

the

demarcation

before

the

discovery

but

Moluccas,"

passed

and

invited

Andre's

captain

in the

the

expedition

his

return

He

the

Spain.

to

within

received

from

military
friar.

from

objects
and

of

went
under-

change.

king

been

the

latitude

the

years

prepared,

some

had

"toward

expedition

The

the

undertake

to

islands

to

Moluccas

of

Court

Spanish king, Felipe II., commanded

viceroy

Portugal

as

to

in the

the

to

have

might yield spices and

though

even

they lay

denied

In

of

occupation

"

Portuguese

might

articles of trade; and

valuable

were

which

Philippines.

misfortunes

have

archipelagoes,which

no

of

Conquest

was

as

the

life and

known

to

de

who

Urdaneta,

expedition

of

guide- and

director.

years

Loaisa, to

be
125

become
a

man

an

of

wise

pany
accom-

Urdaneta,

previous expedition,
had

before

had

nounced
re-

Augustinian
judgment,

126

THE

PHILIPPINES.

good knowledge of cosmography, and as a missionary

he was
able to give to the expeditionthat religious
strength
which characterized all Spanish undertakings.
Urdaneta's
It was
not the Philippines,
plan to colonize,
but New
Guinea; but the Audiencia of Mexico, which had
out the expedition,
charge of fitting
charged it in minute
instructions to reach and if possiblecolonize the Philippines,
ing
sailto trade for spicesand to discover the return
back
the Pacific to New
route
across
Spain. The
natives of the islands were
to be converted to Christianity,
and missionaries were
the expedition. In
to accompany
the quaint language of Fray Gaspar de San Augustln,
there were
the
sent
"holy guides to unfurl and wave
banners
of Christ,even
to the remotest
portionsof the
islands,and to drive the devil from the tyrannicalpossession,
which he had held for so many
ages, usurping to
himself the adoration of those peoples."
The
Third Expedition to the Philippines. The expedition
sailed from the port of Natividad,Mexico, November
of Miguel Lopez de Legazpi.
21, 1564, under the command
The shipsfollowed for a part of the way
further
a
course
with

"

south

than

was

islands of Micronesia.

About

reached

and

natives.

the

Ladrones

They reached

February the 13th.

Legazpi in the name
sent

and

the
had

Possession
of the
south

of

few

days later they rounded

Fray Gaspar de San

lib. I.,c. 13.

Samar

Augustm:

was

the

about

taken

by

small

partieswere
ipinos.
of the Filvillages

the

the coast

with

of Samar

end

to look for

inhabited

January they

trouble

king, and

north

some

of

some

both

to

at

22d

southern

the

Samar, crossed the strait

1

touched

and

necessary,

southern

of southern

part

of

Leyte,

Conquistas de las Islas Filipinos,

AND

CONQUEST

and

Captain Martin
Cabalian,and on the
Provisions

town.

natives

hi boats
small

Goiti

de
5th

were

great difficulty
was
few

SETTLEMENT,

discovered

of March

scarce

on

experienced

127

1565-1600.

the

the

town

of

fleet sailed to this

and
Spanish vessels,
gettingfood from the

the
in

met
in the

or

settlements

discovered.

Legazpi

at

About

"

middle

of

the
March

arrived

fleet

the

hol.
Bo-

less
Bohol, doubt-

at

southern

the

shore.

eastern

or

AYhile

here

near

Goiti

in

boat

captured

Moro

and

hard

from

prau

Borneo
a

small

after

fight
back

brought

the

prisoners
to
Legazpi.
There
proved to
be quite a trade
M

r o

as

the

(From

hMwPPn

ovlc-finff

Moros

from

Borneo

and

painting by Lima, in the Malacanan

palace at Manila.)

the

natives

of

Bohol

and

Mindanao.
Bohol

able to make
they were
friendlyterms
with the natives,and with Sicatuna,the dato of Bohol,
of blood covenant.
The
Legazpi performed the ceremony
Spanish leader and the Filipinochief each made a small
Here

on

128

THE

in his

cut

other.
mixed

arm

own

PHILIPPINES.

or

breast

Accordingto Gaspar de
with

littlewine

and
San

water

drank

the blood

Augustfn,the

and

drunk

from

of the

blood

was

goblet.1
the most
This
sacred bond
custom
of friendship
was
and friendshipso pledged was
the Filipinos,
ally
usuamong
kept with great fidelity.
the 27th of April,1565, LeOn
Legazpi in Cebu.
gazpi'sfleet reached Cebu.
Here, in this beautiful strait
a

or

"

The

Blood

Compact.

(Painting by Juan

and

Luna.)

fine

anchoring-ground,Magellan'sships had lingered

until the death of their leader forty-four
A
years before.
splendid native settlement lined the shore, so Father
Chirino tells us, for a distance of more
than a league.
The
natives
of Cebu
fearful and greatly agitated,
were
1

One

of the best

hangs in the
the

"

Pacto

paintingsof the Filipinoartist Juan Luna,

Ayuntamiento in Manila, represents Legazpi in the
de Sangre
with this Filipinochieftain.
"

which
act of

CONQUEST

natives

iards.
landing of the Spanthe
But at the first dischargeof the guns of the ships,
abandoned
the shore,and, settingfire to the town,
to resist the

determined

seemed

and

129

1565-1600.

SETTLEMENT,

AND

junglesand hills. Without loss

the Spaniardslanded,and occupiedthe harbor and
into the

retreated

of life
town.

Finding of "the
Child
of
Holy
Ce~bu."

The

"

soldiers

Spanish
found

in

houses

the na-.

of

tives

of the

one

small

wooden

image of

the Child

Jesus.

similar

image,

Pigafetta tells us,

he

had

himself

given

to

native

while in the island

with
had

Magellan.
been

served
pre-

by the
and

It

was

tives
nagarded
re-

by them as
ation.
an
objectof venerThe
Holy Child (Santo Nino) of Cebu.
To the pious
hailed
Spaniards the discoveryof this sacred object was
as

an

event

monks, and

of

great good fortune.

carried to

It

was

taken

by the

especiallyerected for it.

the Augustinians,an object

shrine

It still rests in the church

of

of great devotion.
Settlement

this settlement

made

at

of the

Cebu.

"

In

Spaniards in

honor

of

this

image
the Philippineslater

130

received

the

Jesus."

Here

tact

PHILIPPINES.

THE

of

name

City

of the

Most

of
Holy Name
and, by great

Legazpi established a camp,

the confidence
gradually won
skill,

and

the

of

concluded
of

inhabitants.

in which

the

Spain ; and

themselves

bound

"

the

formal

ship
friend-

and

at

was

peace

dato, Tupas, recognized the

people

to assist each

of Cebu

and

the

last

eignty
sover-

Spaniards

other against the enemies

of either.
had

They

in understanding one
difficulty

some

Spaniards had with

Borneo, called Cid-Hamal,
but the

East

Indies

to

them
who

Peninsula

the

Mohammedan

had

and

been

thence

taken
to

another,
Malay of
from

Mexico

the
and

Legazpi'sexpedition. The languages of Malaysia and the

able
was
Philippinesare so closelyrelated that this man
aries
to interpret. Almost
immediately,however, the missionbegan the study of the native dialect,and Padre
Chirino

tells

us

that Friar Martin

Filipinovocabulary, and
Gospel to the natives in their own
first

Discovery

of

the

Northern

Herrada
was

made

soon

here

the

preaching the

language.
Return

Route

across

the

expedition in the
of Legazpi's ships, inspired
Philippines,the captain of one
and the hopes of getting
ambition
by ungenerous
a
reward, outsailed the rest of the fleet. Having arrived
the return
first in the islands,he started at once
upon
tried to
had
Unlike
preceding captains who
voyage.
return
to New
Spain by sailingeastward from the islands
current, this captain sailed
againstboth wind and ocean
Pacific.

"

Before

the

arrival

of

the

favorable
beyond the trades into the more
westerlywinds, and found his way back to America and
New
Spain.
Legazpi'sinstructions requiredhim to dispatch at least
after
vessel on the return voyage
to New
Spain soon
one
northward

CONQUEST

arrivingin
"

San

Pablo

the
"

AND

of great
it reached

months,
and

and

the northern

voyage

131

1565-1600.

Philippines. Accordingly on June

set sail,
carrying about two hundred

including Urdaneta
followed

SETTLEMENT,

another

route

the

across

This

the coast

of North

men,

vessel

Pacific,and

hardship,occupying three

it southward

followed

friar.

1st the

and

America

also

after
a

half

nia
at Califor-

Acapulco.
The
discovery made by these captains of a favorable
for vessels returningfrom
the islands to New Spain
route
safe from capture by the Portuguese, completed the plans
of the Spanish for the occupation of the Philippines. In
1567 another
vessel was
dispatched by Legazpi and made
this voyage
successfully.
The
San Pablo
left Legazpi in Cebu
sailingof the
with a colony of only one
hundred
and fiftySpaniards,
the conquest
poorly provided with resources, to commence
of the Philippines.But he kept the friendship
and respect
of the natives,and in 1566 and 1568 ships with reinforcements
to

"

"

arrived

from

Mexico.

at Panay, in 1570, there

Legazpi was
finally
arrived a ship which brought instructions from the king,
in reply to Legazpi'sfirst reports, that the islands should
be held and colonized.
orders appointed Legazpi
These
adelantado
and governor,
and allowed the assignment of

While

natives

in encomiendas

to

the

soldiers who

had

effected

the conquest.
The

further

explorationof the islands had

meanwhile

proceeded.
The

great difficulty
experiencedby Legazpi
sufficient food

he sent
went

south

to be sent

ship to
to

back

was

to procure

for his
the

expedition. At different times

nearest
islands,and twice his ship

Mindanao

to

to New

Spain.

procure

cargo

of cinnamon

132

PHILIPPINES.

THE

covered
captain,Enriquez de Guzman, had disMasbate, Burias,and Ticao, and had landed on
Italon."
Luzon in the neighborhood of Albay, called then
Thus
month
the Spaniards gained acquaintby month
ance
with the beautiful island sea of the archipelago,
with

Meanwhile,

"

islands

its green

scattered

and

harbors

brilliant sheets

and

of

water, its

safe

settlements.

While

were
Legazpi'sresources
weakest,he was attacked
and blockaded
at Cebu by a Portuguese fleet which sought
to prevent the Spanish occupation. Both
to strengthen
his positionand to secure
better supplies,
Legazpi moved
in 1569 to the island of Panay.
The
his camp
Bisayan
tribes tattooed
their bodies with ornamental
designs,a
practicewidespread throughout Oceanica,and which still

is

common

practicecaused
titleof

"

"

Islas de los Pintados

Legazpi found
settled by

the

Spaniards to give to

the

This

Luzon.

tribes of northern

the

among

(theIslands

Bisayas the

of the

that the island of Mindoro

had

Painted).
been

tially
par-

south,and many of these

devoted
to piracy, preying especially
settlements
were
uary,
the north coast of Panay. In Janthe towns
on
upon
de
1570, Legazpi dispatched his grandson, Juan
Salcedo,to punish these marauders.1
of

Capture

Strongholds.

Pirate

forty Spaniards and

of

landed

the

on

he found to be

The

high walls,on

which

of

main

had

force

Bisayas.
and

took

strongholdof

He
the
the

west
the small island of Lubang, north-

on

Here

of Mindoro,

Salcedo

Mindoro

of

coast

western

"

large number

of Mamburao.

piratetown
Moros

the

from

Moros

they

had

mounted

were

three strong forts with

small

brass

cannon,

interesting expedition by one

who
participated. (Relation de la Conquista de la Isla de Luzon,
Manila, 1572; Retana, Archivo del BMiofilo Filipino, vol. IV.)
1

There

is

an

old

account

of

this

AND

CONQUEST

"

of these

Two

lantakas."

or

133

1565-1600.

SETTLEMENT,

forts

surrounded

were

by

days of fightingbefore Luconquered. The possessionof Lubang brought

bang was
of Manila
the Spaniards almost
entrance
to the
Bay.
There

moats.

of

Conquest
from

Panay.

several

were

the

Moro

City

Reports had

"

the

nila/' on

shore

of

chieftain,called Maomat,

Spaniards on

straits

an

"

old Dutch

procured

was

their conquest of this

(From

Legazpi of
named
Mayto

settlement

great bay, and

Expedition

"

already come

important Mohammedan

an

Manila.

of

Mohammedan

guide

to

the

this pur-

region.1For

of Manila.

chart.

See page

193.)

Martin de Goiti,with
Legazpi sent his field-marshal,
hundred
and twenty Spanish soldiers,
and
Salcedo, one
fourteen or fifteen boats filled with Bisayan allies. They left
Panay earlyin May, and, after stopping at Mindoro, came
in Manila Bay, off the mouth
of the Pasig River.
to anchor
pose

Mohammedan

The

river

"

fortified town

the

was

City.

On

the

of the

south

bank

tain,
chief-

Mohammedan

the
Raja Soliman; on the north bank was
Tondo, under the Raja Alcandora, or Lacandola.
tells

us

that

these

Morga:

Sucesos

Sucesos

de las Islas

de

Mohamme'dan

settlers from

Filipinos, 2d ed., p.
Filipinos, p. 316.

las Islas

of the

10.

town

the

of

Morga2
island

1. Artilterg

and

3, Audiencia

or

Naval

Court

i.AKlitar!,Hospital
5.Umt:ersilyof
o.Ayuntamiento

Ht.Thomat
or

Palace

7. Archbishop'* Palace

S.Intendencia
9.C
0.

College of Santa

Potertoia
19.

Oh

CITY

THE

O?1

MANILA
SCALE

280

"o

OF

( Adapted

FEET

e5o

800

from

Buzeta

de Iffi fslas

idoo

134

Dicotonarlo

FlltploraJ

SETTLEMENT,

AND

CONQUEST

arrive

135

1565-1600.

the island

only a
few years before the coming of the Spaniards. They had
the Filipino
settled and married among
populationalready
of the
occupying Manila Bay, and had introduced some
forms
and
religion.The
practicesof the Mohammedan
defended
by a fort,apparently on the
city of Manila was
built
site of the present fort of Santiago. It was
exact
where
of the trunks of palms, and had embrasures
were
had

of Borneo

mounted

Capture

commenced

to

The

of the City.

"

at first with

of cannon,

number

considerable

on

natives

or

lantakas.

received

the

eigners
for-

but after they

friendliness,
landed
of the Pasig, Soliman, with
the banks
had
on
The impetuous Spaniards
a
large force,assaulted them.
and the natives
charged, and carried the fortifications,
When
the fightwas
fled,settingfire to their settlement.
the Spaniards found
the body of
the dead
over
among
who
had
directed
the defense.
a
Portuguese artillerist,
Doubtless

he

was

one

show

of

who

had

garrisonsfar south

deserted

from

the Portuguese

in the Indian

archipelagoto cast
in his fortunes with the Malays. It being the commencement
of rains and typhoons, the Spaniards
of the season
decided to defer the occupation of Manila, and, after exploring
Cavite harbor,they returned to Panay.
A year was
spent in strengtheningtheir hold on the
Bisayas and in arranging for their conquest of Luzon.
On Masbate
small
were
so
placed a friar and six soldiers,
the number
that could be spared.
was
Founding
of 230

of the

Spanish City

Legazpi

returned

of Manila.

in the

"

With

force

spring of 1571 to the

It was
bloodless victory. The
a
conquest of Luzon.
Filipinorajas declared themselves vassals of the Spanish
king, and in the months of May and June the Spaniards
in the present site of the city.
established themselves
men

136

THE

PHILIPPINES.

Legazpi gave orders for the reconstruction of

for the Authe fort,the buildingof quarters, a convent
ries
gustinianmonks, a church,and 150 houses. The boundathe outlines of the Tagalog
of this cityfollowed closely
probable that the location
city Maynila," and it seems
At

once

"

established

buildings then

of
the

This

present time.

has

been

settlement

adhered

appeared

so

to

until

desirable

designatedit as the capitalof

Legazpi that he at once
the archipelago. Almost
immediately he organized its
municipalgovernment, or ayuntamiento.
Manila
In spite of their
The
First Battle
on
Bay.
ready submission,the rajas,Soliman and Lacandola, did
not yieldtheir sovereigntywithout a struggle. They were
assistance in the Tagalog and Pampango
able to secure
A great fleet of
settlements
of Macabebe
and Hagonoy.
gathered in palm-lined estuaries on the
forty war-praus
north shore of Manila Bay, and came
sweeping down the
shallow
to drive
the Spaniards from
the island.
coast
The protectsent Goiti and fifty
men.
Against them were
ive
mail armor,
the heavy swords and lances,the horrible
and fierce
firearms,coupled with the persistentcourage
resolution of the Spanish soldier of the sixteenth century,
to

"

this native armament.

swept back
was

The

chieftain Soliman

killed.
The

Conquest

of

Central

Luzon.

"

Goiti continued

his

until the southern

conquering northward
end of the plain of central Luzon, that stretches from
Manila Bay to the Gulf of Lingayen, lay submissive before
him.
A
little later the raja Lacandola
died, having
ance
accepted Christian baptism, and the only powerful resist-

marching

on

Goiti
of the

and

the island of Luzon

was

army

sent

back

of Luzon

was

the

ended.

Bisayas,and the command

fell to Salcedo, the brilliant and

to

CONQUEST

AND

daring grandson

137

1565-1600.

SETTLEMENT,

Legazpi,at this time only twenty-two

This young
knight led his command
years of age.
up the
and
Cainta
Pasig River.
Taytay, at that time important
try
Tagalog towns, were
conquered, and then the counsouth of Laguna de Bay.
of Cainta was
The town
fortified and
defended
and
by small cannon,
although
Salcedo
only
spent three days hi negotiations,it was
taken
and
by storm, in which four hundred Filipinomen
here Salcedo
marched
the
women
over
perished.1 From
mountains

to

arines,where

of

the Pacific

coast

he discovered

the

and

south

gold mines

into the Camof Paracale

and

Mambulao.
At

and

about

this time

Salcedo, with
from

and

islands

Calamianes

Exploration

on

the

submission

the

of the
a

Spaniards discovered
the northern

and

of Northern

Coast

of

force

rich Ilokos coast

long and
of the

inhabitants.

north, where

Luzon.

in Zambales

the

He
and

Cuyos

part of Palawan.

only forty-five
men,

Manila, landed

the

and

effected

"

In

sailed northward

Pangasinan,
a

permanent

also visited the

fertile

1572,

coast

valley of the
Cagayan, the largestriver of the archipelago,reaches to
From
here he continued his adventurous
the sea.
journey
to the island of Polillo,
down
the Pacific coast of Luzon
and returned by way of Laguna de Bay to Manila.
He
of Legazpi.
arrived in September, 1572, to
Death
find that his grandfather and
commander, Legazpi,had
died a month
before (August 20, 1572). After seven
of difficulties was
dead, but
years of labor the conqueror
the entire archipelago
almost
had been added to the crown
hundred
of Spain. Three
cured
seyears of Spanish dominion
little more
than that traversed and pacified
territory
farther

great

"

Conquista de

la Isla de

Luzon,

p. 24.

138

by the

THE

PHILIPPINES.

of these

In spiteof their
early years.
slender forces,the daring of the Spaniards induced them
to follow a policyof widely extending their power,
ing
effectand enforcingsubmission
rich
wherever
settlements,
and the gathering of population attracted them.
coasts
Within
a
singleyear's
conquerors

time

country
been

the

of the coast

most

of

Luzon

had

traversed,important
and
positions
seized,
inhabitants

in encomien-

out

das.

On

tioned
por-

death

the

of

Legazpi, the command

Guido

fell to

de

Labe-

zares.

for this

Reasons

Conquest
"

of the

The

of how
number
could

Easy

pines.
Philip-

tion
explanaso

small

of

so

Europeans
cessfully
rapidlyand sucreduce
the

to

jection
sub-

inhabitants

likethePhilterritory
Luneta.
Legazpi Monument,
ippines,separated into
is to be found in several things.
different islands,
so many
of those
The expeditionhad a great leader,one
First.
who
glorify
knights combining sagacitywith resolution,
the brief periodwhen
Spanish prestigewas highest. No
policy could ever be successful in the Philippineswhich
of
did not depend for its strengthupon
giving a measure
satisfaction to the Filipinopeople. Legazpi did this. He
of a

"

AND

CONQUEST

to have

SETTLEMENT,

1565-1600.

139

the native

datos,treatingthem with
consideration,and holding out to them the expectations
of a better and more
era, which the sovereignty
prosperous
of the Spaniard would
bring. Almost from the beginning,
of an
island already reduced
the natives
flocked to his
appears

won

to assist in the

standard

conquest

Spanish soldiers
Filipinoallies.

of the

forces

of

Second.

Another

"

and

of another.

augmented by

were

is found

reason

great fightingpower

The

in the

small
dreds
hun-

wonderful

of the

Spanish soldier.
Each
splendidlyarmored and weaponed, deadly with
man,
either sword
or
spear, carryingin addition the arquebus,
efficient firearm of the time,was
the most
equal in combat
natives who
to many
might press upon him with their
courage

naked

bodies

Third.

included

Martin

marshal

inferior weapons.

Legazpi

"

who

extremely fortunate
such
old campaigners

was

de Goiti,who

Villalobos,and

before with
one

and

of the most

attractive

had

been

in his tains,
capthe fieldas

to the

Philippines
such gallantyouths as Salcedo,
militaryfiguresin all Spanish

history.
In

considering this Spanish conquest, we

that the islands were
understand
far more
must
sparsely
than
inhabited
they are to-day. The Bisayan islands,
the rich Camarines, the island of Luzon, had, in Legazpi's
tions.
time, only a small fraction of their present great populaThis populationwas
also
not only small,but it was
the great tribes sepextremely disunited. Not only were
arated
by the differences of language, but, as we have
independent,
practically
already seen, each tiny community was
Fourth.

"

and
were

no

the power

of

great princes,with
whom

they

could

dato

very

limited.

large forces

call to arms,

such

of
as

There

tainers
fightingre-

the Portu-

140

PHILIPPINES.

THE

had

guese

encountered

the

among

Malays

south

in the

Eastern

Archipelago.
of the greatest factors in the
But certainly
Fifth.
one
yieldingof the Filipinoto the Spaniard was the preaching
is so strong with an
xof the missionary friars. No
man
unenlightenedand barbarous race as he who claims power
the preaching of the Catholic faith,
And
with
from God.
its holy sacraments,
its impressiveand dramatic
services,
"

its power
the rude

the

arrest

to

attention

and

admit

to

at

once

circle of its

the
ministry,won
doubt he was
heart of the Filipino. Without
ready and
belief and ceremonial.
eager for a loftier and truer religious
There was
no
powerful native priesthoodto oppose
of Christianity.The
the introduction
preaching of the
faith and the baptism of converts
proceeded as rapidly
as

mind

into

the missionaries
The

Dangers

the

be obtained.

could

of the

Spanish Occupation.

"

Such

tions
condi-

of the

Spanish occupation,provided
could
be protected from
outside
But
from
the beginning the position of
attacks.
even
this littleband of conquerors
was
perilous.Their numbers
small and at times much
were
scattered,and their only
of succor
the
source
lay thousands of miles away, across
the earth, in a land itself a
on
greatest body of water
Across
colonynewly wrested from the hand of the savage.
of the China
the narrow
waters
Sea, only a few days'
in the slow-sailing
distant,even
junks, lay the teeming
shores of the most
populous country in the world, in those
to foreignconquest.
days not averse
promised the success
the small colony

of

Attempt
Manila.

from

"

the

the

Chinese
the

Activity of
Chinese

southeastern

coast

that
of

the

under

Southern

first

Limahong
Chinese.

to
"

Capture
It

was

heavy blow fell. The

China, comprising the provincesof

AND

CONQUEST

and

for

passion

emigration not

parts of the country.

the ports of
traders and
and

traversed
and

the

the coast

Limahong's

these

Canton,

coolies to be

before

years

and

Amoy

other

many

From

two

have

countries

ness
restless-

displayed by other
provinces,through
gone

in every
of the world.

found

141

1565-1600.

Fukien, has always exhibited

and

Kwangtung

SETTLEMENT,

those

part

Chinese

of the East

Three

hundred

arrival of the

the

Spaniards,Chinese junks
and visited regularlyLuzon

Philippineseas
of Mindanao.

Expedition

to

the

Philippines.

"

This

always been notorious for its piracy.

of
The distance of the capitalat Peking and the weakness
the provincialviceroyshave made
impossibleits suppression.
of these bold filibusters of the China Sea,
It was
one
called Limahong, who two years after the death of Legazpi
attempted the conquest of the Philippines.The stronghold
the island of Pehon, where
he
of this corsair was
fortified himself and developed his power.
condition
of Manila
Here, reports of the prosperous
reached
him, and he prepared a fleet of sixty-two warsoldiers and sailors. The accounts
junks, with four thousand
of women
that a large number
and
state
even
coast

of China

artisans

were

settlement,as

has

taken
soon

on
as

In the latter part of

board

to

form

the

nucleus

of the

the

Spaniards should be destroyed.

November, 1574, this powerful fleet

the western
and on
coast of Luzon
sweeping down
the 29th gathered in the little harbor of Mariveles,at the
to Manila
entrance
Bay. Eight miles south of Manila is
of Paranaque, on
the town
an
estuary which affords a
for boats enteringfrom the bay. Here
good landing-place
the night following,
on
Limahong put ashore six hundred
of his generals,
a Japanese.
Sioco,who was
men, under one
came

The

Attack

upon

Manila.

"

From

here

they marched

142

PHILIPPINES.

THE

rapidlyup
Almost

the

beach

and

their firstvictim

was

fell

furiouslyupon

the field-marshal

the
Goiti.

city.
The

affair,without
here that the struggle
ditches or escarpment, and it was
bered,
took place. The
Spaniards, although greatly outnumable to drive back
the Chinese; but they
were
themselves lost heavily. Limahong then sent ashore heavy
the garrison.
reinforcements,and prepared to overwhelm
defeat by the timely arThe Spaniards were
saved from
rival
his station
of Salcedo with fifty
From
musketeers.
the sails of Limahong's fleet,
at Bigan he had seen
cruising
southward
along the Luzon coast, and, suspectingthat so
great an expeditioncould have no other purpose than the
small boats,and
in seven
capture of Manila, he embarked
in
reached the city in six days, just in time to participate

fort

of

Manila

at

was

this date

the furious battle between

the

weak

Spaniards and

the entire

pirate. The result was the complete

their
driven back upon
defeat of the Chinese, who
were

forces of the Chinese

boats.
The

defeated

of Limahong's

Result

in his attack

Expedition.

"

Although

termined
Manila, Limahong was
yet dein Luzon, and, sailing
on
a settlement
northward,
cations
he landed in Pangasinan and began constructingfortifiof the river Lingayen. The Spanat the mouth
iards
pute
did not wait for him to strengthenhimself and to diswith them afresh for the possessionof the island,
but
organizedin March an expeditionof two hundred and fifty
Filipinosunder Salcedo.
Spaniards and fifteen hundred
They landed suddenly in the Gulf of Lingayen, burned
of the
the entire fleet of the Chinese,attacked the camp

pirates,and

killed

on

number

of them.

The

rest, though

able to construct
Spaniards,were
boats,in which they escaped from the islands.

hemmed

in

by

the

small

AND

CONQUEST

Thus
for

SETTLEMENT,

this formidable

ended

overthrow

the

143

1565-1600.

attack, which

threatened

of

Spain hi the East.

It was
the beginning,however, of important relations
with China.
Before Limahong's escape
a
junk arrived
from the viceroyof Fukien, petitioning
for the deliveryof
the Chinese pirate. Two
Augustinian friars accompanied
his junk back to China, eager for such great fields of
missionaryconquest. They carried letters from Labezares
invitingChinese friendshipand intercourse.
In the spring
Beginning of a New Period of Conquest.
died at Bigan, at the age of twentyof 1576, Salcedo
a

time

to

power

"

his death

With

seven.

be

may

said

close the

to

first

period of the history in the Philippines, that of the

For the next
Conquest, extending from 1565 to 1576.
not
twenty-fiveyears the ambitions of the Spaniards were
with the explorationof this archipelago,
but there
content
were
strikingconquests, to which the
greater and more
minds
of both soldier and priestaspired.
Despite the settlement with Portugal, the rich Spice
Islands to the south
still attracted
there
them, and
"

were

revealed

soon

the

fertile coasts

of

Siam

and

Cambodia, the great empire of China, the beautiful

island of Formosa, and the Japanese archipelago. These,
with their great populationsand wealth,were
ing
allurmore
fields than the poor
and sparsely populated coasts
of the Philippines.So, for the next
tury,
quarter of a centhe policy of the Spaniards in the Philippines
was
much
not
to develop these islands themselves,as
to
so
them

make

conquest
1

See the
in

center

for

the

commercial

and

spiritual

of the Orient.1
letter of

coming
III.,Carta- Relation

to

tives
Bishop Salazar to the king, explaining his moBiblioteca
the Philippines. Retana,
Filipino,vol.

de las Cosas

de

China,

p. 4.

144

PHILIPPINES.

THE

Treaty with the

in

the

de

Sande.

who

Islands

had

August,

October

In

been

of Fukien

had

in

Chinese.

sent

had

1575.

there

new

He

them

Dr.

was

returned

with

arrived

governor

the

by Labezares.

to China

received

The

"

much

Francisco

ambassadors
The

viceroy
He

ceremony.

permitted the friars to remain, but had forwarded

the governor'sletter to the Chinese emperor.
In February
a Chinese
followingcame
embassy, granting a port of
the empire with which
the Spaniards could trade.
This
continued
to be the
port, probably, was
Amoy, which
not

chief port of communication

with

China

to

the

present

day.
It

undoubtedly

was

that
to

Chinese

the

Chinese

return

and

commerce

with

desired.
this

not

the

aries
mission-

Two

tempted
Augustinians atembassy to China, but the

leaving the harbor of Manila landed on the

of Zambales, where
coast
they whipped the missionaries,
killed their servants
and interpreter,
and left the friars
bound
rescued by a small
to trees, whence
they were
party of Spaniards who happened to pass that way.
Sir

on

Francis

notable

Drake's

Noted

for the appearance

Voyage.

"

in the East

The

year

1577

of the great

is

lish
Eng-

and naval hero,Francis Drake.

sea-captain,
freebooter,
England and Spain, at this moment, while not actuallyat
were
rapidly approaching the conflict which made
war,
for centuries traditional enemies.
them
the
Spain was
Her king,Philipthe
ecclesiasticism.
champion of Roman
of
not
Second, was
only a cruel bigot,but a politician
His schemes
included the conquest
sweeping ambition.
of Protestantof France
and England, the extermination
ism,
and the
and the subjectionof Europe to his own
Roman
authority.
The English people scented the danger from afar,and

CONQUEST

SETTLEMENT,

AND

145

1565-1600.

ing
nominally maintained peace, the darof British Devon
seamen
were
quietlyputting to sea
in their swift and
terrible vessels,for the 'cripplingof
the Spanish power.
The historyof naval warfare
records
reckless adventures
than those of the English
more
no
mariners
during this period. Audacity could not rise
higher.
Drake's
is the most
famous
and romantic
figure of
all.
In the year
them
1577, he sailed from England
of sweeping the Spanish Main.
with the avowed
purpose
He
the
came
passed the Straits of Magellan, and
up
of South
coast
western
America, despoilingthe Spanish
Thence
he came
shippingfrom Valparaiso to Panama.
the Pacific,
touched
the coast of Mindanao, and
on
across
while the two

turned
The

south

courts

to the Moluccas.

Portuguese

had

nominally annexed

Spanish Expedition

in the Moluccas

Drake
The

at

attraction
and

to

One

open

to

of the

the

of Drake's

Moluccas

they had been

driven
from
Drake
Ternate, though still holding Tidor.
entered
into friendly
relations with the sultan of Ternate,
and secured a cargo of cloves.
From
here he sailed boldly
he had defied
as
homeward, daring the Portuguese fleets,
of Good
the Spanish, and
to
Hope returned
by way
navigate
England, his ship the first after Magellan's to circumthe globe.
in 1522, but

the time

the

to

Borneo.

roused

Sande

southern

of

the

at

this moment

visit

"

The

appearance

to ambitious

archipelagoeswas
the opportunity

of

action.
powering,
over-

seemed

his power.
nila,
kings of Borneo, Sirela,arrived in Ma-

governor

to

force

southward

Malay
aid againsthis brother,and promising to
petitioning
acknowledge the sovereigntyof the king of Spain over the
Sande
in person
went
to restore
kingdom of Borneo.

146

PHILIPPINES.

THE

this chieftain

The

First

he

He

power.

Attack

had

fleet of

galleysand
and, accordingto Padre Caspar de San Augustin,
frigates,
from Pangasithan fifteen hundred
more
Filipinobowmen
nan, Cagayan, and the Bisayasaccompanied the expedition.
He landed on the coast of Borneo, destroyed the fleet of
to secure
praus and the cityof the usurper, and endeavored
Sirela in his principality.Sickness among
his fleet
and the lack of provisions
forced him to return to Manila.
to

the

upon

of

Moros

On

Jolo.

"

his

turn
re-

against the island of Jolo. This

officer forced the Joloanos
and
to recognize his power,
from there he passed to the island of Mindanao, where he
further
the

sent

officer

an

enforced

obedience

upon

the

This

natives.

was

ros,
againstthe Mobeginning of the Spanish expeditions
medan
and it had the effect of arousing in these MohamUnder
pirates terrible retaliatory vengeance.

Sande

the

of the

conquest

Captain Juan

Chaves

and

Camarines
the

completed by

was

city of Nueva

Cdceres

founded.

was

The

Appointment

of Governor

Ronquillo.

"

It

was

the

uniform

policy of the Spanish government to limit the

of office of the governor
term
to a short period of years.
of the futile provisionsby which
This was
tempted
one
Spain atto

her

colonial

control

both

the ambition

and

the avarice

of

Gonzalo
captains. But Don
Ronquillo had
granted to him the governorship of the Philippinesfor
the condition of his raisingand equipping a force
on
life,
of six hundred
for
largelyat his own
Spaniards,
expense,
the better protectionand pacification
of the archipelago.
of
This Ronquillo did, bringing his expeditionby way
Panama.
arrived in April, 1580, and
He
although he
died at the end of three years, his rule came
at an
tant
importime.

CONQUEST

The

In

Spanish

SETTLEMENT,

AND

and

the

Portuguese

1580, Philip II. conquered and

147

1565-1600:

Colonies

Combined.

annexed

to

"

Spain the
necessarily

kingdom of Portugal,and with Portugal came

those rich eastern
colonies which
to the Spanish crown
the valor of Da Gama
and Albuquerque had won.
gal
Portuher independence in 1640, but for years Manila
re won
of a colonial empire, extending from
the center
Goa
was
in India

Formosa.

to

Ronquillo,under orders
from
into correspondence with
entered
the crown,
the
captain of the Portuguese fortress on the island of Tidor,
and the captain of Tidor petitionedRonquillo for assistance
in reconquering the tempting island of Ternate.
Ronquillo sent south a considerable expedition,but after
arrivingin the Moluccas the disease of beri-beri in the
defeated the undertaking. Ronquillo also
Spanish camp
and Malacca,
sent a small armada
to the coasts of Borneo
of

Events

where
The

Ronquillo's

limited amount

few

Rule.

"

of pepper

obtained.

was

in other ways
Ronquillo'sreign were
established
at
important. A colony of Spaniards was
Oton, on the island of Panay, near the site of the present
city of Iloilo. And under Ronquillo was pacifiedfor the
At the mouth
first time the great valleyof the Cagayan.
of the river a Japanese adventurer, Tayfusa, or Tayzufu,
had established himself and was
attempting the subjugation
of this important part of northern
Luzon.
Ronquillo
sent
expelled the
against him
Captain Carreon, who

intruder

years

and

of

established

on

present site of Lallok

the

Segovia. Two
city of Nueva
expeditionand the occupation of

friars

the

was

The

In

made

First

this

accompanied this
valleyby the Spaniards

permanent.

Conflicts

between

the

Church

March, 1581, there arrived the

first

and

the

State.

"

Bishop of Manila,

148

THE

Domingo
conflicts

de

Salazar.

between

and
authorities,

PHILIPPINES.

immediately began
civil
the spiritualand
between
bishop and the
Almost

those

regular orders, which have filled to no

small degree the historyof the islands. The
of those
one
bishop was
authoritative,
ambitious, and
arrogant characters,so
It
typicalin the historyof the Church.
was
largely due to his protests against

the autocratic
the

king

power

induced

was

The

Audiencia.

of the governor
to

that

appoint the

character

and

first
of

power

have

already been explained.

The presidentand judges arrived the year
followingthe death of Ronquillo,and the
president,
these courts

Dr.

ago
Santi-

deVera,
became

ing
actMore

gOVer-

during

nor

the

Spear.

succeeding

five years.
In

1587, the

first Dominicans,

fifteen in
and

number,

founded

celebrated mission,La
vincia
Moro

del 'Santisimo

rived,
ar-

their
ProRo-

Shield.
sano.

IncreasingStrength
the
was

policyof
made

on

his

of the

Malays.

predecessorsand

Ternate

in 1585.

"

De

Vera

another
The

fruitless attack
of the

Malay
Europeans was
foreignmasters,

power

while that of the

people was
increasing,
decreasing.The sultans had expelledtheir

continued

AND

CONQUEST

and

neither

the

conquest

of

and

1589.

of

Decree

There

in

and

Cagayan
in

Affairs

"

both

and

governor

uprisingsof

were

Ilokos.
Islands

the

yet, however, suit Bishop Salazar,and

of

able to effect

Portuguese were

nor

Moluccas.

the

in Manila

the natives
The

Spaniard

149

1565-1600.

SETTLEMENT,

did

not

the representative

as

bishop, the Jesuit, Alonso

dispatchedin 1586
to lay the needs of the colony
before the king. Philipwas
parently
apthe
impressed with
necessity of putting the government
Sanchez, was

the Islands

of

of 1589.

decree
The

the

Moluccas,
the

powers

actual

an

and

Gomez

man

ducats.

regular

was

of

to those

the

king,
Moro

this

Dasmarinas, who

May,

1590.

important post

arrived with

So great

was

bishop at the abolition of the Audiencia

that he himself
of the governor'spower,
to lay his wishes before the court.
The

Missionary

Shield.

abolished.

selected to occupy

in

companied
ac-

His

governor.

viceregentof

Perez

force

soldiers

the Audiencia

The

conquest of

the

extended

were

at

crown,

hundred

four

protection of

proper

colony and

the
of

the

thousand

ten

the

For

became

now

governor
officer of

paid
salaryof

portant
im-

published the

he

this end

To

basis.

adminstrative

better

upon

Efforts

of

the

the

the

new

chagrin

and

the

set out

Friars.

was

"

Don
stitution
con-

of the

increase
for

Spain

Twenty-four

150

Franciscans

came

orders

of three
among

them.

among

them

THE

PHILIPPINES.

with

Dasmarifias

necessitated
The

the presence now

partitionof the Islands

rivalryand jealousy existed

prosecutionof missions in stillmore

keenest
the

over

the

and

foreignlands. To the missionaries of this age it seemed

the great and
conservative
a
possiblething to convert
nations of China and Japan to the Western
religion.
of Dasmarifias'
In
of
the month
arrival,a company
Dominicans
attempted to f9und a mission in China, and,
an
embassy coming from Japan to demand vassalagefrom
four of the newly arrived Franciscans
the Philippines,
acco'mpaniedthe Japanese on their return.
A year later,
in 1592, another
embassy from the king
of Cambodia
phants,
arrived,bringinggiftsthat included two elefor succor
and petitioning
againstthe king of Siam.
alliance between
This was
the beginning of an
Cambodia
the Philippineswhich
and
and
lasted for many
years,
efforts
which
occasioned
frequent militaryaid and many
that

to convert

of Dasmarifias.

Death

ambitions
and

the

through
years

country.

was

the

extension

"

lined with
forests of
than

the

center

of Dasmarifias'

effective conquest of the

of

power

and

this end

in

Spanish

the Moluccas.

he made

the

But

With

East

his

Indies

own

view, for

rule
three

preparations. For months the shores were

and the great
yards of the shipbuilders,

Bulacan

fell before

hundred

the

axes

of

the

Indians.

vessels,"galeras,""galeotas,"
and "virrayes,"were
built,and assembled at Cavite.
In the fall of 1593, the expedition,
consistingof over
and
nine hundred
Spaniards,Filipinobowmen
rowers,
was
procured to row these
ready. Many of the Filipinos,
said to have been slaves,purchased through
boats, were
chicis by the Spanish encomenderos.
the Indian
The
More

two

AND

CONQUEST

of his son,

this great fleet under

forward

sent

governor

Don

the command
self
he him-

of October

in the month

Luis, and

151

1565-1600.

SETTLEMENT,

But on
the
galleywith Chinese rowers.
night of the second day, while off the island of Marikaban,
the Chinese oarsmen
rose
againstthe Spaniards,of whom
about fortyon the ship,and killed almost the
there were
entire
They then
number, including the governor.
escaped in the boat to the Ilokos coast and thence to
of this active and illustrious general
China.
The murder
to the ambitious
quest
was
a decisive blow
projectsfor the consail in

set

Indies.

of the East
other

Among

Spain

was

who

to
power
his son, Don

be

proved to
succeeded
difficulty

some

brought

royal cedula giving him

his successor,
after

Dasmarinas

which

papers

from

nominate

Luis, who

his father's

temporarilyto

position.
of

Arrival

Antonio

de

Morga

The

In

"

who

Morga,

with

governor

the

Morga.

bearer of

had

been
in

judicialpowers
Jesuit

several

came

June, 1595, there arrived

appointed

missionaries.

order

granting to the
of conductingmissions in
privilege
an

other orders

An

attempt

forbidden

were

to Colonize

to pass

Mindanao.

"

He

China

"the

April with
natives.

where

were

sent

landed

in

defiant dato,

them.
on

of two

Spaniards,two

214

They

the

space

Almost

shore and
under

was

Don

the

lives."
Jesuit
Rio

and

With
also
sive
exclu-

Japan.

outside the Islands.

In the

Captain Rodriguez de Figueroa received

of Mindanao, with exclusive rightto
governor
for

was

Jesuits the

the

island

lieutenant-

of appeal.

cases

Don

He

year

the

title of

colonize the

left Iloilo

and
priests,

Grande

1596,

of

in

many

Mindanao,

sisted
Silonga,fortified himself and retured
immediately Figueroa rashly venReinforcements
killed by Moros.
Juan
Ronquillo,who, after nearly

152

THE

datos

bringing the
gained. The
Grande

they

Death

Don
He

retired

their

forts

Caldera, near

to

Franciscans

Francisco
had

burned

all he

had

the

Rio

on

Zamboanga,

where

presidio.

of

submission, abandoned

Spaniards

and

built

to

PHILIPPINES.

Tello

in

de

previouslybeen

cion in Seville.

Soon

Japan.

"

The

new

Guzman,

arrived

treasurer

of the Casa

after his arrival

serious

on

governor,

June

1, 1596.

de Contrata-

important and
ship for Acapulco

an

tragedy occurred in Japan. The

ashore on the Japanese coast and its rich cargo was
went
seized by the feudal princewhere the vessel sought assistance.
The
Franciscans
already had missions in these
them
and
the
islands,and a quarrel existed between
this missionary field. The latter
Portuguese Jesuits over
in prejudicingthe Japanese court againsttheir
succeeded
and when
the Franciscans
rivals,
injudiciously
pressed for
of the property of the wrecked
the return
galleon,the
feudal ruler,
greedy for the rich plunder,and exasperated
by their preaching,met their petitionswith the sentence
of death.
They were
horribly crucified at the port of
This feudal lord was
the
Nagasaki, February 5, 1597.
proud and mighty Hideyoshi. He was
planning the
conquest of the Philippinesthemselves,when death ended
his plans.
The

the

First

Archbishop

efforts of Salazar

at

in

the

the

Meanwhile

Philippines.

Spanish

"

court

had

effected

The
reestabimportant changes for the Islands.
lishment of the Royal Audiencia
was
ordered,and his own
the
elevated
to that of archbishop, with
positionwas
three episcopal-sees of Ilokos,
Cebu, and the Camarines.

further

He

did not

live to

of the

assume

was
Philippines

died three months

and
this office,

the

bishop
first arch-

IgnacioSantibanez, who

after his arrival,on

May

28,

1598.

also

AND

CONQUEST

of the

Reestablishment

reestablished with

SETTLEMENT,

Audiencia.

and

great pomp

153

1565-1600.

"

The

Audiencia

ceremony.

The

was

royal

magnificentlycaparisonedhorse to the
was
cathedral, where a Te Deum
chanted, and then to
the Casas Reales, where was
inauguratedthe famous court
without
that continued
interruptiondown to the end of
Spanish rule. Dr. Morga was one of the first oidores,and
record which
be found in the
the earliest judicial
can
now
archives of this court is a sentence
bearing his signature.

seal

was

borne

Rise

The

on

of Moro

governorshipwere
of

the

Islands.

"

The

The

presidioof Caldera was

Following this victory,in the
destroyed by the Moros.
of Jolo and
Magindanao equipped
year 1599, the Moros
fleet of fiftycaracoas,
and swept the coasts of
a piratical
the Bisayas. Cebu, Negros, and
Panay were
ravaged,
their towns
burned, and their inhabitants carried off as
the

future

last years of De Guzman's

filled with troubles ominous
for

Piracy.

slaves.

the return of a largerand still

followingyear saw
dreadful expedition. The
doned
more
people of Panay abanand fled into the mountains, under the
their towns
belief that these terrible attacks had been inspiredby the
Spaniards. To check these pirates,Juan Gallinato,with
hundred
a force of two
Spaniards,was sent againstJolo,
but, like so many
expeditionsthat followed his,he accomplished
nothing. The
inabilityof the Spaniards
revealed and
of Moro
the era
gun.
was
now
piracy had be"From
this time until the present day" (about
the year
have
not
Zuiiiga,"these Moros
1800), wrote
The

ceased

they

to infest

have

rancherias
taken.

It

our

colonies;innumerable

are

the Indians

captured, the towns

they have looted, the
they have destroyed, the vessels they have
if God
has preserved them
for
seems
as

154

THE

able
of

to

the

Spaniards that they have

little while
but

conquered

we

the

to

year

very

other

subjugate
Battle
two

islands
to

this

of

vessels

In

Jolo, a part

of

Philippines;
Mindanao,

"Vinta."

we

have

not

been

with

the

appeared

the world.

provisions. As they were

they captured and sunk
Zuniga:

Historia

de

able

to

October, 1600,
the
the Islands; it was

Dutch.

in

"

In

expedition of the Dutch

admiral, Van
through the Straits of Magellan,on
They had come

very

islands of the

famous

around

day." *

at Mariveles

Dutch

all the

by

near

them.

pursue

little island

Moro

and

been

not

in spite
subject them in two hundred
years,
expeditions sent against them, the armaments

almost

sent

the

on

vengeance

PHILIPPINES.

The

Dutch

were

in their
several

in

great

Noort.
a

voyage
need of

great enemy's colony,

boats,Spanish and

Filipinas,pp. 195,

196.

Chi-

nese,

bound

other
from

SETTLEMENT,

AND

CONQUEST

food.

of

stores

Japan

rice,poultry,palm-wine, and
Mariveles, a Japanese vessel

with

for Manila

At

in Manila

Meanwhile

overhauled.

was

155

1565-1600.

great

activityprevailed. The Spaniards fitted

mand
galleons and the Oidor Morga himself took comup two
of fighting
with a large crew
men.
the Dutch, whose
On
December
14, they attacked
than eighty men
to no
had been reduced
more
crews
on
both ships. The vessel commanded
by Morga ran down
the flagshipof Van
Noort, and for hours the ships lay
side by side while a hand-to-hand
fightraged on the deck
and in the hold.
The ships taking fire,
Morga disengaged
his ship,which was
so
badly shattered that it sank, with
others reached the
great loss of life;but Morga and some
and

excitement

little island

of

the fire

Fortuna.

his

on

Noort

Van

vessel,and

He

eventually reached Holland.

of thirteen
captured with its crew
were
men
hanged at Cavite.1
Other

ships

Troubles

sailed

for

"

in the

other

of this

last months
which

The

the

His

smaller

vessel

was

six

boys. The

the year

1600, two

and

In
one

down

went

off the

shipwrecked on the Lamisfortunes,Manila suffered,

government,

destroyed many

houses

terrible earthquake,

and

the

church

of

Moros, the Dutch, anxieties

of

from

"

guish
extin-

the Islands.

escape

men

to

was

top of all other

On

the Jesuits."

Spanish.

Acapulco, but

and

Catanduanes
drones.

of the

able

was

God,

how

"

much

of the

and

tations
losses by sea, the visi-

historyof

the seventeenth

is filled with these four things!

century in the Philippines

Both

Montero

Van

Noort

and

of this sea-fight,
the
Morga have left us accounts
in his journal, Description of the Failsome
former
Round
Voyage Made
de las Islas Filipinas.
the World, and the latter in his famous, Sucesos
y Vidal:

Historia

de

Filipinas,vol. I., p.

199.

CHAPTER

THE

VIII.

PHILIPPINES

THREE

YEARS

of

Condition
Seventeenth

the

Established.-

At

"

had

Spaniards

been

rule

in

possession of

third

new

to

was

of

long period

The

work

of

remain

Philippines for
the

these

for 250

the

century

striking

most

Spanish occupation

limits and

the

the

Completely

sixteenth

the

of

first soldiers
character

ish
Span-

of

Into

years.

and

this first

all his early

Spaniard crowded
and
to 1850,
arms
exploration. Thereafter, down
fields were
teenth
explored, but all through the sevenwere
Christianizing the
century the missionaries

of

feats of
few

it

Rule

thirty-fiveyears

established

as

Beginning

Spanish

close of the

accomplished.

missionaries

the

at

the

results of the

of all the
were

The

"

these

In

generation.

AGO.

Archipelago

Century.

HUNDRED

the

century

conquered peoples.
The

reads

1600

of the

survey

like

conditions.

It

All

began.
Moro

his

to

embrace
The

paying

tributes

Catholic

are

well

coast

populated

Even
of
with

modern

great
how

and
the

had

small

been

the achievements

seventeenth

century
and

the

encomiendas,

their

Palawan

day,

under

and

for the

the

part ready

most

faith.
and

groups

exploited.

how

after

soon

approximately

large islands,except
in that

Pacific

us

after

were,

the

of

early Spaniard

of the

smaller

off the

to

countrymen

country,

inhabitants

narrative

reveals

activities of the
of

archipelago given by Morga

of

islets
the

Luzon,

little

Morga

natives,
"

156

were

almost

oughly
thor-

as

Catanduanes, lying
"

could

say,

good

race,

They

all

en-

YEARS

HUNDRED

THREE

157

AGO.

Spaniards, with doctrine and churches, and

them."
an
alcalde-mayor,who does justiceamong
The
an
Babuyanes at the north of the archipelagowere
is tribute
exception.
They are not encomended, nor
there Spaniards among
collected
are
them, nor
among
and politeness,
and
them, because they are of little reason
comiencfas

of

"

there have

neither

Christians

been

they justices." In

have
had

been

Francisco

given

inhabitants
unsubdued
On

to Esteban

put

are

as
"

five hundred

and

de

nor

Babuyanes

la Serna

and

sand
having two thoutributantes,"but all

("todos algados").
the

islands

some

extensive

They

them

among

1591, however, the

in encomienda

Castillo.

made

in

hold

Morga's day

island of Mindoro

of

than

the

at

regarded

was

as

Spaniards
later time.

was

more

Then

important, and

the

in the

early years and decades of Spanish power appears to have

Later it was
been
desolated
populous along the coasts.
wild and almost
by the Moro piratesand long remained
uninhabited
the
except by a shiftingpopulation from
of piratesfrom
mainland
of Luzon, and
Sulu.
As
The
Encomiendas.
have already seen, one
of
we
the vessels that followed the expeditionof Legazpi brought
the king that the Islands should be divided
orders from
"

in encomiendas
them.1

the

as

We

had

won

pinos
Filifast

conquest proceeded.
are

fortunate
in

Relation

Relacidn
del

de

to

have

1591, about

introduced

Archive

who

conquered and
On
this instruction,
Legazpi had given the
in encomienda
soldiers as
to his captains and

made
was

those

among

into the
la

twenty
Islands.2

after

years

There

Conquista de Luzon, 1572,

las Encomiendas,
existentes
vol.
IV.
BibliofiloFilipino,
de

das,
of these encomien-

review

p.
en

were

the

system

then

267

15.

Filipinos, Retana.

160

THE

encomiendas
of the

in the

king,and

Population

the

the

Encomiendas-

these encomiendas,
of the

populous parts
24,000

of which
Philippines,
thirty-onewere
remainder
of privatepersons.

under

of

PHILIPPINES.

tributantes

learn

we

the

that

La

archipelagowere

and

From

"

meration
enu-

the most

Laguna,

97,000 inhabitants,and

with

the Cam-

and
the
arines,which included all the Bikol territory,
Catanduanes, where there were
21,670 tributantes and a
and
population of over
86,000; the vicinityof Manila
Tondo, which included Cavite and Marigondon, the south
shore of the bay, and
lected
colPasig and Taguig, where were
a
population estimated at
9,410 tributes,from
about
reported 17,130 tributes
30,000. Iri Ilokos were

and

78,520

The

souls.

entire

valley

of

the

which

the soldiers of the command

among

In the list of encomiendas

conquest.
such
names

had

Cagayan

and

Tuguegarao,

be found

to

not

are

Yguig

as

on

of

maps

had
few

divided

been

but

effected

the

be recognized,

can

of the

most

to-day.

Most

of

"

"

(algados)
reportedto be rebellious
wild tribes which
and some
were
apparently the same
still occupy
all of this water-shed,except the very banks
the less had the Spaniards divided
of the river;but none
off into
them
repartimentos." One soldier had even
the inhabitants

were

"

encomienda

taken

as

waters

of the

11

an

the

river,a regionwhich

Pugao," with little doubt

rot

tribe

as

The

inhabitants

Ipugao, who

upper

valley of

the

the

upper

is called in the Relation

the habitat

the

of

of the

still dwell

Magat,

or

same

in these

Igotains.
moun-

Vizcaya,
probably was not
Nueva

occupied and
until the missions of the eighteenthcentury.
the Bisayan islands was
The
.quite
population among
surprisinglysmall, considering its present proportions.
had

not

at this date

been

THREE

HUNDRED

YEARS

161

AGO.

Masbate, for example, had but 1,600 souls;Burias,a like

number; the whole central group, leaving out Panay, only
15,833 tributes,or about 35,000 souls. There was a single
in Butuan, Mindanao, and
encomienda
another
the
on
thousand
tributes collected
There were
a
Caraga coast.
in the encomienda
of Cuyo, and fifteen hundred
in Calalos negrillos,"
mianes, which, says the Relation,included
wan.
probably the mixed Negrito populationof northern Pala"

The

entire

667,612 souls.

or
166,903 tributes,

of the

earliest enumerations

Philippines.Barring the
and

the

estimate

other

and

Moros

is set down

encomiendas

populationunder

This

is

Relacidn

population of

of the

Igorots of

as
one

the

Luzon

northern

tribes of

Mindanao, it is a fair
of the Filipinopeople three hundred

of the number
ago.

years

It will be

noticed

that the numbers

in the

assigned to single
large. In America
nand
1512, King Ferdi-

Philippineswere
limited.
As early as
the number
was
rank
had forbidden
any singleperson, of whatever
than three hundred
Indians on one
or
grade,to hold more
in the Philippines,
thousand
island.1
But
twelve
a
or
hundred
tributantes
were
frequentlyheld by a single
Spaniard.
encomenderos

"

"

of t7ie Filipinos

Condition

Frequent

Revolts.

"

That

under

the

the Encomiendas.

on
Filipinos

many

"

of these

islands

bitterlyresented their condition is evidenced by

the frequentuprisingsand rebellions. The encomenderos
often extortionate and cruel,and absolutelyheedless
were
of the restrictions and obligations
imposed upon them by
the Laws
of the Indies.
Occasionallya new
governor,
1

Ordenanzas
.

panola, in Documentos

Repartitionde los
Ineditos,vol. I.,p. 236.

para

la

Indios

de

la Isla

Es-

162

THE

PHILIPPINES.

impulse of instructions from Mexico or

Revolts
were
Spain, did something to correct abuses.
almost
continuous
during the year 1583, and the condition
encomenderos
of the natives very
bad, many
regarding
them
and
treatingthem almost as slaves,and keeping
under

the

them

labor

at

the

first

misery

reached

of

their

"

Santiago

the

to

and

crops

de
a

Vera

teristic
characis thus

by Zufiiga:
"

As

soon

he studied
from

Gov.

families.

own

followingyear and made

improve the system, which

the Islands

attempt
related

of their

the destruction

to

he had

as

to

put

taken

the government,

possessionof

into effect the orders

which

he

brought

the

king, to punish certain encomenderos, who had

abused
the favor they had received in being given ende Ledesma,
comiendas, whereby he deposed Bartolome
of Abuyo (Leyte),and others of those most
encomendero
culpable,and punished the others in proportion to the
offenses which
they had committed, and which had been
proven.
"

In the

and

Pablo

the

Moluccas,

those

that

without
The

de

Lima, with

was

able to take

felt it very

wished

with

the

orders

could

not

execute

did

been

to

as

which

the

another

king

this because

de Morones

unfortunate

returned

to

as

Manila

the fortress of Ternate.

deeply that

send

Juan

equipped squadron, to

preceded it,and they

had

governor

well

adventure

which

having

failed,and

of 1585, he sent

followingyear

the

armada
had

expeditionhad
in accordance

given him;

the troops from

New

but

he

Spain

arrive,and because of the Indians,who lost no

occasion
which
presented itself to shake off the yoke of
the Spaniards.
The Pampangos and many
inhabitants of Manila
federated
conof .Borneo, who
for
with the Moros
had come
"

not

163

AGO.

YEARS

HUNDRED

THREE

trade,and plottedto enter the city by night,set it on

slay all
fire,and, in the confusion of the conflagration,
discovered
the Spaniards. This conspiracy was
through
married to a Spanish soldier,
who was
Indian woman,
an
the conspiracywere
and measures
to meet
taken, before
the mine
emplary
being seized and sufferingexexploded, many
punishment.
also hi
The islands of Samar, Ybabao, and Leyte were
of Dagami, pueblo of
disturbance, and the encomendero
because the Indians
in perilof losinghis life,
Leyte, was
incensed by his thievingsin the collection of tribute,
were
which was
paid in wax, and which he compelled them to
double
have weighed with a steelyardwhich he had made
to kill him.
the legalamount, and wanted
They would
have
done so if he had not escaped into tKe mountains
to the island of Cebu.
and afterwards passed by a banka
de la Mota
to pacify
sent Captain Lorenzo
The governor
some
these disturbances;he made
punishments,and with
these everythingquieted down."
Three
later,however, the natives of Leyte were
years
again in revolt. In 1589 Cagayan rose and killed many
to have
spread from here to
Spaniards. The revolt seems
of Dingras,Ilokos,where the natives rose
the town
against
the collectors of tribute,and slew six Spaniards of the
"

Fernandina.2

pueblo of
Effects

of

the

had

upon
to

Historia

Among

de

brought

which

ruin and

documents,

other

king from

Government.

"

misery

et sq.
which
throw

The
to

cupation
Spanish oc-

some

parts of

Filipinos,p. 157,

the condition
the

Spanish

of

the

Domingo

Filipinosunder
de

Salazar, the

describes the conditions

Filipinos, p. 165.)

about

most

unfavorable

light

encomiendas, is a letter
first bishop of the Philippines,

the

1583.

(Zuniga,Historia

de

164

THE

the

country. Salazar describes with

condition

of the

PHILIPPINES.

bitterness

Filipinos.In the rich fields

the

evil

of Bulacan

and

pressed,
Pampanga, great gangs of laborers had been imfellingthe forests for the construction of the
Spanish fleets and manning these fleets at the oars, on
which

voyages

took

them

for four

governor,

Don

their homes.

The

forced

Indians

many

six months

Gonzalo

died in the mines

Ronquillo,had

of

and

the rest returned

enfeebled

so

they could not plant. Hunger and famine

upon Pampanga, and on the encomienda

that

de Labezares
The

over

Tribute.

thousand

The

"

from

Pampanga into the mines of

from the sowing of their rice. Many

Ilokos,taking them
had

and

had

tribute

died from

was

had

scended
de-

of Guido

starvation.1
of

source

abuse.

the tax upon

Indians was
limited to the
Theoretically,
of eight reales (about one
dollar)
tribute,"the sum
yearly from the heads of all families,payable either in
gold or in produce of the district. But in fixing the
there was
much
extortion,the
pricesof these commodities
encomenderos
delaying the collection of the tribute until
ing
when
of scarcity,
the season
priceswere
high, but insist"

then

on

the

same

amount

as

at harvest-time.

who
occupied the place of the former
principal,
of recent
maharlika," like the gobernadorcillo
dato, or
and
for the collecting
of the tribute,
times,was responsible
If they do not
been a hard one.
to have
his lot seems
as
they ask, or do not pay for as many
give as much
Indians as they say there are, they abuse the poor principal,
him
into the pillory (cepo de cabeza),
throw
or
lections
because all the encomenderos, when
they go to make colwith them, and there they keep
take their pillories

The

"

"

Domingo

p. 5, in

de Salazar, Relation

Retana, Archivo, vol. III.

de las Cosas

de las

Filipinas,1583,

THREE

him

and

torment

HUNDRED

Salazar

give all they ask.

take the wife and daughter of the
not be found.
Many are the prinunder these torments, accordingto

him,

said to
They are even
he can
when
principal,
cipaleswho have died
reports."

further states

sold into

until forced

that

to

he has known

default of tribute.

slavery,in

165

AGO.

YEARS

natives

Neither

to be

did

they

"

impose upon adults alone,but

they collect tribute from
do not marry
the aged and the slaves,
and many
infants,
because of the tribute,and others slay their children."
Salazar further charges that the
Scarcity of Food.
alcaldes mayores
(the alcaldes of provinces),sixteen in
all corrupt, and, though their salaries were
number, were
For further enumerafortunes.
tion
small,they accumulated
of economic
Salazar details how priceshad evilly
ills,
In the first years of Spanish occupation,food
increased.
abundant.
lack of rice,
There was
was
no
beans, chickens,
pigs,venison,buffalo,fish,cocoanuts, bananas, and other
wine and honey; and a little money
fruits,
bought much.
x

"

gantas (about three

hundred

could

hundred

liters)of

rice

be

then

bought for a toston (a Portuguese coin,

worth
about a half-peso),
eight to sixteen fowls for a like
amount, a fat pig for from four to six reales. In the
scarce
year of his writing (about 1583), products were
and
Rice had doubled,chickens were
pricesexorbitant.
worth a real,a good pig six to eight pesos.
Population
had
habitan
deserted,their indecreased,and whole towns were
having fled into the hills.
General

side of

Improvement
the

Spanish Rule.

"

This

is one

by
picture. It probably is overdrawn
wras
jealousof the civil authorityand

bishop, who
began the first of
1

under

Relacidn, pp. 13,

those
14.

continuous

clashes

between

the
who
the

166

THE

church

if

the

see

decades,we
Filipinohad

had

risen.

comes

to

in

political
power
could

we

in these
of

and

PHILIPPINES.

No

one

the

whole

should

see

improved
can

the

less
Philippines.Doubtcharacter of Spanish rule
that the actual

and

estimate

his

grade

the actual

people in being brought under

able

maintain

the

condition
of

culture
that

good

of

power

and

dispensejustice.
Taxation
is sometimes
cuse;
grievous,corruptionwithout exbut almost
anything is better than anarchy.
Before the coming of the Spaniards,it seems
tionable
unquesthat the Filipinos
suffered greatlyunder two terrible
grievancesthat inflictbarbarous society, in the first
and
destruction,
place,warfare,with its murder, pillage,
tribe and
not
merely between
tribe,but between town
and
now
even
town, such as
prevails in the wild
layan
mountains
of northern
the primitiveMaLuzon, among
tribes;and in the second place,the weak and poor
government

to

peace

"

man

of the strong and

at the mercy

was

rich.

Spanish sovereigntyhad certainly

mitigated,if it did not wholly remedy, these conditions.
All of these provinces,"
Morga could write, are pacified
and are governed from Manila,having alcaldes mayores,
in
of whom
and lieutenants,
each one
corregidors,
governs
tains
his district or province and dispensesjustice. The chiefwho
formerlyheld the other natives in
(principales),
no
subjection,
longerhave power over them in the manner
which they tyrannically
employed, which is not the least
benefit these natives have received in escapingfrom such
slavery."1
The

of

establishment

"

"

Old

Some

Social

governors

the
1

Order

of the
seem

condition

Siicesos de las

to

Filipinosbut
have

of the

Filipinas,p.

334.

done

people

Little Disturbed.

their

and

to

utmost

govern

to

"

prove
im-

them

well.

Santiago de Vera,

as

have

we

167

AGO.

YEARS

HUNDRED

THREE

seen,

went

even

so

worthy priest,Padre Juan

and social organthe customs
de Plasencia,
to investigate
ization
of
of the Filipinos,
and to prepare
account
an
their laws, that they might be more
suitablygoverned.
far

This

the

commission

to

as

brief

code

for

"

it

so

is

distributed

was

"

encomenderos, with

alcaldes,
judges,and

orders

to

to

tern
pat-

Filipinocustom.1
In orderinglocal affairs,
extent
the Spaniards to some
left the old social order of the Filipinosundisturbed.
and
The several social classes were
graduallysuppressed,
of each
at the head
barrio,or small
settlement,was
appointed a head, or cabeza de barangay. As these
barangayes were
grouped into pueblos, or towns, the
former
datos
were
appointed captains and gobernatheir decisions

with

in accordance

dorcillos.
The

of

Payment

in 1570.2

It

reales.

ten

known

as

towns,

"

tribute

introduced

was

supposed to be eightreales or a
family. Children under sixteen and

sixty were

to

The

"

was

silver for each

over

Tribute.

In

exempt.
To

this

was

added

sanctorum," and,

real for the

the

treasury. Under

the amount

1590

on

real for the

of

adults
raised

church,

the organization of the

communidad

caja de

was

peso

encomiendas

the

or

tribute

municipal
was
paid

encomenderos, except on the royal encomiendas;

but after several generations,
decreased
the encomiendas
as
in number, these collections went
directlyto the insular
There
pulsory
was
later,besides the tribute,a comtreasury.
service of labor on
roads, bridges,and public
the

to

Las

Costumbres

de los

Tagdloes

en

Filipinos

segun

el Padre

sencia.
Pla-

Madrid, 1892.
2

Organization Communale
Iraduis de I'AUemand, par A. Hugot.

Blumentritt:

des

Indigines des Philippines,

1881.

168

THE

PHILIPPINES.

"

works, known as the

corvee,"a feudal term, or perhaps
charging
more
generallyas the
polos y servicios." Those disthis enforced labor were
called
polistas."
of the Filipinosto Christianity. The
Conversion
lation
popuChristianized.
All
was
accounts
being very rapidly
in baptizencountered
was
ing
agree that almost no difficulty
"

"

"

the

islands

have

"

tribes.

There

is not

in these

"

province,"says

sion
Morga, which resists convernot desire it."
Indeed, the Islands seem
ripe for the preaching of a higher faith,
l

does

and
to

advanced

more

been

either Christian

or

Mohammedan.

For

time

these two

nila,2
struggled together in the vicinityof Magreat religions
but

at

the

of three' decades

end

Spanish

power

alike established.
Conversion
religion were
was
delayed ordinarilyonly by the lack of sufficient numbers
that this conversion
have
of the
of priests. We
seen
of the missionary friars. In 1591
the work
people was
there were
but the Relation de las Enco140 in the Islands,
miendas
calls for 160 more
to properlysupply the peoples
and

which

been

had

of

Coming
been the

laid under

the

few

The

Augustinians had
accompanying Legazpi. The

Missionaries.

pioneerorder,a

first company

tribute.

of Franciscans

"

arrived

in 1577.

The

first

Jesuits,padres Antonio Sedefio and Alonzo Sanchez, had

with the bishop of the Islands,Domingo de Salazar,
come
Even
in 1581.
apparentlywithout resources.
They came
the
Mexico
had rotted on
their garments brought from
house in a
They found a little,
poor, narrow
voyage.
of Manila, called Laguio (probably Concepcion).
suburb
"So
it," says Chirino, "that the
poorly furnished was
chest which

same

Sucesos

de las

See Salazar's

held their books

Filipinas, p.
relation

on

332.

this

point.

was

the table

on

which

THREE

they

Their

ate.

water, without

YEARS

HUNDRED

food

salt

for many
oil

or

days

fish

or

or

169

AGO.

rice,cooked

was

meat

or

as
anything else except that sometimes
salt sardines."
Dominicans
enjoyed some
in 1606 the Recollects,
and finally
unshod
or

or

the end of the century there

Division

of the

were

over

the

Archipelago among

egg,

regalothey

Before

an

even

in

came

in 1587,

Augustinians.
four hundred.

Religious

Orders.

The

ary
districted among
these missionarchipelagowas
The
bands.
Augustinianshad many
parishesin the
in Pangasinan,and all
Bisayas,on the Ilokano coast, some
of those in Pampanga.
The
Dominicans
had parts of
ciscans
Pangasinan and all of the valleyof Cagayan. The Francontrolled the Camarines
and nearlyall of southern
Luzon, and the region of Laguna de Bay. All of these
and monasteries
orders had convents
both in the city of
Manila
about.
and in the country round
The imposing
churches of brick and stone, which now
characterize nearly
every pueblo,had not in those earlydecades been erected;
but Morga tells us that "the churches
and monasteries
of wood, and well built,
with furniture and beautiful
were
and
ornaments, complete service, crosses, candlesticks,
chalices of silver and gold."
"

The

Schools.

First
to have

seem

been

"

Even

some

in

attempts

these
at the

education

there
of the

reading and writing

for boys, who were
in the church, to
also taught to serve
ments.
sing,to play the organ, the harp,guitar,and other instruWe
must
remember, however, that the Filipino
before the arrival of the Spaniard had a written language,
structi
in pre-Spanishtimes there must
and even
have been ingiven to the child. The type of humble school,
natives.

Chirino:

Morga,

The

friars had

schools

Relacidn, pp. 19, 20.

p. 329.

in

early years

170

THE

to-dayin

that is found

PHILIPPINES.

barrios,conducted by an
old man
the floor or in the yard of a home,
or
on
woman,
where
the ordinary family occupations are
proceeding,
its originto the Spaniards,
but
probably does not owe
dates from a period before their arrival. The highereducation
established by the Spaniards appears
to have been
exclusivelyfor the children of Spaniards. In 1601 the
Catholic orders in education,
pioneersof the Roman
Jesuits,
established the Collegeof San Jose.
of Hospitals.
The cityearly had notaEstablishment
ble
foundations
of charity. The
high mortality which
visited the Spaniards in these islands and the frequency
of instituof diseases early called for the establishment
tions
In Morga's time
for the orphan and the invalid.
Andres
and
Santa
the orphanages of San
there were
There was
the Royal Hospital,in charge of
Potenciana.
in the conflagration
burned
of
three Franciscans, which
also a Hospital
There was
reconstructed.
1603, but was
of Mercy, in charge of Sisters of Charity from Lisbon and
of India.
the Portuguese possessions
Close by the Monastery of Saint Francis stood then,
where it stands to-day,the hospitalfor natives,San Juan
It was
of royal patronage, but founded
de Dios.
by a
friar of the Franciscan
order,Juan Clemente.
"Here,"
of natives of all
cured a great number
are
says Morga,
kinds of sicknesses,
It has
with much
charityand care.
and offices of stone, and is administered
a good house
by
Three priests
of Saint Francis.
the barefooted religious
there and four lay-brethrenof exemplary life,
are
who,
terous
dexwith the doctors,surgeons, and apothecaries,
are
so
and skilled that they work
with their hands marvelous
in medicine
and surgery."
cures, both
remote

"

"

Sucesos

de las

Filipians,p.

323.

THREE

HUNDRED

YEARS

171

AGO.

Mortalityin the Phil*

frightfully
high.
years of conquest was
The waste of life in her colonial adventures,indeed,drained
In the
Spain of her best and most vigorous manhood.
famous
old English collection of voyages,
published by
ter
Hakluyt in 1598, there is printed a captured Spanish letof the famous
Sebastian Biscaino, on the
sea-captain,
the loss of life
Philippinetrade. Biscaino grieves over
which had accompanied the conquest of the Philippines,
and
the treacherous climate of the tropics. "The
try
counfor us
is very unwholesome
Spaniards. For within
these 20 years, of 14,000 which have gone to the Philippines,
there are 13,000 of them
dead, and not past 1,000
the

Mortalityamong
ippines in these

of them

left alive."

Spaniards.

The

Spanish Population.

The

"

the Islands

"

Spanish population of
at the beginning of the

always small,
than two
seventeenth
sand,
thoucentury certainlynot more
and
probably less later hi the century. Morga
into five classes: the prelatesand
divides them
astics;
ecclesithe encomenderos, colonizers,
and conquerors;
diers
soland officers of war
and marine; merchants
and men
of business; and
the officers of his Majesty's government.
"Very few are livingnow," he says, "of those
first

was

"

conquistadores who

conquest with
gazpi."2

the

the

The

dwelt
1

The

Largest Cities.
in Manila

hi

or

Adelantado

Most

land

the

won

and

effected

Miguel Lopez de Le-

of this

Spanish population
the five other cities which the Span"

Principal Navigations,Voiages, Trafliguesand

Discoveries

of

English Nation,
Hakluyt, Master
by Richard
of Artes and
sometime
Student
in Oxford. Imprinted at London,
of-Christ Church
Vol. I.,p. 560.
1598.
the

Sucesos

de las

Filipinos,p.

347.

172

THE

iards had

founded
These

The

City of

PHILIPPINES.

in the first three decades

were

as

Nueva

follows:

of their

cupation.
oc-

"

Segovia,

the

at

mouth

of

the

Cagayan, was founded in the governorship of Ronquillo,

when
the valleyof the Cagayan was
first occupied and the
who
had settled there,were
Japanese colonists,
expelled.
It had at the beginning of the seventeenth
century two
hundred
There was
Spaniards,livingin houses of wood.
fort of stone, where
mounted.
sides
Bea
was
some
artillery
the two hundred
one
Spanish inhabitants there were
hundred
regularSpanish soldiers,with their officers and
the alcalde mayor
of the province. Nueva
Segovia was
also the seat of a bishopricwhich
included all northern
Luzon.
The importance of the then promising city has
long ago disappeared,and the pueblo of Lallok, which
marks
native town.
its site,
is an insignificant
The
Caceres, in the Camarines, was
City of Nueva
Sande.
the seat
founded
It, too, was
by Governor
of a
ants.
Spanish inhabitbishopric,and had one hundred
The

Cities

and

of Cebu

the Cities of the

Holy

Iloilo.

Name

"

the

In

of God

Bisayas
(Cebu),and on

island of

Panay, Arevalo (or Iloilo). The

something of the importance attachingto
settlement.

It had

its stone

fort and

was

were

the

first maintained
the first Spanish
also the seat

of

from
visited by trading-vessels
the
bishopric. It was
Moluccas, and by permit of the king enjoyed for a time
of sending annually a ship loaded
the unusual privilege
had
about
with merchandise
to New
Spain. Arevalo
eighty Spanish inhabitants,and a monastery of the
Augustinians.
The
or
Big an, which Salcedo
City of Fernandina,
had
founded, was
nearly without Spanish inhabitants.
a

173

AGO.

YEARS

HUNDRED

THREE

center of the great Ilokano coast,

political
and it has held this positionto the present day.
all of these cities were
far surpassed in
But
Manila.
importance by the capitalon the banks of the Pasig.
of Legazpi's choice
than
had
been
The
wisdom
more
justified.Manila, at the beginning of the seventeenth
pean
important Eurounquestionably the most
century, was
As we
have already seen, in 1580
cityof the East.
Portugal had been annexed by Spain and with her had
hi India,China, and
all the Portuguese possessions
come
almost annually
Malaysia. After 1610, the Dutch were
warring for this colonial empire, and Portugal regained
But for the first few years of
her independence in 1640.
the political
the seventeenth
mistress
century, Manila was
of an
and
empire that stretched from Goa to Formosa

the

it was
Still,

"

embraced

lands

all those coveted

half had

been

which

for

century and

the desire of

European states.
of the Philippines
almost an
The governor
pendent
indewas
subordinate
to
the
king. Nominally, he was
cluded
viceroy of Mexico, but practicallyhe waged wars, cona

peaces,

discretion.
the states
The

and

received

and

sent

embassies

at his

own

his ally,and
was
kingdom of Cambodia
his friends.
China and Japan were

The
of

Commercial

Importance

also the commercial

through which
their

of the

center

the

of Manila.
Far

kingdoms

Here

of

"

Manila

East, and
eastern

the
Asia

great fleets of

was
trepot
enchanged
ex-

junks
from
China
laden with
stores.
Morga fills nearly two
with an
enumeration
of their merchandise,which
pages
of silks,brocades, furniture,
included all manner
pearls
and
fruits,nuts, tame
buffalo,geese, horses and
gems,
mules, all kinds of animals,"even to birds in cages, some
of which talk and others sing,and which they make
perwares.

came

174

THE

form

thousand

tricks;there
knickknacks, which

and

Each
the

year

fleet of

Sea, rough

other gewgaws

Spaniards are

among

thirtyto forty vessels sailed

in March.

moon

new

innumerable

are

in

esteem."

much

PHILIPPINES.

with

The

the monsoons,

voyage

the

across

with

China

occupied fifteen or twenty

of May or
the
at the end

days, and the fleet returned

Between
and
March
October
there
beginning of June.
each
Nagasaki which
came,
year, Japanese ships from
and
brought wheat, silks,objects of art, and weapons,
from
Manila
the raw
took away
silk of China, gold, deer
horns,woods, honey, wax, palm-wine, and wine of Castile.
and India
Malacca
From
fleets of the Portuguese
came
subjectsof Spain, with spices,slaves,Negroes and Kafirs,
and
the rich productions of Bengal, India, Persia,and
the smaller craft of the
Turkey. From Borneo, too, came
Malays, who from their boats sold the fine palm mats, the
from Cagayan de Sulu and Borneo,
best of which
stillcome
slaves, sago, water-pots and glazed earthenware, black
and fine. From
Siam and Cambodia
also,but less often,
thus a great emthere came
porium
trading-ships.Manila was
for all the countries of the East, the trade of
conducted
been
to have
which
seems
largely by and
through the merchants of Manila.
Mexico

with

Trade

the

between

though
the

it

and

Spain

Restricted.

Philippines,and
importance,was

"

Mexico

The
and

merce
com-

Spain,

by action of
mitted
which
It was
a
commerce
apparently adinfinite expansion, but the shortsightedmerchants

was

crown.

of

and

of vast

of

manufacturers

the

limited

Peninsula

clamored

subjected to the
against its development, and it was
at first maiiiFour
limitations.
severest
galleonswere
1

Sucesos

de las

Filipinos, p.

352.

THREE

tained

for

this trade, which

were

175

AGO.

YEARS

HUNDRED

dispatched two

at

Manila
to the port of Acayears from
The letter on the Philippine
trade,already

in successive

time

pulco,Mexico.
quoted, states

galleonswere
great ships of six
and
tons
hundred
eight hundred
apiece.1 They went
and they carried the annual
"very strong with soldiers,"
silver for
mail, reinforcements, and suppliesof Mexican
trade

with

currency

of
The

that

these

China,

which
to the

of the East

galleonswas
Rich

has

reduced

Cargoes

of

the

remained

present day.
to

the

commercial

Later

the

ber
num-

one.

Galleons.

"

The

track

of

the

to about
Philippinegalleonlay from Luzon northeastward
the westerly
the forty-seconddegree of latitude,where
the ocean
winds prevail,thence nearlystraightacross
to
in northern
covered
disCalifornia,which was
Cape Mendocino
and mapped
Thence
the
by Biscaino in 1602.
of North
the western
coast
America
course
lay down
nearly three thousand miles to the port of Acapulco.
We
can
imagine how carefullyselected and rich in
with which
the merchandises
these solitary
qualitywere
freighted,the pick of all the rich stores
galleonswere
which
The
to Manila.
came
profitswere
enormous,
Biscaino
six and
that
wrote
eight hundred
per cent.
hundred
ducats
invested in Spanish wares
with two
and
Flemish
fourteen
hundred
some
commodities, he made
ducats ; but, he added, in 1588 he lost a ship,
robbed
and burned
by Englishmen. On the safe arrival of these
of the fortunes of the colony!
shipsdepended how much
For generationsthese galleons
Capture of the Galleons.
were
probably the most
tempting and romantic
the cupidity of privateer. The
aroused
prize that ever
first to profitby this rich booty was
Thomas
Cavendish,
"

"

"

Laws

of the

Indies,VIII., 45, 46.

176

who

THE

in 1587

PHILIPPINES.

the Straits of

Magellan with a
fleet of three vessels.
Like Drake
before him, he ravaged
the coast
of South
America
and
then steered straight
the sea
Here he acquired
to the Moluccas.
across
away
information
about the rich commerce
of the Philippines
and
of the yearly voyage
of the galleon. Back
the Pacific
across
went

In

his

through

came

the fleet of Cavendish

narrative

own

Capture

of

the

Galleon

(From

down

between

he

tells how

"Cabadonga,"

print in Anson's

Capes

for the coast

San

her

off the

Voyage Around

Lucas

he

and

the

Coast

of California.

beat

of

up

and

Samar.

World.)

Mendocino

until the

riches,appeared. She fell into

his hands
almost
without
dred
a
fray. She carried one hunand twenty-two thousand
pesos of gold and a great
and rich store of satins,damask, and musk.
Cavendish
landed
the Spanish on
the California coast, burned
the
"Santa
Ana," and then returned to the Philippinesand
attack
the shipyard of Iloilo,
but was
made
an
reupon
galleon,heavy

with

THREE

pulsed.

He

sent

and

home.

There
came

is

old story that

an

the

up

damask
In

From

there

1588

disaster of

her

Armada.

From

name

no

was

The

destruction

this date

her

power

longer a

in the
of

City

the

Spain

the

"

the

East,
Manila

terror

and

oceans,

of

the

Great

and

gone,

her

booters
English free-

seas.

in

less

was

overwhelming

was

the

on

silk and

with

the venture

on

history,

controlled

appeared

to

came

ships

seaworn

hung

masts

time

this

his

tells how

their

Thames,

sails.

safe.

ing
Manila,boastCape of Good

at

sailed for the

then

177

AGO.

letter to the governor

of his capture, and

Hope

YEARS

HUNDRED

the

1610

Dutch

withdraw.

never

to

Three

Hundred

Years

Ago.

We

"

further reference
some
hardly close this chapter without
it appeared three hundred
to the cityof Manila
as
scripti
Morga has fortunatelyleft us a detailed deyears ago.
from which
the followingpointsin the main
are
drawn.
As wo
have
already seen, Legazpi had laid out
the blackened
and
the city on
site of the town
fortress
of the Mohammedan
prince,which had been destroyed in
the struggle for occupation. He gave it the same
extent
can

dimensions

and

other

Like

colonial

citadel

primarily a
point between
and

famous
of

that it possesses

the

sea

and

refuge

and

the river

permanent fortress

stockade, but under

as

capitalsin

the great Adelantado

built
"an

under

of

up

mariiias

it

town

and

improvements

about

1590

Its guns

was

the governor
Cavendish

stone.

unwalled
the

to this

of

and

it assumed

day.

the

Far

East, it

attack.

from

was

On

the

Legazpi had begun the

of Santiago. In the time
probably only a wooden
Santiago de Vera it was
(1587)
no

describes

Manila

great strength,"but

completions made
much

of

thoroughly commanded

its

by

Das-

present

pearance
ap-

the entrance

178

THE

PHILIPPINES.

approach of hostile boats

from
the harbor
side impossible.
It is noteworthy,then, that all the assaults that have
the city,from that of Limahong, to those
been made
upon
of the British in 1762, and of the Americans in 1898,
have been directed against the southern
wall by an advance
to the river

from

with

stone

Pasig and

made

the

also inclosed

Dasmarinas

Malate.

from

base

wall,the

which

the

city

the present noble

originallya width of from

and a half to nine feet. Of its height no
seven
figure
its buttresses
is given. Morga says simply that with
fense.
and turrets it was
sufficiently
high for the purposes of derampart

The

side

has

Old

It had

arisen.

Fort.

There

"

facingErmita, known

Guidance; and there

was
as

stone

fort

the Fortress

the south

on

of Our

Lady of

bastions,each with
six piecesof artillery, St. Andrew's, now
a powder
azine
magand
St. Gabriel's,
at the southeast
looking
overcorner,
where the Chinese were
the Parian district,
settled.
The
three principalgates to the city,with the smaller
wickets and posterns, which opened on the river and sea,
were
regularlyclosed at night by the guard which made
were

two

or

more

"

the rounds.

post

At

each

of soldiers and

wicket

was

permanent

artillerists.

senal,
adjacent to the fort had its aring
stores, powder-works, and a foundry for the castof guns
and artillery.The foundry, when
established
by Ronquillo,was in charge of a Pampangan Indian called
Pandapira.
The buildings
The
Spanish Buildings of the City.
of the city,
the Casas Reales and the churches and
especially
Chirino
monasteries,had been durably erected of stone.
claims that the hewing of stone, the burning of lime,and

The

Plaza

de

gate and

Armas

"

THREE

YEARS

HUNDRED

179

AGO:

ing,
trainingof native and Chinese artisans for this buildof the Jesuit father,
the work
He
self
himSedefio.
were
fashioned
the first clay tiles and built the first stone
ing,
house, and so urged and encouraged others,himself directthe buildingof public works, that the city,which
a
littlebefore had been solelyof timber and cane, had become
the

gne

the

best constructed

of the

Indies.1

it

He

also

was

and

who

beautiful

most

sought

out

in

Chinese

the churches with

paintersand decorators and ornamented
images and paintings.
six hundred
Within the walls,there were
houses of
some
of them
built of stone and tile,
and
a privatenature, most
outside in the suburbs, or "arrabales,"
an
equal number
all occupied by Spaniards ("todos son
vivienda
y poblacion de los Espanoles").2
This gives some
twelve
hundred
Spanish families or
who
in Manila
establishments,exclusive of the religious,
and
the garrison,
hundred
numbered
at least one
fifty,3
four
hundred
trained Spanish
at certain times, about
had

soldiers who

seen

service

in

Holland

and

the

Low

the official classes.

Countries,and
The

and

Malecon

early date
drive,the Paseo
this

to

the

Lunetcu.

find mention

"

It is

of the

at
interesting

famous

recreation

de

Bagumbayan, now
commonly known
and Luneta.
the Malecon
"Manila," says our historian,
as
"has
two places of recreation on
land; the one, which is
the point called Our Lady
clean and wide, extends from
for about a leaguealong the sea, and through
of Guidance
the street and villageof natives,called Bagumbayan,
to
1

Relation

de

las Islas

Filipinas, chap. V., p. 23, and

p. 47.
1

Morga,

Ibid.,p. 321.

Sucesos

de las Islas

Filipinas, p. 323.

chap. XIII.,

180

THE

PHILIPPINES.

hermitage (Ermita),called the Hermitage

of Our Lady of Guidance, and from there a good distance
and mission
to a monastery
(doctrina)of the Augustinians,called Mahalat (Malate)."* The other drive lay out
of Concepcion, then
called
through the present suburb
cans.
a
Laguio, to Paco, where was
monastery of the Francisa

devout

very

Chinese

The

have

We

in Manila.

that

Commerce.

long ago as three hundred

world.
sels
Vesa metropolisof the Eastern
lands dropped anchor
at the mouth
of the

seen

was
years Manila
from many

even

as

merchants

Pasig,and their

from

Slaves

markets.

Chinese

Early

"

their booths

set up

far-distant India

and

within
Africa

her
were

Surely it was a cosmopolitanpopulation

that the shifting
carried to and from her
monsoons

sold under

her walls.

gates.
of

But
a

constant

all these
and

races

important factor
It does not

is the Chinese.

This

Eastern

only

has

one

been

in the life of the Islands.

appear

that

they settled

pinos
materiallyaffected the life of the Filiuntil the establishment
of Manila by the Spaniards.
The
Spaniards were
early desirous of cultivatingfriendly
relations with the Empire of China.
Salcedo,on his first
punitiveexpeditionto Mindoro, had found a Chinese junk,
in the

country

which

had

careful

to

or

ashore

gone

these

rescue

land, with

on

the

voyagers

western

and

return

coast.

them

He
to

was

their

tions.
friendlymessage
invitingtrading relaand
Commerce
immigration followed immediately
the founding of the city.
remarkable
The Chinese are without question the most
able to thrive in
colonizers in the world.
They seem
with every race.
The
climate.
They readilymarry
any
own

Morga: Sucesos, p.

324.

children

that

YEARS

HUNDRED

THREE

follow

such

unions

181

AGO.

only

not

are

numerous

of China
The
coasts
teem
healthy and intelligent.
with
overcrowding populations. Emigration to almost
improvement of the Chinese of poor birth.
any land means
with their keen sense
and
These qualities
for
conditions,
their
indifference to physical hardship and
trade and
factor
the Chinese
almost
dominant
a
danger, make
barriers have not
been raised against
wherever
political
but

their entrance.
The

and

commercial

king
and

from
was

there

had

Chinese

were

then

prosperityof

shows

Salazar

in their

warm

that

in Manila

and

of Chinese

letter to the

befriended
in

was

Tondo

Labor

he

praise.1This

Chinese,and they were

the city.

Importance

important place in the

industrial life of Manila.

Bishop

resident

earlygained an

about

them

1590, and

seven

sand
thou-

to the
indispensable

and

Trade.

"

In

the

were
Spanish rule,the Philippines
poor in
and the populationwas
resources
sparse, quite insufficient
of the Spanish colonizers.
for the purposes
Thus
the
based upon
Chinese
earlydevelopment of the colony was
As the earlywriters are fond of
labor and Chinese trade.
not only the finished silks
emphasizing,from China came
and
destined for
costlywares, which in large part were
the trade to New
horses
Spain and Europe, but also cattle,
and
ink and
foodstuffs,
metals,fruits,and even
mares,
"And
what
is more," says Chirino,"from
China
paper.
all dexterous,
those who supply every sort of service,
come
prompt, and cheap,from physiciansand barbers to burdenbearers and porters. They are the tailors and shoemakers,
metal-workers, silversmiths,
sculptors,locksmiths,paint-

earlydecades

de

of

Carlo, Relsicidn de las Cosas

de la China

Manila, 1590; in Retana, Archivo,

y delos

vol. III.

Chinos

del Parian

182

THE

ers, masons,

PHILIPPINES.

and

weavers,

kind

finallyevery

of servitors

in the commonwealth."

In

those

days, not only

the Chinese artisans and traders,but they were
also
were
farmers
and fishermen, occupations in which
they are
But in spiteof their economic
not often seen.
now
sity,
necesthe Chinese were
always looked upon with disfavor
Distrust

of

the

Chinese.

"

"

and

their presence

Plots of murder

dread.

supposedlyrife among

were

that

with

their numbers

were

them.

and

Writers

great that there

so

was

surrect
in-

ject
obno

bad
and
vicious;
security in the land; their life was
but
through intercourse with them the natives advanced
and
littlein Christianity
such terrible
customs; they were
and priceshigh.
foods scarce
eaters that they made
If permitted,they went
everywhere through the Islands
and committed
abuses and offenses.
a thousand
plored
They exspot, river,estero, and harbor, and knew
every
the country better even
than
the Spaniard himself, so
that if any enemy
should come
they would be able to
When
find so just and highinfinite mischief.2
we
cause
minded
the presidentof the Audiencia,Morga,
a
man
as
ing
givingvoice to such charges,we may be sure that the feeland practically
universal among
was
deep and terrible,
all Spanish inhabitants.
The

and

First

Chinese-

from

suspected the other,and

in 1603

came

of the

Massacre

cruel outbreak

"

Each

this mutual

and

race

feared

cowardice
Three

massacre.

nese
Chi-

stating that they

had -been sent by the emperor
to investigate
a report that
in Cavite of solid precious metal.
mountain
there was
a
mandarins

Relation

de

arrived

las

Islas

in

that

Filipinas,p.

Relacidn.
2

Sucesos

de las Islas

Filipinas, p.

364.

year,

18.

See

also

Salazar,

Carta

HUNDRED

THREE

This

absurd

than

myth was no more

Spaniards themselves

in

their

doubtless

the

fact

from

arose

183

AGO.

YEARS

many

pursued by

the

early conquests, and

that

Chinese

wares

it

were

largelypurchased by Mexican bullion;but the Spaniards

filled with suspicionof an
at once
were
invasion,and
their distrust turned against the Chinese in the Islands.
How
far these latter were
actuallyplotting sedition
far they were
and
how
driven
into attack
by their
fears at the conduct
of the Spaniards can
cided.
hardly be dethe fact is,that on
the evening of Saint
But
Francis
The dragon
day the Chinese of the Parian rose.
banners
were
were
raised,war-gongs
beaten, and that
burned and
night the pueblos of Quiapo and Tondo were
murdered.
Filipinos
many
In the morning a force of 130 Spaniards,under
Don
Luis

Dasmarifias

and

river,and

in the

this sedition.

If his

in the Islands

must

the

Don

Tomas

Bravo,

were

sent

across

fightnearlyevery Spaniard was slain.

The
Chinese
then assaulted the city,but, according to
the tradition of the priests,
driven back in terror
they were
by the apparitionof Saint Francis on the walls. They
threw up forts on the site of the Parian and in Dilao,but
the power
of their wild fury was
and the Spaniards
gone
able to dislodgeand drive them
into the country
were
about
San
Pablo del Monte.
here they were
From
persed
diswith
great slaughter. Twenty-three thousand
Chinese
are
reported by Zuniga to have
perished in

1590

and

have

increased

number

very

of Chinese

rapidly between

1603.

Restriction

Commerce

report is true, the

and

of Chinese

Immigration

and

Travel.

"

immigrationbegan againalmost immediately.

The number
of Chinese, however, allowed to remain
was
reduced.
The
Chinese ships that came
annually to trade

184

PHILIPPINES.

THE

and pasobligedto take back with them the crews

sengers
which
of
they brought. Only a limited number
lands.
and artisans were
merchants
permitted to live in the Isconfined to three districts in the cityof
They were
Manila,and to the great market, the Alcayceriaor Parian.
were

"

word

The

"

Parian

quarter adjoiningthe
the Botanical
built in

was

walled

city on

for

the

the

Chinese

present site of
"

"

New
Parian
Garden, but about 1640 the
ando.
Binondo, about the present Calle San Fern-

It consisted
square,

first used

was

with

of

block

of stores

habitations

small

above

of Manila.
the great market
They could not travel about

in the form
them.

Here

of

was

the

Islands,nor go two
remain
nor
leaguesfrom the citywithout a written license,
closed,on
over
night within the city after the gates were
alcalde and
penalty of their lives. They had their own
judge,a tribunal and jail; and on the north side of the
who
friars,

river Dominican

erected

had

for

to the number

of about

the

Chinese

but

guage,
lan-

and

five hundred.

from the earliest time to

Philippines
been known
of "Sangby the name

derivation

Navarrete, who
that

the Chinese

in the

present have

leyes." The

learned

hospital. There was a

the baptizedChinese and their families,
mission

separatebarrio
The

had

the word

must

of this curious

have
from

word

understood

is uncertain;
Chinese

well,

misapprehension of the
words
selves
spoken by the Chinese who first presented themat Manila.
"Being asked what they came
for,
to trade.'
they answered, 'Xang Lei,'that is,'We come
The
Spaniards,who understood not their language, conof a country, and putting the
'ceivingit to be the name
words
of them, by which
two
together,made one
they
stilldistinguish
the Chinese,calling
them.Sangleyes."
says

arose

HUNDRED

THREE

Japanese Colony.

The
years

quite a colony

and

the Parian

between

of

YEARS

There

claimed

hundred, and
goodly number

Filipino District

The

North

to-day.
Tondo,

the

of Tondo.

at

and

far the most

part

not

of the

the walled

We

"

known

Pasig

the

Franciscans

described

at

the surrounding

they

names

hold

great district of

strong, independent Filipino

early date was

this day is strong

to

have

the

by

was

an

colored
in local

and

with

medanism
Moham-

feeling.This
long been by

built up until it has

important and populous part of the olis,
metropit regarded as a
until very recent tunes was

thriven

region has

the

the

of the river and

of that

center

feelingwhich

but

of

them

of converts.

of them

suburbs, most

was

among

length the citysouth

some

also hi these

early
Japanese. Their community lay
the barrio of Laguio. There were
"

five

about

185

AGO.

city of Manila,

which

name

was

reserved

for

city alone.

the Pasig, on
the site of the present
bridge across
Puente
de Espana, connected
the two districts at a date
It was
later than ^Morga'stime.
of the first things
one
noticed
by Navarrete, who, without describingit well,
built during the governorvery fine. It was
says it was
ship
de Tabora, who
died in 1632.1
of Nino
Montero
of stone, and that this same
states that it was
bridge
than two
stood for more
the incessant
centuries,resisting
traffic and the strengthof floods.8
of Manila
Decline
The
Such
during the Next Century.
and forty years after its foundaManila
tion.
thirty-five
was
It was
at the zenith of its importance,the capital
of the eastern
colonies,the mart of Asia, more
splendid
than Goa, more
powerful than Malacca or Macao, more
A

"

Zufiiga:Historia

Historia

General

de las
de

Filipinas,p. 252.
Filipinas,vol. I.,p. 187.

186

THE

and

populous
Tidor.

far

and

genius
of
and

its

most

years

that

part

only

fast

was

had

English

had

Portuguese

which

and

wrath

lust
to

was

and

things

we

1663.

They

an

the

left
whole

exploited

enjoyed,

the

broken

pirate,

the
the

and

to

taking

treasure.

the

seas,

the

lost

the

Chinese,

on

and

all, the

decade

for

The

massacre

of

pire,
em-

and

trade.

awful

after

cade,
de-

sighted,
selfish, shortits

make

place
the

Philippines

succeeding

the

rich

administration

"

and

archipelago.

soon

consider,

later

Portuguese

mother-land,

and

self
her-

and

by

piteous

for

Spain

from

with

and

was

trade

the

the
dom
free-

recount

years

East, harrying

Malay

of

to

independence

were

policy

to

few

relations

upon

upon

point

decline.

monopolizing

visited

have

which

for

of

of

navies

their

terrible

growing

were

her

the

fast

criminal,

felt

influence

and

be

colonial

The

in

most

to

the

it, to

have

we

depended,

reprisal; and,

Tyre,

place

great

this

to

up

wane.

friendly

much

so

is another

founded

process

driven

and

and

^commerce

the

were

alike

Spaniard

had

regained

Dutch

the

who

followed

almost

its

and

Ternate

situation.

the

on

"it

owed

men

it

which

superlative

the

In

It

the

of

daring

than

Chirino,

Ezekiel."

action

to

the

exclaimed

by

held

securely

more

"Truly,"

magnified

so

PHILIPPINES.

in

alike.
the

despoiled
a

next

from

years

century,

paralyzing

and

decadent

These

period
1600

to

cant
insignificolony

IX.

CHAPTER

Loss

of

of

seizure

its

in

the

Naval

it

and
lost

her

that

ships, thousands

decline.

of

Channel

English
When

the

with

Great

humiliation

seldom

countenance

rested
of

that

the

I have

mistaken.
The

navies

In

that

English
1

of

year,
and

Morris:

Spain

and

at

have
to

power

The

of money
tugal.1
Por-

in

the

of this powerful
for the

brought

was

where

the

Portugal

were

"

be
never

the

man,

either

never

on

years

strange

tidings of

could

sea

History of Colonization, vol. I., p.

215

quest
con-

to

the

of

the

whose

defeat

thank

He

or

God
ously
fatu-

was

made

good.

fully rebuilt.
passed

Dutch.

187

of

down

went

replace the loss."

loss

had

guese
Portu-

annexation

simply said,

1588, preeminence

the
The

to

hundred

Spanish hopes

England,

changed

victory, is reported

which

Armada.

passed, Philip II., that

were

day Portugal

of the destruction

news

guese
Portu-

prosperity
terests
neglect their inone

ships

Escorial, the magnificent palace

king

the

large sums
the

upon

ill-fated

which

on

and

guns,

the

terrible

armament,
and

these

of

Many

In

power.

their

of

Several

Indies.

appropriated by Spain

were

colonial

defending

jealousy

For

Spain.

splendid and daring navy

the

to

way

and

deliberatelyto

their

permit

possessionof

first found

her

caused

have

to

of

task

The

"

disastrous

was

loss of

and

the

1580

Portugal

humiliation

was

unequal to
possessions, and

seems

II. in

both

Portugal.

and

Spain

Portugal by Philip
to

1600-1663.

WARS.

of

Power

consequences

Portugal
Spain was

MORO

AND

DUTCH

THE

sq.

to

the

188

THE

Netherlands

The

Who

were

PHILIPPINES.

Become

these Dutch,

or

an

Independent

Hollanders?

How

Country.
came

"

they

from

Spain and Portugal a colonial empire,which

they hold to-day without loss of prosperityor evidence of
decline?
In the north of Europe, facing the North
Sea,
is a low, rich land, intersected by rivers and washed
far
into its interior by the tides,
known
as
Holland, the Low
Its people have ever
been
Countries,or the Netherlands.
famed
In manufacture
for their industryand hardihood.
and trade in the latter Middle Age, they stood far in the
and cities were
lead in northern Europe. Their towns
the
and most
most
thriftiest,
cleanly.
prosperous,
We
have
sion
already explained the curious facts of succesby which these countries became a possessionof the
tries
Spanish king,Emperor Charles the Fifth. The Low Counwere
always greatlyprizedby Charles,and in spite
to wrest

of the

severities of

his rule

he

held

their affection and

in the city of Antwerp

It was
loyaltyuntil his death.
in favor of his son, PhilipII.,
that he formallyabdicated
and, as described by contemporary historians,this solemn
and
witnessed
with every mark
was
imposing ceremony
of loyaltyby the assembly.
But
the oppressions and
Rebellion.
The
tions
persecuof Philip's
reign drove the people to rebellion. The
had
and
embraced
Netherlands
the Protestant
religion,
the quartering
when, in addition to plunder,intimidation,
and the violation of sovereignpromof Spanish soldiery,
ises,
Philipimposed that terrible and merciless institution,
the Low
Countries faced the tythe Spanish Inquisition,
rant
in a passionof rebellion.
There was
War, begun in 1567, dragged on for years.
pitiless
cruelty,and the sackingof cities was accompanied
Dutch
counties
by fearful butchery. In 1579 the seven
"

THE

effected

AND

DUTCH

union

and

MORO

WARS.

189

1600-1663.

laid the basis of the

republicof the
Netherlands.
Although the efforts of Spain to reconquer
the territorycontinued
until after the end of the century,
independence was maintained for years before.
a

between

Trade

Portugal

the

and

Netherlands

Forbidden.

large portionof the

"

had

been

with

Lisbon.

of the Low

commerce

The

Portuguese did

Countries
not

ute
distrib-

Europe the products which their navies brought

from the Indies.
Foreign merchants
purchased in Lisbon
and carried these wares
to other lands,and to a very large
degree this service had been performed by the Dutch.
of Portugal, Philip forbade all
But after the annexation
and trade between
the two countries.
commerce
By this
act the Dutch, deprived of their Lisbon
trade,had to face
ruin or the gaining of those
the alternative of commercial
Eastern
They chose the latter
products for themselves.
made
with all its risks. It was
soon
possibleby
course
to

of the Armada.

the destruction
The

Dutch

Expeditions

to

the

Indies.

In

"

1595

expedition,led by one Cornelius Houtman,

rounded
the Cape
sailed in Portuguese galleons,
first

who

their
had

of Good

domain.
The
objective
Hope and entered the Indian
formed
with
the
Java, where an alliance was
point was
Two
native princesand a cargo of pepper secured.
things
shown
were
by the safe return of this fleet, the great
wealth and profitof the Indian trade, and the inability
their monopoly.
of Spain and Portugal to maintain
"

In

1598

the merchants

defeated

of Amsterdam

bined
com-

ing
Spanish and Portuguese fleet in the East, and tradsettlements
1605

were

secured

in

they carried their factories

Effect of

monopoly

over

the

Success

the waters

of the

and

Java

to Amboina

Dutch.

"

of the Pacific and

Johore.
and
The

Indian

In

Tidor.
exclusive

Oceans,

190

THE

for

Portugal and Spain had maintained

which

broken.

was

they had

With

the

tried to divide

between

them.

claimed

the

had

PHILIPPINES.

That

of

concurrence

the New

effort

was

See,

the Orient

passed. They

now

the vessels of every

discovered

Roman

and

World

from

right to exclude

the

century,

the vast

they

oceans

other nation

had

but their

own.

This

in

doctrine

is known

as

death-blow

that of
to

of the Dutch
that

the

this domination

find the doctrine

years

Grotius, the founder

jurist,
in his

work,

De

closed

sea."

given by the

Indies,and it is not

few
a
assailed,

law

was

of closed

a
sea

The

entrance

dence
coinci-

mere

itself scientifically

later,by the great

of the

Law

International
"

clausum, or

mare

into the
we

History of

Dutch

system of international

Libero Mare.

The Dutch made

of the Dutch.
Trading Methods
attempts in the Indies to found great colonies for political

The
no

"

domination

Commerce
religiousconversion.
their sole object. Their policywas
to form alliances
was
with native rulers,promising to assist them
against the
for exclusive
rule of the Portuguese or Spaniard in return
of trade.
In this they were
than successful.
more
privileges

In
at

1602

and

they obtained

Bantam,

on

the

permissionto establish

island of Java.

This

was

even

factory
then

trading-point. "Chinese, Arabs, Persians,

from
Moors, Turks, Malabars, Peguans, and merchants
established there,"the principal
all nations were
objectof
trade being pepper.1
The character of the treaty made
by the Dutch with
Dutch
is stated
the king of Bantam
by Raffles. "The
stipulatedto assist him againstforeigninvaders,particuconsiderable

Raffles:

History of Java,

vol.

II.,p.

116.

WARS.

MORO

AND

DUTCH

THE

191

1600-1663.

larlySpaniards and Portuguese; and the king,on his side,

to the Dutch
over
a
good and strong
agreed to make
and
fort, a free trade, and securityfor their persons
without

property
allow

to

no

of

payment

other

duties

any

nation

European

to

taxes, and

or-

trade

reside in

or

his territories."

Spanish Expedition against

the

Dutch

in

the

Moluccas.

relinquishthe field to
foes without
these new
a
struggle,and the conflict fills
the Dutch
the historyof the eighteenthcentury. When
and Tidor in February,
expelledthe Portuguese from Amboina
of the Portuguese came
ippines
to the Phil1605, many
The governor,
and enlisted in the Spanish forces.
"

Spaniards,however,

The

Pedro

Don

Bravo

did not

de Acuria, filled with

wrath

at

the loss

with great activityorganimportant possessions,

ized
an
expeditionfor their conquest.
In the previousyear there had arrived from Spain eight
hundred
of them
hundred
being native
troops, two
Thus
Acuna
able to organize a powerful
Mexicans.
was
fleet that mounted
and
seventy-fivepieces of artillery
fourteen
hundred
carried over
Spaniards and sixteen
Indians.1
fleet sailed in January, 1606.
The
hundred

of these

Tidor

was

taken

seized,with
weapons.

The

and

without
a

resistance

great

store

of

and

the

Dutch

goods,
Ternate; the

money,

Spaniards then assailed

bombarded, and then the

tory
facand

fort

town
was
ried
carplaza were
by storm.
which
accomplished the adventure
Thus, at last was
for nearly a century had
of the
inspired the ambitions
Spaniards,which had drawn the fleet of Magellan,which
had wrecked
the expeditionsof Loaisa and Villalobos,
for
1

On

the

history of

de las Islas Molucas.

this notable

Madrid,

expedition see

1609.

Argensola, Conquista

192

pedition
Spaniards in the Philippineshad prepared exafter expedition,and
for which
Governor
Das-

which

the

marinas

had

had

been

of

disposingof
brought

the

de Silva

the

by
Dutch

their

Dutch

became

At

forces of

Fleet

at

the

last

Moluccas

Spain.

Mariveles.

So

"

far from

enemies, however, this action simply

into the Philippines.In 1609, Juan

governor

of the

Islands

and

in the

same

arrived the Dutch

After

an

anchored
Manila
At

his life.

sacrificed

taken

Capture

year

PHILIPPINES.

THE

admiral,Wittert,with a squadron.
unsuccessful
attack on
fleet
Iloilo,the Dutch
off Mariveles,to capture vessels arrivingfor the

trade.

April,1610, the Spanish

fleet,which had been hastilyfitted at Cavite, attacked
the Dutch, killing
the admiral and taking all the shipsbut
and fiftyprisoners,
hundred
and a largeamount
one, two
of silver and merchandise.
These
to have
prisonersseem
than
been treated with more
the captivesof Van
mercy
who
Noort's fleet,
were
are
hung at Cavite. The wounded
all the
said to have been cared for,and the friars from
these
religiousorders vied with one another to convert
"Protestant
pirates"from their heresy.
An Expedition against the Dutch
in Java.
Spain made
of her European wars
in 1609, but
with Holland
truce
a
this cessation of hostilities was
never
recognized in the
and Spanish colonists continued
East.
The Dutch
to war
couraged
and pillage
each other until late in the century. Enupon
Wittert, Silva negotiated
by his victory over
with
the Portuguese allies in Goa, India, to drive the
A
from
Java.
Dutch
powerful squadron sailed from
It was
the largestfleet
Cavite in 1616 for this purpose.
this

place, on

the 25th

of

"

which

up

to

that

date

had

ever

been

assembled

however, failed
Philippines.The expedition,

in the

to unite with

AND

DUTCH

THE

MORO

WARS.

in

April,Silva

and
Portugueseallies,
of malignant fever.
their

Dutch

The

fleet returned

Fleets.

Battles

"

to Cavite

193

1600-166S.

died at Malacca

Corregidor.

near

The

"

to find that the

city,while stripped
had been hi a fever of anxiety
of soldiers and artillery,
the proximity of Dutch
vessels.
and apprehension over
those of Admiral
Spilbergen,who had arrived
They were
by way of the Straits of Magellan and the Pacific. He
has left us a chart of the San Bernardino
which is
Straits,
Iloilo
133.
reproduced on
Spilbergen bombarded
page
and

then

year

sailed for the Moluccas.

later he

galleons and

galeras

two

defeat.1

severe

returned, met

The

Spanish

Manila

near

fleet of

and

seven

suffered

battle

began with cannonading on

continued
throughout the day.

Friday, April 13, and

to close quarters,
On
the followingday the vessels came
the Dutch
the Spaniards boarded
vessels,and the battle
was
fought out with the sword.
overwhelmed.
Dutch
The
were
Probably their numbers
Relation
states
few. The
were
they had fourteen
at
put the number
galleons,but other accounts
ten,
three vessels of which
were
destroyed or taken by the
Sun
Spaniards. One of them, the beautiful ship, "The
of Holland,"
battle of
the

same

TJie Dutch

This

combat

is known

as

the

away

Capture

without

serious loss to either side.

Chinese

Junks,

and

Galleons.

"

through the interveningyears, fleets of the Hollanders

An

account

contra

Archivo

of this

victory,written

los

the

Vittoria,que el Armada
Orlandeses
Pirates, has been

de la Grand

Verdadera
tuuo

burned.

Another
Playa Honda.
engagement took placein
of Corregidor,
late in 1624, when
waters
a Dutch
driven

fleet was

But

was

Biblidfilo
Filipino,vol. II.

following year,
Espanola de

Relation
la China

reprinted by Retana,

194

THE

PHILIPPINES.

of the Cape of
both by the way
continuallyarriving,
Good
Hope and the Straits of Magellan. Those that came
the Pacific almost
across
invariablycruised up the Strait
of San Bernardino,securingthe fresh provisionsso desirable
after their long voyage.
to them
The prizeswhich
they made of Chinese vessels,
passing
ably
Corregidorfor Manila, give us an idea of how considerthe Spaniards in the Philippinesrelied upon
China
for their food.
Junks, or "champans," were
continually
passing Corregidor,laden with chickens,hogs, rice,sugar,
were

and

other

The

comestibles.1

Mexican

frequentlydestroyedor capgalleonswere
tured
by these lurkingfleets of the Dutch, and for a time
the route through the Straits of San Bernardino had to be
abandoned, the galleonsreaching Manila
by way of Cape
than
landing in Cagayan, and more
Engano, or sometimes
once
going ashore on the Pacific side of the island, at
Binangonan de Lampon.
The Dutch
in Formosa.
The Dutch
also made repeated
efforts to wrest from Portugal her settlement and trade in
As. earlyas 1557 the Portuguese had established
China.
"

settlement

on

the island of Macao,

one

of these

numerous

islets that fillthe estuary of the river of Canton.

the

oldest

European
continuously by

held

settlement

in

China

and

This

has

is

been

the

Portuguese until the present

day, when it remains almost the last vestigeof the once
It was
much
mighty Portuguese empire of the East.
coveted
by the Dutch because of its importance in the
trade with

"Just

Canton

before

interceptedjunks

the
on

food, as many
Philippine Islands, p.
of

and

naval
the

way

as

104.

Fukien.

engagement
to

twelve

of

Playa Honda,

the

Dutch

Manila, bringing,amongst their

thousand
Foreman:
capons."
"

goes
car-

The

THE

In

1622

AND

DUTCH

fleet from

MORO

Java

WARS.

1600-1663.

195

brought siegeto Macao, and,

being repulsed,sailed to the Pescadores Islands, where

they built a fort and established a post, which threatened
both the Portuguese trade with Japan and
the Manila
Two
trade with Amoy.
the solicitation
years later,on
of

the

Chinese

settlement

Formosa,

to

where

Spanish mission
possessionof the island.
the

up

these
but

European
no

others

Dutch

after

stations

some

removed
years

they broke

and

and

raided

one

sufficiently
strong

was

their

gained exclusive
Thus, throughout the century,

harassed

powers

of them

one

the

government,

to

another,
expel the

the East.

from

Portuguese

Colonies.

"

In

the

kingdom of
Portugalfreed itself from the domination of Spain. With
blow
the same
Spain lost the great colonial possessions
of the Portuguese.
that came
to her with the attachment
the Portuguese had
"All the places,"says Zuniga, "which
from
the crown
in the Indies, separated themselves
of
of Portugal."
Juan
Castile and recognized as king, Don
"This same
year," he adds, "the Dutch took Malacca." l
The
Moros.
Increase
During all
of Moro
Piracy.
of Magindanao
and
these years the raids of the Moros
Their
ceased.
almost conJolo had never
tinuous.
piracieswere
There
no
was
security;churches were
looted,
for slavery.
or
killed,
people borne away for ransom
priests
Obviously,this piracy could only be met by destroyingit
Defensive fortifications and protective
fleets
at its source.
of no consequence,
when compared with the necessity
were
of subduing the Moro
in his own
lairs. In 1628 and 1630
sent againstJolo, Basilan,and
punitiveexpeditionswere
The

1640

"

"

Mindanao,

which

their towns, and

1

Historia

de

drove
cut

the Moros

down

Filipinos,p.

282.

from

their groves

their forts,burned
of cocoanut

trees.

196

THE

expeditionsserved only

such

But

wrathful

of the

vengeance

resolved
of

PHILIPPINES.

presidioat

of

Founding

Moro, and

Post

Spanish

in 1635

the

the

more

the

ment
govern-

ment
change of policyand the establishZamboanga.

upon

to inflame

at

Zarriboanga.

This

"

The goverphase in the Moro wars.

nor,
Juan
Cerezo de Salamanca, was
determined
the
upon
In
and Jolo.
conquest and the occupation of Mindanao
taking this step, Salamanca, like Corcuera,who succeeded
sions
him, acted under the influence of the Jesuits. Their mis-

brings us

to

new

in Bohol
to

lands

and

for the

reserve

that

northern

Mindanao

ministrations

conquered and

were

made

them

of their

tious
ambi-

societyall

occupied, south

of

the

Bisayas.
The

Jesuits

Siao and

the

were

missionaries

in the Moluccas

wherever

on

and

Ternate

Celebes

the

and

ish
Span-

and

The
Portuguese had established their power.
Jesuits had accompanied the expeditionof Rodriguez de
ceased
Figueroa in 1595, and from that date they never
petitioningthe government for a militaryoccupation of
these islands and
of

these

for their

regions. The

administrators.

For

return, as

own

Jesuits

were

the missionaries

brilliant and

able

of their

ambition, Mindanao,
its rich soil,attractive productions,ajid comparatively
numerous
populations,was a most enticingfield for

with

the establishment
the Jesuits had
On

men

of such
created

and

theocratic
administered

commonwealth

as

in America.1

hand, the occupation of Zamboanga was

strenuouslyopposed by the other religious
orders;but the
Jesuits,ever remarkable for their ascendancy in affairs of
1

How

peoples
Combos'

the other

attractive
is revealed
Historia

the

by

island
the

de Mindanao

appeared and how well they knew

accurate
descriptionsin the first book
y Jolo.

its
of

THE

DUTCH

though they

of

Zamboanga,

prevent its abandonment

could not

197

1600-1663.

quarter

century later.

Erection

1635, by

of

the Forts.

force under

consisted

"

Don

of three hundred

Bisayas. The end

inhabitants
the

WARS.

able to effect the establishment

state,were
of

MORO

AND

and

of

the

their towns

foundations

of the

The

presidiowas

founded

de Chaves.

Juan

His

Spaniards and one

peninsula was
swept
destroyed by fire.
fort

stone

army

thousand
of Moro
In

laid under

were

in

June

the

Jesuit,Father Vera, who is described as

in militaryengineeringand architecture.
beingexperienced
To supply the new
site with water, a ditch was
built
from the river Tumaga, a distance of six or seven
miles,
which brought a copious stream
to the very walls of the
fort. The advantage or failure of this .expensive
fortress
is very hard to determine.
Its plantingwas
a
partisan
and it was
always subjectto partisanpraiseand
measure,
it seemed
checked
Sometimes
to have
partisanblame.
the Moros and sometimes
seemed
them
only to be stirring
to fresh anger and aggression.
direction

The

of the

same

year

Hurtado

de

Philippines.He
Jesuits and

Defeat
later

that

saw

Corcuera

was

much

confirmed

their

of the

notable

the

Moro

fleet of

establishment

became

under

the

of

boanga,
Zam-

governor

of the

influence

of the

policyof conquest.

Pirate

Tagal.

"

A. few

months

pirates,recruited from Mindanao,

Jolo,and Borneo, and headed by a chieftain named Tagal,
brother
of the notorious
a
Corralat,sultan of Maginward
defiantlypast the new
presidioand northdanao, went
For more
Sea.
than
seven
through the Mindoro
months
they cruised the Bisayas. The islands of the
Camarines
In Cuyo they
especiallyfelt their ravages.
with
captured the corregidorand three friars. Finally,
a

198

THE

PHILIPPINES,

captives and rich booty, including the ornaments

and services of churches,Tagal turned southward
his
on
650

return.

The

had

of Zamboanga
presidio

him
prepared to intercept

and
-*

".

--

fiercebattle

place off the

Punta de Flechas,
thirtyleagues to

took

the

of

northeast

Zamboanga.

cording
Acthe

to

Spanish writers,
this pointwas
one
sacred

held
M

b y

superstitions.
-A
deity

r o

inhabited

these

waters, whom

the

Moros

customed
ac-

were

to

pitiate
pro-

the departure

on

and
of

rival
ar-

their

expeditions, b y
throwing into the
lances

sea

Moro

Helmet

and

Coat

The

arrOWS'

of MaiL

tory
one

300

for the

Moros

were

Spanish
and
killed,

arms.

120

Tagal
Christian

was

and

more

and

vic'
able
not-

than

captives were

released.
Corcuera's
"

Corcuera

Expedition
had

meanwhile

against
been

the

Moros

preparingan

at

Lamttan.

expedition,

DUTCH

THE

which

had

taken

AND

MORO

WARS.

the character

on

of

199

1600-1663.

holy

Jesuit

war.

rection.
and united in its dimingled in its company
The Jesuit saint,Francis Xavier, was
proclaimed
celebrated daily
was
patron of the expedition,and mass
himself accompanied the expedithe ships. Corcuera
on
tion,
and at Zamboanga, where they arrived February 22,
Bi1637, he united a force of 760 Spaniards and many
and Pampangos.
sayas
the force started for Lamftan, the
From
Zamboanga
strongholdof Corralat,and the center of the power of the
and

soldier

Moro

It

Magindanao.

of

coast, south

Sword

to

seems

the

Scabbard.

and

have

region of

been
Lake

situated
Lanao.

on

The

rough weather and contrary winds off

de Flechas,which
they attributed to the influence

encountered

Moro
To

rid

the

days. Padre
The

Punta
of the

localityof this unholy influence,Padre

Jesuit superior,occupied himself for two
Combes

demon

celebrated.
1

fleet

demon.

Marcello, the

was

the

Historia

has

left

us

an

account

of the

mony.1
cere-

Mass
dispossessedby exorcism.
Various
representingMoro inarticles,

de Mindanao

was

Jolo, lib. IV., chap. 7.

200

PHILIPPINES.

THE

includingarrows,
fidelity,
relics

thrown

were

destroyedand

were

into

the

sanctified by baptism
finally

of March

the 14th

On

Sulu

fortified and
The

the

Barong

defended

by

city

taken

was

bronze

cannon,

and
swivel-guns),
and

in the

vessels

great
were

praus

store

by

storm.

and

Java.

tian.
Sebas-

Lamitan,

Moro

warriors.

overwhelming, and

the

Spear.

Here

captured eight

were
"

"

muskets

weapons.

Sixteen

(lantakas

versos

destroyed,includinga
from

Saint

Sheath.

hundred

of Moro

of

name

thousand

two

twenty-seven
over

the

expeditionreached

Spanish force,however, was

Moro

and

waters,

Holy
place was

burnt.

and

Over
fleet of

or

arquebuses

one

hundred

Malay

villageswere

chant
mer-

burned,

THE

DUTCH

AND

seventy-two Moros
pursued and wounded,

MORO

and

The

Conquest

took

Jolo.

and

himself

by flight,but
reconstructed

Corcuera

hundred

gos,
1

left
This
some

returned

Corcuera

"

some

Moro

to

Zam-

the

which

have

Felices,que por
y Tierra
is published in the
Another
Piraticas.

sultana

taken

was

the

important victory was

of

Sailing Boat.

fort,established a
Spaniards and an equal number
Jesuit fathers,and, having

Mar

ras

hanged. Corralat,though
not captured.1

organized an

Old

two

was

201

1600-1663.

expeditionfor the conquest of

Moro
riors
warby four thousand
Although defended
and by allies from Basilan and Tawi Tawi, Corcuera
sultan saved
months
of siege. The
Jolo after some

boanga
Jolo.

of

were

WARS.

The

commemorated

been

X.

Appendix
also

nominated

number

reprinted by Retana.

ha dado

subject is

hi

prisoner.
garrisonof
of Pampan-

3.
to

las

armas

Barrages',

fully treated

See

of writings,
Sucesos

EspaTiolas,1637.
Ilidoria

by Combes.

de Guer-

202

Major
in

PHILIPPINES.

THE

chief of all the forces in the

Almonte

May, 1638,
Almonte

to

Manila, with

continued

the work

south,returned
the triumph of a conqueror.

all

of

subjugation. In 1639
he conquered the Moro
dato of Buhayen, in the valleyof
And
the Rio Grande, where
a small
presidiowas founded.
in the same
him to invade
year the Jesuits prevailedupon
of the Malanao, now
the territory
known
the Laguna
as
from
de Lanao.
This expedition was
made
the north
this warlike
through Iligan,and for a time brought even
under the authorityof the governor
and difficult territory
and the spiritual
administration
of the Jesuits.
of the

Loss

Spanish

the loss of Macao

the
to

attempt
dero of

on

Formosa.

The

"

full

of Corcuera's

militarysuccess
on

Settlement

and

island

hold

Pasig,Don

governorshipwas marred by
ment
the capture of the Spanish settle-

of Formosa

Macao,
Juan

by

Corcuera

sent

Claudio.

The

the
over

In

Dutch.
the

the

encomen-

populace of Macao,

tian
tumult, assassinated the governor, SebasLobo, and pronounced in favor of Portugal. Later,
of Goa, all the
by decree of the Portuguese governor
expelled. The
Spanish residents and missionaries were
Dutch
seizure of Formosa, a year later,has already been

however,

rose

in

described.
The

Archipelago

and

the

Religious

Orders.

"

During

the
almost incessant between
decades,conflict was
In the
archbishop of Manila and the regular orders.
the parish curates, and the
Philippinesthe regularswere
ing
archbishopdesired that all matters of their curacy, touchof the sacraments
and other parish
the administration
duties,should be subject to the direction of the bishops.
visit" was
This question of the "diocesan
fought over
for nearly two hundred
years.

these

DUTCH

THE

The

and

Governor

MORO

AND

WARS.

the Archbishop.

203

1600-1663.

"

Even

more

serious

the
the conflicts that raged between
colony were
governor-generaland the archbishop. All the points of
the
Church
and State, which
vexed
dissension
between
Middle
Ages, broke out afresh in the Philippines. The
the distribution of reve-i|
officers;
appointment of religious
the

to

of the

the treatment

nue;

natives;the claim

of the church!

of the law; its

asylum to those fleeingthe arm
in its ecclesiastical courts, over
claims of jurisdiction,
a
these disputes and
large class of civil offenses
many
the
others,occasioned almost incessant discord between
heads of civil and ecclesiastical authority.
offer

to

"

The

"

Residencia."

the governor
Audiencia was

"

We

have

seen

that -the power

of

in fact very

the
large. Theoretically,
limit upon
his authority;but hi fact the
a
was
usually the presidentof this body, and the
governor
oidores were
frequentlyhis abettors and rarelyhis opponents.
At the end of each governor's rule there took
called the
dencia."
Resiplacea characteristic Spanish institution,
This was
held by the newly elected
court
a
was

"

governor,

for

an

examination

into

the

conduct

of

his

predecessor. Complaints of every descriptionwere

ceived,
reand often,in the historyof the Philippines,
one
who
had ruled the archipelagoalmost
as
an
independent
monarch
found
ruined,!
himself,at the end of his office,
and

It

in chains.
was

upon

the

occasion

ecclesiastical powers,
after a
disputes,exercised their power

of

the

Residencia

that

the

governorship stormy with

for revenge.
ably
Unquestiona
despite his actual power, facing,
many
governor,
he did, the Residencia at the termination
of his rule,
as
made
with his enemies
and
mands.
yielded to their depeace

204

THE

Corcuera
and

had

with

PHILIPPINES.

continuous

troubles

with

the

archbishop

the

orders other than the Jesuits. In

religious
ciscans,
1644, when his successor, Fajardo, relieved him, the Franand Recollects procuredhis imprisonAugustinians,
ment
and

the confiscation of his property.

the conqueror
of the Moros
lay
of Santiago and
Cavite, when

Council

Indies,and
king.

of the

by

the

For

five years,

prisonerin the fortresses

he was
pardoned by the
aries
appointed governor of the Cana

This power
Power,
Weakening of the Governor's
of privateand religious
classes to intimidate and overawe
the responsible
head of the Philippinegovernment was
an
continued
abuse which
to the very
close of the Spanish
rule.
short term of the
This,togetherwith the relatively
his natural desire to avoid trouble,his
governor'soffice,
all too frequentpurpose
of amassing a fortune rather than
maintainingthe dignityof his positionand advancing the
interests of the Islands,combined
decade after decade to
make the spiritual
authoritymore
powerful. In the end the
religiousorders,with their great body of members, their
hold upon the Filipinos,
their high influence at the court,
and finally
their great landed wealth, governed the Islands.
"

The

any

of the Religious Orders-

criticism of the evils connected

of the

many

Work

Educational

one
Philippines,

achievements

worthy.

To

establishment
had

the

of

the

Dominicans

must

with
not

tion
their administra-

fail to

recognizethe

missionary friars
and

of institutions of

the

In

"

Jesuits

learning. The

that
is due

were

the

Jesuits in

cans,
planted their Collegeof San Jose. The Dominihere as in Europe, the champions of orthodox
ing,
learnhad their own
the Collegeof Santo Tomas,
institution,
the rivals of the Jesuits
inaugurated in 1619, and were
for the privilege
of givinghigher instruction.
1601

THE

WARS.

MORO

AND

DUTCH

205

1600-1663.

the rightto
granted to the Dominicans
the
bestow higherdegrees,
and their collegebecame
Royal
and
Pontifical
Aquinas."
University of Saint Thomas
This splendidname
of the Middle
breathes
that very spirit
order strove
to perpetuate in
Ages which the Dominican
also
down
the Philippines
to modern
days.1 Dominicans
founded
the Collegeof San Juan de Letran, as a preparatory
the
school to
University.
In 1645

the pope

"

We

should

not

pass

the

over

educational

work

of the

of the earlyprintingmention
religiousorders without
plantsand their publications.The missionaryfriars were
well as in Amerfamous
and in the Philippines,
ica,
as
printers,
craft.
noble volumes
some
were
produced by their handi-

of Hospitals

Founding
had

by the

Franciscans.

Nor

"

damental
Philippinesneglected the funthat of ministraof their foundation,
tion
purpose
to the sick and
unprotected. A narrative of then*
order,written in 1649, gives a long list of their beneficent
foundations.2
Besides the hospitalof Manila, they had an
and
infirmary at Cavite for the native mariners
builders,
shipa
hospitalat Los Banos, another in the city of
the Franciscans

in the

"

Nueva

Cdceres.

the convents
In

1633

as
a

Lay

brethren

curious

occurrence

afflicted with

people were
1

attached

to many

of

nurses.

leperhospitalof San Lazaro.

a
probably ironical mood, sent
Japanese

were

led to the
The
to

founding of the
of Japan, in
emperor
Manila
a
shipload of

this unfortunate

mercifullyreceived by

the

disease.

These

Franciscans,and

king did not confer the title of "Royal" until 1735, although
under
his protectionin 1680.
the University \v.-is taken
2
de la Seraphica Religion,de Nuestro
Entrada
P. S. Francisco
en
las Islas Filipinos,Retana, vol. I.
The

206

cared

for in
for

Life

that

PHILIPPINES.

THE

and

can

which

home,
lepers.
a

of the

Progress
show

Lazaro

the San

Filipinos.
"

life and

the

us

became

Few

progress

exist

sources

of

the

pital
hos-

Filipino

introduced
as
Christianity,
people during these decades.
by the missionary friars,was
generally successful,and
Old
relapsesin.to heathenism.
religious
yet there were
leaders and priestesses
roused up from time to time, and
incited the natives to rebellion againsttheir new
spiritual
The
masters.
payment of tribute and the labor required
for the buildingof churches
often drove the people into
the mountains.

Religious
somewhat
who

Revolt

serious

The

fiestas

the

on

whisper

deity,Diwata, was
the Spaniards. The
of Lobok

Bohol

and

revolt took

administered

attendingthe
Xavier.

at

the
was

hand

at

island

Leyte.

place on

island

were

canonization

raised

that

Bohol.

absent

in

rose

and

1621

The
in

uits
Jes-

Cebu,

of Saint Francis

the

assist in the

to

In

"

old

heathen

expulsion of

revolt,except

the two

Baklayan. Four towns were

burned,
the churches sacked,and the sacred images speared. The
it was
headed
revolt spread to Leyte, where
by the old
with
dato, Bankao of Limasaua, who had sworn
friendship
Legazpi. This insurrection was put down by the alcalde
of Cebu and the Filipinoleaders were
hanged. On
mayor
of the
was
Leyte, Bankao
speared in battle,and one
heathen
priestssuffered the penalty prescribedby the
for heresy
death by burning.
Inquisition
Revolt
The
of the Pampangos.
heavy drafting of
natives to fell trees and build the ships for the Spanish
the Acapulco trade
also a
naval expeditionsand
was
In 1660 a thousand
for insurrection.
cause
Pampangos
were
kept cutting in the forests of that province alone
towns

"

"

THE

Sullen

their

at

spread
and

WARS.

heavy labor and

these

overseers,

MORO

AND

DUTCH

natives

the

at

in

rose

207

1600-1663.

harshness
The

revolt.

of their

sedition

quired
Pangasinan, Zambales, and Ilokos,and it reefforts of the Spanish forces on
land
the utmost

to

water

to suppress

Uprising
that

of the

had

the rebellion.

Chinese.

been

"

In

visited

spiteof

the

the

upon

terrible

Chinese

sacre,
mas-

at

the

beginning of the century, they had almost immediately

nists.
commenced
returningnot only as merchants, but as colohave been
The earlyrestrictions upon
their life must
than thirtythousand
more
relaxed,for in 1639 there were
of them
cultivatinglands at
livingin the Islands,many
and at other points on
the Laguna de Bay.
Calamba
In that year

out, in which

rebellion broke

the Chinese

participated.They seized the church of San

the Pasig, and
fortified themselves.
Pedro
Macati, on
From
there they were
routed by a combined
Filipinoand
Spanish force. The Chinese then broke up into small
bands, which scattered through the country, lootingand
murdering, but being pursued and cut to piecesby the
this pillageand massacre
went
Filipinos.For Qye months
until seven
thousand
Chinese
were
destroyed. By
on,
and
laborers Manila was
the loss of these agriculturists

in Manila

reduced

to

great distress.

Pirates.
Activity of the Moro
in controllingthe Moro

immensely
successes

difficult.

of Corcuera

"

The
datos

task

of the

continued

iards
Spanto

be

During the years following the

and Almonte, the Moros
were
tinually
con-

from
Borneo
furnished
and
plotting. Aid was
further
incited by the Dutch.
Celebes, and they were
In spite of the vigilanceof Zamboanga, small
piratical
excursions continually
harassed the Bisayas and the Cam-

arines.

208

Continued
from

PHILIPPINES.

THE

time

with

Conflicts
to time

the

Dutch.

themselves

showed

The

"

Dutch, too,

in Manila.

In

1646

north to
squadron attacked Zamboanga, and then came
The Spanish naval strengthwas
Luzon.
quiteunprepared;
but two galleons,
latelyarrived from Acapulco, were fitted
friars took
their places
with
heavy guns, Dominican
the gunners,
and, under the protection of the
among
encountered
the enemy.
Virgin of the Rosary, successfully
A year later a fleet of twelve vessels entered Manila Bay,
in taking Cavite.
and nearly succeeded
Failing in this,
time held
province,and for some
they landed in Bataan
the coast of Manila
Bay in the vicinityof Abucay. The
narrative of Franciscan missions in 1649, above cited,
gives
in southern
after town
town
Luzon, where church and
had been burned
convent
by the Moros or the Dutch.
the Moluccas.
Abandonment
of Zamboanga
and
The
a

"

The

threat

of

the

Dutch

presidioof Zamboanga

made

burdensome.

very

Moluccas

administration

of the

Mindanao, and

the governor

of the

the maintenance

was

of the

united

In

1656

with

former,Don

that

the
of

Francisco

transferred from Ternate

to Zamboanga
Esteybar, was
of all
and captain-general
and made
lieutenant-governor
the provincesof the south.
Six years later,the Moluccas, so long coveted by the
by them, together with
Spaniards, and so slowly won
wholly abandoned, and to the Spice
Zamboanga, were
This sudden
to return.
Islands the Spaniards were
never
ever,
retirement from their southern possessions
was
not, howoccasioned by the incessant restlessness of the Moros
It was
due to a threat
nor
by the plottingsof the Dutch.
of danger from the north.
In 1644, China
Adventurer.
Koxinga the Chinese
Pekin
capitulatedat
was
conquered by the Manchus.

de

"

THE

AND

DUTCH

MORO

WARS.

209

1600-1663.

overthrown, but it was

Ming dynasty was
came
overonly by many
years of fightingthat the Manchus
the Chinese of the central and southern
provinces.
These were
years of turbulance,revolt,and piracy.
once

and

More

the

than

one

Chinese

adventurer

positionduring this disturbed

named
It Coan, had
Chio.

He
to

had

lived in Macao,

time.
been

One
a

where

and had been

Christianity,

to

rose

romantic

of these adventurers,

poor

he

fisherman

had

been

of
verted
con-

cargador,or cargowent
to Japan, and
a

He
afterwards
bearer, in Manila.
these humble
and
laborious
engaged hi trade. From
another of his persistent
beginnings,like many
men,
countryhe gained great wealth,which on the conquest of the
he devoted to piracy.
Manchus
His son was
the notorious Kue-Sing, or Koxinga, who
for years resisted the armies of the Manchus, and maintained
an
independent power over the coasts of Fukien
and Chekiang. About
the forces of the Manchus
1660
for him to longer resist them
became
too formidable
upon
the mainland, and Koxinga determined
the capture
upon
of Formosa
and the transference of his kingdom to that
island.
For

thirty-eight
years this island had been dominated
the channel of
by the Dutch, whose fortresses commanded
the Pescadores.
The
regarded as an important
colony was
one
by the Dutch colonial government at Batavia.
The
a
siderable
concity of Tai-wan, on the west coast, was
of trade.
It was
center
stronglyprotectedby
the fortress of Zealand, and had
a
garrison of twentyhundred
soldiers.
After months
two
Dutch
of fighting,
pelled
Koxinga, with an overpowering force of Chinese, comthe surrender
island

passed into his

of the Hollanders
power.

and

the beautiful

210

THE

Threatened

PHILIPPINES.

Invasion

of the Philippines-

"

Exalted

againstEuropean arms, Koxinga resolved

summoned
the conquest of the Philippines. He
to
upon
his service the Italian Dominican
missionary,Ricci,who
had been
livingin the province of Fukien, and -in the
to the
spring of 1662 dispatched him as an ambassador
of
the submission
of the Philippines,
to demand
governor
the archipelago.
into a terrible panic by this demand,
Manila
thrown
was
and
indeed
such danger had threatened
the
no
Spanish in the Philippinessince the invasion of Limahad an innumerable
hong. The Chinese conqueror
army,
been
and
his armament,
greatly
stores, and navy had
The
iards,
Spanaugmented by the surrender of the Dutch.
united on resistance.
The -governor,
however, were
Don
Sabiniano
Manrique de Lara, returned a defiant
radical measures
to Koxinga, and the most
were
answer
adopted to placethe colony in a state of defense.
ordered
All Chinese
were
immediately to leave the
of massacre,
these wretched
Fearful
Islands.
people
and
assaulted
the city.
again broke out in rebellion,
off into the
slain,and other bands wandered
Many were
tives.
mountains, where they perished at the hands of the naOthers,escapingby frail boats,joinedthe Chinese
his

by

success

colonists

Churches

Formosa.

and

convents

in the suburbs

might afford shelter to the assailant,

the Moluccas
razed to the ground. More than all this,
forsaken, never
again to be recovered by Spaniards;
the presidiosof Zamboanga and Cuyo, which served
of

were
were

and
as

on

Manila, which

kind

of bridle

on

the Moros

of Jolo

and

Mindanao,

concentrated
Spanish troops were
in Manila, fortifications were
rebuilt,and the population
fell.
But the blow never
waited anxiouslyfor the attack.
were

abandoned.

All

DUTCH

THE

Before

arrived

Ricci

the

peril

irretrievable

suffered
Manila

was

of

the

of

prosperity
hundred

of

presence

brought
were

their

Tagalog

settled

at

Ternate

population.

with

Spanish

Luzon

and
the

been

heroic

any

the

economic

ruined.

Philippines

the

can

on

still

be

Spanish

the

colony

Marigondon,

descendants

by

retiring

on

from

of

ment
commence-

East.

rested

again

gone.

For

is

activity

dull

the

or

character.1

noble

Jesuits,

The

which

once

unrelieved

quite

monotony,

the

of

had

was

the

at

to

on

history

the

been

confined

had

Manila,

years

had

trade,

Chinese

The

and

Philippines

prestige

capital

the

again

was

Bisayas.

Spanish
she

as

century,

sovereignty

longer,

no

the

"

loss.

dead,

was

passed.
But

Events.

211

1600-1663.

Koxinga

had

invasion

These

of

Effects

WARS.

Tai-wan,

at

Chinese

of

MORO

AND

the

of

their

south

distinguished

shore

forces

from

of
from

the
These

converts.

Manila
the

Bay,

cas,
Moluc-

people
where

surrounding

X.

CHAPTER
A

CENTURY

OF

AND

OBSCURITY

DECLINE.

1663-1762.

Political

Philippines lost
almost

from

the

little

Death

of

1663, Lara
his

the

more

presided

East

was

than

the

had

earlier than

archbishop,
who
a

few

the

army,

the

reach
to

The

and

him

civil

commissioner

Spanish

Spanish

the

colonies.

Dominican

of
the

and

Acapulco
then

galleon

the

the

ecclesiastic,

At
and

it

merchants

strife with

one,

the

end

of

conspiracy

the

religious,

merchants.

Beyond
fell

tim
vic-

Inquisition.
which

have
order
212

were

dispatched

of the

cargoes

the

In

On

which

him,

ordinary plotters,he

of the

we

ment,
establish-

Salcedo.

embraced

Peninsula,
As

de

Diego

every

which

Inquisition,

in

;.::"tion of the

by

of

Philippines

"

his grave.

and
officials,

power

made

Inquisition.

worried

have

hated
formed

the

wearisome

was

of the

misery

the

feeble,into

was

the

the

Don

and

he

years

the

by

in

to

seems

be

to

missionary

loaded

He

engaged

and

aged

was

against

He

ready.

were

Spain.

part of Spain in

and

high hopes

usual, before

was

From

colony.

religiousorders.

private merchandise,

own

the

Moluccas,

The

great

by

speedily disappointed.
his

the

had

over,

Salcedo

succeeded

hundred

the

profitlessto

were

treasury.

Governor

arrival, Manila

with

of

deficits,which

by

over

was

For

"

politicalsignificanceas

Mexican
of

conquest

became

abandonment

continued

were

good

all

Philippines.

standpoint they

every

There

the

the

succeeding

years

the

of

Decline

was

seen,

wrought

such

cruelty

carried

also

to

it

was

to administer

primarily

the
the

the institu-

tion.

The

OF

CENTURY

OBSCURITY.

exercised

can
inquisitor
scarcely
His
methods
be understood
at the present day.
were
made
not
public, the whole
secret, the charges were
the
closeted,and yet so great were
proceedings were
of this court that none
could resist its authority,
powers
or
inquireinto its actions.
Spain forbade any heretics,
and did the utmost
Jews, or Moors going to the colonies,
She also established in America
to prevent heresy abroad.
attained
the Inquisition
itself. Fortunately,it never
the importance in the Philippinesthat it had in Spam.
In the Philippinesthere was
tion
no
"Tribunal," the institubeing representedsolelyby a commissioner.
In 1667, when
the unpopDeath
of the Governor.
ularity
of Governor
Salcedo was
at its height,this commissioner
professedto discover in him grounds of heresy
from
the fact that he had been born hi Flanders, and
decided to avenge
the Church
by encompassing his ruin.
withdrew
By secret arrangement, the master of the camp
the guard from
the palace,and the commissioner, with
several confederates,
The door of the
gained admission.
who
had
was
governor'sroom
opened by an old woman,
seized
been terrified into complicity,
and the governor
was
with his arms
sleeping,
lying at the head of his bed.

powers

by

213

1663-1762.

an

"

The

commissioner

informed

prisonerof the Holy Office.

of the

could

Franciscans.
be

there.

sent

The

to

he

Here

Mexico,

government

the governor
He was
taken

to

was

kept

commissioner,but Salcedo died at

of the vessel to the Philippinesin 1669.
Colonization

mission

under
on

of the

Ladrone

in chains

Islands.

"

sea

In

until he

the Tribunal

annulled

the

was

to the convent

before

appear

in Mexico

that he

the arrest
on

of

the return

1668

Jesuit

lished
estabDiego Luis de Sanvitores was
the Ladrones, the first of the many
mission
Padre

214

THE

both Roman
stations,
Pacific.

Catholic

islands

The

when

The

Protestant,in the South

and

at that time

and had drawn

fertile,
in 1662

PHILIPPINES.

populated and

well

were

of Padre

the enthusiasm

Sanvitores

he first sailed to the

of
hostility

and

the Manchus

Philippines.
China,the Japanese persecutions

in

of Mindanao

the abandonment

closed

had

and explainsthe eagerness with which

fields,
the Jesuits sought the royalpermissionto Christianize these
which
had been so constantlyvisited by Spanish
islands,
before colonized.
With
Padre Sanvftores
shipsbut never
mission

many

and

his five Jesuit associates

number

were

of Christian

Filipinocatechists.
of Guam.

Settlement

and

favorablyreceived.

was
was

divided

Jesuits

for

church

Agadna (Agaiia),and
the

of

instruction

Spain,Maria

of

to

here

young

Austria,gave

mission

landed

The
the

chiefs

at

these

Societyamong

into castes.

chamorri, which has led

being called "Chamorros."
the

The

"

Guam,
ers
island-

known

were

as

of the Ladrones

natives

piece of ground was given

called
at the principaltown
built for
also a seminary was
The

men.
an

annual

regent of

queen
sum

to this

school,

of the
changed the name
eleven
The
Jesuits preached on
islands to the Marianas.
inhabited islands of the group, and in a year'stime had
tion
islanders and given instrucbaptized thirteen thousand

and

in her

to

honor

twenty

Troubles

the

Jesuits

thousand.

with

the

Natives

at

Guam.

"

This

first

historyof the mission.

the Jesuits angered the islanders
Almost
immediately after,
There were
quarrelsin several
by compulsory conversions.
tryingto baptize children againstthe
places,and priests,
killed. In 1670 the Spaniards
wishes of their parents, were
were
attacked,and obligedto fortifythemselves at Agana.
year

was

the most

successful

in the

CENTURY

had

Jesuits

about
some

peace.

children
hatred

of the natives

them

unabated,however, and in 1672

His
biographer claims
by them.
of
baptizednearly fiftythousand

of the

Depopulation

as

The

natives

the

historyof
had

Disease

of

the Jesuits

was

conversion

were

persecutedfrom island to
there
European settlements
miserable

more

the

to

and

off

swept

fell

resistingthe Spaniards,and
frequentlydepopulated by order of

Others

of the

the desire
Guam.

Many,
we

whole

can

group

Jesuits

with

trust

to

ganized
orthey were
policy of the
by the sword.
island,and in
is hardly one

large

numbers.

entire island

an

the

governor,

or

the natives

littledoubt,fled to other

brought to
archipelagoes.

the Jesuit accounts, there

hundred

one

have

1680

to the inhabitants.

consequences

introduced

was

About

"

dependency

and

governors

Islands.

Ladrone

islands,and
Spain. The

sent

was

governor

If

The

catechised.

be

to

islanders.1

these

was

their

have
festivals,

was

he had

death

and

mass

send

killed

was

at his

that

attend

baptized,and

Sanvitores

215

1663-1762.

should

natives

that

OBSCURITY.

guard of a Spanish captain and

thirty Spanish and Filipinosoldiers,who, after
slaughterof the natives,compelled them to sue for
that
The
conditions imposed by the Jesuits were

The

the

OF

thousand

in

were

inhabitants

when

the
the

almost
them
tinct.
exSpaniards arrived. A generation saw
in 1686, says
touched
Guam
at
Dampier, who
then that on
the island,where
the Spaniards had found
hundred
not above one
thirtythousand people,there were
In

natives.

of

number

See

the

and

1721

inhabitants

other

only one
1

1716

account

in Burner's

on

other

Guam

island of the group

of the

' '

Settlement

voyagers
at
was

announced

the

thousand, but
populated. When

two

of the Ladrones

Voyages in the Pacific,vol. III.

by

the

iards,"
Span-

216

THE

Anson
four

in

visited Guam,

1742

thousand, and

there

Rota; but these

on

The

time

were

have

from

the

populationis very largelyof

between

been

the

sides

The

islands

of

actions

Governor

Archbishop

and

gasinan or Cagayan.
where

he

became

decreed

He

The

well accommodated

present
while,
Mean-

"

with

conduct

In

force to

to

of
the

1683

violent and

so

by

time

the governor

his banishment

taken

was

the

Archbishop.

outrageous.

Pardo

that the Audiencia

lation.
popu-

from

were

and
Philippines,
Filipinoblood.

selfish and

was

whole

population certainlyvery

Philippinesthe conflict of
archbishop and the friars continued.

both

risen to

inhabitants

hundred

in the

the

had

number

few

to

seem

extinction.

colonized

Conflicts

the

originalnative

nearly touched
to

PHILIPPINES.

tious
sediPan-

Lingayan,

lance.
kept under surveilThe
Dominicans
retaliated by excommunication,
the Audiencia
thereupon banished the provincialof
order from
the Islands,and sent several other friars

and
the

was

but

Mariveles.

to

the year

But

the

arrival

following,Governor

Vargas

was

relieved

of

who
his successor,
favorable
to
was
the ecclesiastical side of the controversy. The archbishop

by

returned

and

excommunicated

assumed
on

high

all sides.

hand.
The

He

suspended

oidores

were

and

banished

city,and all died in exile in remote portionsof

the archipelago. The
ex-governor-general,
Vargas, being
placedunder the spiritual
ban, sued for pardon and begged
that his repentance be recognized.
The
archbishop sentenced him to stand daily for the

from

space

the

of four months

at the

entrances

to

the

churches

of

cityand of the Parian,and in the thronged quarter of

Binondo, attired in the habit of a penitent,with a rope
about his neck and carryinga lightedcandle in his hand.
the

He

CENTURY

OF

OBSCURITY.

217

166S-1762.

mitigation of this
required to live absolutelyalone in a
sentence, but was
hut
island in the Pasig River.
He
sent
on
an
was
a
hi 1689, but died upon
the voyage.
prisonerto Mexico
various

The

able

however,

was,

to

and

deans

secure

who

canons

had

concurred

in the

archbishop'sbanishment, as well as other religiouswith

the prelatehad .had dissensions,
whom
were
imprisoned
and

bodies of two

oidores were, on their death

their burial,disinterred and their bones profaned.
The

exiled.

or

after

of

Degeneration

Archbishop

the

died

Pardo

which

had

been

under

Colony
in

1689, but

bitterness

the

Rule.

the strife and

"

fusion
con-

There were
engendered continued.
between
archbishop and the friars,

quarrelsbetween the
the prelateand the governor.
shared

Church

and

All

classes

hatred

the

to

seem

of these

have

unhappy

dissensions.

colony during the latter

lowered.
Corruption
part of the seventeenth century was
the vigor of the administration
flourished everywhere, and
went
unrebuked, and the way
decayed. Violence
this strife
for the deplorabletragedy in which
was
open
of partiesculminated.
Certainlyno governor could have'
been
more
greater incapacity and
supine, and shown
moral

The

of

weakness

tone

of
a

Made

the

He

and

severe

in his

and

exhausted.

were

in debt

to

by

ruled in the tune

was
measures.

Governor

Bustamante.

"

richment
En-

the year
1717, however,
different type, Fernando
Manuel
de

Treasury
of

governor

Bustamante.

who

one

Pardo.

Improvements

came

the whole

character,than the

Archbishop

of

of

an

In

"

old
He

soldier,stern
found

Nearly the whole

the public funds.

of character

the treasury robbed

population of
Bustamante

Manila

ordered

218

THE

PHILIPPINES.

compel their collection he

attached the cargo of silver arrivingby the galleonfrom
owned
companies,
by the religious
Acapulco. This cargo was
debted
inand
were
merchants, all of whom
officials,
In one
to the government.
year of his vigorous
these

paid,

amounts

With

for the

attempted

again at

the

to revive

the

of Zamboanga.

Refounding
rebuilt the

disposalof the state,

decayed prestigeand

and

Borneo

In 1718 he refounded

"

Not

presidioof Zamboanga.

since its abandonment

year

before, that the

failed to ravage

had

and

had

passed,
piratesfrom
the Bisayas.

petitionedregularlyfor its reestablish1712 the king had decreed its reoccupation.

had

in

citadel

years

Mindanao

Jesuits

ment, and
The

sand
thou-

of the Islands.

commerce

The

of three hundred

sum

treasury.

of money

sums

Bustamante

to

he raised the

administration
pesos

and

was

rebuilt

on

an

elaborate

planunder

the direction

engineer,Don Juan Sicarra. Besides the usual

and arsenals,
there were, within the
barracks,storehouses,
walls,a church,hospital,and cuartel for the Pampangan
fenses.
mounted
the desoldiers. Sixty-one cannon
were
upon
Upon the petitionof the Recollects,Bustamante
also established a presidioat Labo, at the southern point
attacked by
coasts
of the island of Palawan, whose
were
of the

the Moros

Treaty

from
with

Sulu
Slam.

and
"

Borneo.
In the

same

he sent

year

an

bassy
em-

stimulatingthe commerce
The receptionof
which had flourished a century before.
ship,
friendthis embassy was
most
a treaty of peace,
flattering;
and commerce
was
made, and on ground ceded to
the Spaniards was
begun the erection of a factory.
to

Siam,

Improvements
brave

and

with

the idea of

in the

determined

man

City of

might

Manila.
have

"

How

revived

the

far this

colony

it is

CENTURY

OBSCURITY.

OF

impossibleto

populationof Manila,

The

say.

219

166S-176S.

both

and

in corat this time so sunk

ruption
was
civil,
and so degenerate as to make
almost impossible
equally
recuperationexcept under the rule of a man
any
determined
as
Bustamante, but rulingfor a long period of
time.
into
He had not hesitated to order investigations
the finances of the Islands,which
disclosed defalcations
ecclesiastical

amounting

to

hundred

seven

thousand

arrested the defaulters,

no
The

whole

what

their station.

in these

concerned

citywas

matter

lessly
fear-

He

pesos.

consequently
peculations,
fear and apprehension existed on
all
the utmost
sides; and Bustamante, hated as well as dreaded, was
compelled to enforce his reforms single-handed.
He was
His Murder.
opposed by the friars and defied
demnation,
by the archbishop,but, notwithstandingecclesiastical conhe went
to the point of orderingthe arrest of
the prelate. The
and a mob, headed
cityrose in sedition,
by friars,
proceeded to the palace of the governor, broke
in upon
him, and, as he faced them alone and without
"

support, killed him

in cold blood

archbishopproclaimed himself

The

The

of the Audiencia.

been

placed under
work

his

and

(October 11, 1719).

oidores and

by

arrest

governor

which

decreed

had

government

new

the abandonment

had

released,

were

the inclination to continue

neither the courage
nor
mante's
policy,and in 1720 the archbishop called
of war,

dent
presi-

officialswho

Bustamante
The

overthrown.

and

Bustaa

cil
coun-

of the fort at

Labo.

the

When
ordered
and

of this murder

investigationand the

an

in 1721

Governor
execution.

into

high and

news

so

Campo
The

influential that

reached

Spain, the king

punishment of the guilty,

arrived

to

put these

culprits,however,
the

governor

did

were

not

dates
man-

so

dare

220

PHILIPPINES.

THE

of the
proceed againstthem; and although the commands
reiterated in 1724, the assassins of Bustamante
king were
were
never
brought to justice.
In spiteof the cowardly
Treaty with the Sultan of Jolo.
of Bustamante, the presidio
policyof the successors
of Zamboanga was
So poorly was
it administe
not abandoned.
however, that it was not effective to prevent
Moro
piracy,and the attacks upon the Bisayas and Cala"

mianes

continued.

the sultan

of Jolo

In

Moro

treaty
1730

Pirates

seems

formed

was

with

of Basilan.

of Tawi

to have

the Moros

treaty

providingfor trade between Manila and

of captives,
and the restitution
ransom

Jolo,the return or
to Spain of the island
The

1721

Tawi.

"

To

prevented assaults

of Tawi

Tawi

fell upon

extent

some

this

Jolo,but in

from

Palawan

and

the

Calamianes, and in 1731 another expedition from the

south spent nearly a whole year cruisingand destroying
the Bisayas.
among
Deplorable

State

of

Spanish

Defenses.

"

The

defenses

decades were
ually
continSpaniardsduring these many
in a deplorablestate,their arms
were
wretched,and,
of great apprehension,no
attention
except in moments
to the preservation
of artillery,
was
given to fortifications,
Sudden
attacks ever
to the supply of ammunition."
nor
found
the Spaniards unprepared. Military unreadiness
condition of this archipelagofrom these
the normal
was
of the Spanish
to the destruction
early centuries down
fleet.
armament
by the American
of the

The

Economic

Policy of Spain.

"

Restrictions

of Trade.

During the closingyears of the seventeenth century

to
and the beginning of the eighteenth,commerce
seems
have been actually paralyzed. That brilliant trade which
at its height about
is described by Morga, and which
was

"

1605,

was

economic

the

CENTURY

OF

few

of

Cadiz

Spain's economic
the Peninsula.
edicts for the
commerce

The

later defeated

years

be

Laws
of

by
to

the

the

miserable

demands

of

Seville.

policyhad

"The

of

only
the

in

view

Indies"

benefits
abound

to

with

limitingand

cripplingcolonial
it was
and industry,wherever
imagined that it
to the protectedindustries of Spain.
prejudicial
purpose

manufacturers
both

and

221

1663-1762.

policy of Spain, pandering

merchants

might

OB.SCURITY.

of Seville wished

of America

and

to

preserve

onies,
the col-

Indies,as markets for

their monopoly wares
for two centuries,
; and in this policy,
The
they had the support of the crown.
growing trade
and
Mexico
the Philippineshad
between
garded
early been reand legislation
with suspicion,
framed to reduce
was
it to the lowest point compatible with the existence of the
colony.
None
with

of the

of the colonies of America

could conduct

commerce

the

tion
Philippines
except Mexico, and here all communicamust
pass through the port of Acapulco. This trade
In 1605
limited to the passage of a single
vessel a year.
was
reduced
two
permitted,but their size was
galleonswere
allowed to carry out
tons.
to three hundred
They were
but no
than 250,000 pesos'
more
500,000 pesos of silver,
worth
of Chinese
Neither
products could be returned.
the Spaniards of Mexico
could
nor
part of America
any
with China, nor
could Spanish vessels pass
traffic directly
from
Manila
to the ports of Asia.
Only those goods
could -be bought which
Chinese
merchants
themselves
brought to the Philippines.

Selfishness of
did

Merchants

in

Spain.

"

Even

these

strictions
re-

of
satisfythe jealousyof the merchants
Spain. They complained that the royal orders limiting
the traffic were
not regarded,and they insisted upon
so
not

222

THE

vexatious

infractions
the

trade

PHILIPPINES.

and surrounded
this commerce,
that
with such terrible penalties,

supervisionof
of the

law

maintained

not

was

the

to

even

amount

mitted
per-

went
to the
even
by law. Spanish merchants
of the pines,
Philippoint of petitioningfor the abandonment
China
the ground that the importationsfrom
on
to the industryof the Peninsula.
were
prejudicial

The
from

suffered
colonists upon
the Pacific coast of America
the lack of those commodities
demanded
by civilized

from
life,which could only reach them as they came
Spain through the port of Porto Bello and the Isthmus
and beneficial
of Panama.
Without
question,an enormous
could have been conducted
commerce
by the Philippines
with the provincesof western
America.1
Trade

Between

Forbidden.

and

South

the

and

Philippines

this traffic was

But

"

America

absolutelyforbidden,
ing
Philippinegoods from enter-

prevent Chinese and

South
America, the trade
to

Mexico

between

decree.

Peru

This

decree,
is
the pages of the great Recopilacion,
it stands upon
as
an
epitome of the insane economic policyof the Spaniard.
"it had been permitted that from
It cites that whereas
Peru to New
Spain there should go each year two vessels
in 1636

was

for

wholly suppressedby

and

and

commerce

thousand

ducats
thousand

hundred

in Peru

that had

Some

Alonzo

printed

de
in

of two

the amount

traffic to

reduced

[which later had been

ducats],and because

to

an

excessive

there
the

amount

hundred
to

had

commerce

one

creased
inin

been

prohibitions
China, in spite of the many
imposed, and in order absolutelyto remove

of the

benefits

fabrics of

the

Ovalle,
Rome,

Travels, vol.

III.

of such

in his Historical
1649.

In

trade

are

Relation

Churchill's

set

of

forth

the

Collection

by

the

Jesuit,
Kingdom
of Chili,
of Voyages and

CENTURY

the occasion

for the

officers of Peru
and

OF

and

suppress

OBSCURITY.

future,we
New
Spain

this

223

1663-1762.

order
that

and

the

they invariablyprohibit

and

commerce

command

traffic between

the

kingdoms by all the channels through which it is

conducted, maintaining this prohibitionfirmly and continually
two

for the future."

In

1718

the merchants

of Seville and

Cadiz

still

plained
com-

that their

the
profitswere
being injuredby even
limited importationof Chinese silks into Mexico.
upon
Thereabsolute
prohibitionof import of Chinese silks,
in thread, was
either woven
decreed.
or
Only linens,
not produced
spices,and suppliesof such things as were
in Spain could be brought into Mexico.
This order was
reaffirmed in 1720" with the provision that six months
be allowed
would
the people of Mexico
to consume
the
silks which
Chinese
they had in their possession,and
thereafter all such goods must
be destroyed.

Ineffectiveness of These
while
as

were

America

of

matter

desired.

result

value

ruining the

sprang

of four

Restrictions.

fact

Contraband
up

ineffective to
trade

in violation

million

of

commerce

pesos

were

These

"

ures,
meas-

the

Philippines,
accomplish the

between

of the law.

China

and

Silks to the

annually smuggled into

follyand uselessness of such laws

somewhat
recognizedby the Council of the Indies,
was
issued restoringthe permissionto trade
and a ce*dula was
in Chinese silks and raisingthe value of cargoes destined
thousand
the
for Acapulco to five hundred
pesos, and
quantity of silver for return to one million pesos. The
resumed
and continued
celebrated traffic of the galleonwas
America.2

In

until the year

1

1734

the

1815.

Recopilacidn de Leyes de las Indias, lib. VIII., titulo 45, ley 78.
Historia
de Filipinas,vol. I.,p. 460.
Montero
y Vidal:

224

THE

PHILIPPINES.

An

Attempt

to

Colonize

the

Carolines.

"

Southeastward

of the

in that part of the Pacific which

is
Philippines,
known
as
Micronesia,there is an archipelagoof small
islands called the Carolines.
The westernmost
portion of
the group
bears the name
of the Pelews, or Palaos.
asmuch
Inthese islands were
as
eventually acquired by
in her possessiondown
Spain and remained
to the year
be well to state something at this time of
1890, it may
the attempt made
by the Jesuits in 1731 to colonize them.

Certain of these littleislands

were

expeditionscrossingthe Pacific
of

the

Mexico

sixteenth
and

the

times

by

early as the latter part

as

century, but

several

seen

after the

Philippineshad

trade

between

been

definitelysettled
from Acapulco
followed westward
was
upon, a fixed course
which there was
to Guam, from
little variation,
and during
the seventeenth
century these islands passed quite
of mind; but in the year 1696 a party of natives,
out
and ten women,
driven by storms
far
were
twenty men
from
of

It

seems

that

the Pelew

and

Caroline

Samaf.

from

in the Carolines

their home

reach

and

Mindanao
earlier date.

even

of the Jesuit

other

These

priestson

learningfrom them of
had
been
carried,were
to

visit

and

the eastern

upon

similar

coast

partiesof castaways

Islands

had

been

known

to

parts of the Philippinesat

last

came

under

an

the observation

Samar, who baptized them, and,

the archipelagofrom
which
they
filled with
missionaryambition

Christianize

these

Pacific' islanders.

agitated by the Jesuits,until about

1730 royal permissionwas
granted to the enterprise.A
of Jesuits in the followingyear
sailed for the
company
This

Ladrones

Here

idea

and

was

thence south until the Carolines

They landed
they succeeded

on

in

small

island

not

baptizing numerous

were

ered.
discov-

far from

natives

Yap.
and

OF

CENTURY

225

166S-176S.

OBSCURITY.

of their number,
Fourteen
establishinga mission.
the
headed
on
by the priest,Padre Cantava, remained
island while the expeditionreturned
reenforceto secure
and supplies. Unfortunately,this succor
layed
dements
was
than
when
for more
a
Spanish vessels
year, and
board
with missionary reinforcements
on
again reached
the Carolines in 1733, the mission had been entirelydestroyed
and the Spaniards,with Padre Cantava, had been
killed. These
islands have
been
frequently called the
"New
Philippines."

in

Conditions

of

the

Filipinos during

the

the

Eighteenth

tury.
Cen-

of the

eighteenthcentury, data
the condition of the Filipinopeople. There
few upon
are
been little progress.
Conditions
to have
seems
certainly
of the
were
against the social or intellectual advance
native race.
Perhaps, however, then* material well-being
was
quite as great during these years, when little was
tious
ambiattempted, as during the governorshipsof the more
and enterprising
Spaniards who had characterized
the earlier period of Philippinehistory.
"

During

Provincial

Governments.

to have

seems

made
priests

in BoJiol.

Insurrection

troubled

"

Provincial

wholly

the Christianized

throughout
have

"

fallen almost
The

missionaries.

to

most

administration

into the hands

themselves

portion of

the local rulers

the

Insurrection

the island of Bohol

of the

seems

archipelago.
especially

during most

of the

eighteenthcentury, and in 1750 an insurrection broke out

established the independence of a large
which practically
not suppressed for
portion of the island,and which was
very

many

years.

banga, where
and

trouble

The

in the town

arose

the Jesuit
imbittered

and
apostasized,

went

priestMorales
the natives by

to the hills.

of Ina-

had
his

One

greatlyantagonized
severity. Some

of these

men

was

226

THE

killed

by

the

orders

PHILIPPINES.

of

the

priestand

his

body refused
Christian burial,and left uncared
for and exposed.
A brother of this man,
named
Dagohoy, infuriated by
this indignity,
headed
sedition which
a
shortlyincluded
three thousand natives.
and his own
The priestwas
killed,
In spiteof the efforts of
body left by the road unburied.
the alcalde of Cebu, Dagohoy was
able to maintain
self,
himand practically
established a small native state,which
until the occupation of the island by the Recolremained
lects,
after the Jesuits had been expelledfrom the Spanish
dominions.

During the eighteenthcentury

the Jesuits alone of the religious
orders seemed
to have
been active in prosecutingtheir efforts and seeking new
The
sloth and
fields for conversion.
inactivitywhich
orders
the other
overcame
place in greater contrast
both secular and spiritual,
the ambition and the activities,
Activityof

the

Jesuits.
"

of the Jesuits.

of the

Conversion

they
unable

established
to

Alim

Sultan

mission

ud

Din.

In

Jolo.

They

antagonism
they apparentlywon

of the

even

on

the intense

overcome

"

1747
were

Moro

the young
panditas and datos, but
sultan,Alim ud Din, whose strange story and shifting
of the Jesuits,
fortunes have been variouslytold. One
skilled in the Arabic language, and
Padre
Villelmi,was
hammedan
with the language and literature of Mothis familiarity
the
doubtless explainshis ascendency over
mind
His

of the sultan.
power

1748

over

ud

Din

the subordinate

his brother, Bantilan,

proclaimed sultan

was

not

datos

was

usurped

his

strong man.

small,and in
place and was

of Jolo.

familyand numerous
escort,came
Zamboanga, seeking the aid of the Spanish against

Alim
to

Alim

ud Din, with his

OBSCURITY.

OF

CENTURY

227

166S-1762.

sent
to Manila.
Zamboanga he was
received with all
On his arrival,January 3, 1749, he was
and honor due to a princeof high rank.
A
the pomp

From

his brother.

and

for his entertainment

house

prepared

was

his retinue of seventy persons

A

in Binondo.

public entrance was

fifteen days after his

arranged,which took place some

reachingthe city. Triumphal arches
the streets,which

militia under

native

in the

promised
sultan
of

to

was

lined with

were

hall of the

lay his
showered

case

with

than two

more

The

arms.

sultan

the

government

across

thousand

ceived
publiclyre-

was

Audiencia,where the governor

before the king of Spain. The
presents, which

gold, fine garments, precious gems,

while

erected

were

sustained

the

included
and

gold

expense

chains
canes,

of

his

household.1
taken for his conversion.
Following this reception,
steps were
His spiritual
advisers cited to him the example
of the Emperor Constantine
whose conversion enabled him
his enemies.
Under
to effect triumphant conquests over
Alim ud Din expressed his desire for
these representations
who
at this time was
a
baptism. The governor-general,
anxious
Segovia,was
priest,the bishop of Nueva
very
that the rite should take place; but this was
opposed by
the archbishop of Manila,who, with
his spiritual
superior,
of the
some
others,entertained doubts as to the sincerity
sultan's profession.
In
order to accomplish his baptism, the governor
him
to his own
sent
diocese,where at Paniqui, on the
29th of April,1750, the ceremony
took place with great
solemnity. On the return of the party to Manila,,the
sultan

was

received

with

great

and

pomp,

in his honor

t
1

Relacidn

BMidfilo

de

la

Entrada

Filipino,vol. I.

del

Sultan

Rey

de

Jolo,

in

Archivo

del

228

THE

PHILIPPINES.

held games, theatrical representations,

and
fire-works,
bull-fights.This was the high-watermark of the sultan's

were

popularity.
"/Llim ud

to Reinstate

Failure

Din.

"

Meanwhile

the

evidence
of his
Bantilan, was
giving abundant
driven from Jolo,and the
hostility.The Spaniards were
fleets of the Moros
again ravaged the Bisayas. In July
the Marquis of Obando, who
arrived the new
governor,
usurper,

determined

to restore

Alim

ud

Din

and

the Moro

suppress

piracy.

expeditionset

An
and

went

far

as

Here

as

sail,with
Zamboanga,

the conduct

of the

the
but

sultan

board,
ing.
accomplished noth-

sultan

served

on

to

confirm

Spaniards as to the sincerityof his

and returned to Manila,and
friendship. He was arrested,
imprisoned in the fortress of Santiago. With varying
in the hands
he remained
of the Spaniards
treatment
he was
returned to Jolo by the English.
until 1763, when
the

of

doubts

Great

Increase

the

in Moro

Piracy.
"

The

1754

year

is stated

the bloodiest in the

historyof Moro piracy.

No
part of the Bisayas escaped ravaging in this year,
while the Camarines,Batangas, and Albay suffered equally
than orwith the rest. The conduct of the pirates
was
more
dinarily
cruel. Priests were
slain,towns wholly destroyed,
and
thousands
of captives were
carried south into Moro
slavery. The condition of the Islands at the end of this
probably the most deplorablein their history.
year was
to have

Reforms

been

under

General

Arandia.

"

The

demoralization

relieved
misery with which Obando's rule closed were
somewhat
by the capable government of Arandia, who
and

succeeded

him.

Arandia

was

one

of

the

few

men

integritywho stood at the head

affairs in these islands during two centuries.
talent,energy,

and

of

of

OF

CENTURY

OBSCURITY.

229

1663-1762.

greatly disorganizedmilitary force,

known
the "Regiment of the
as
establishingwhat was
King," made up very largelyof Mexican soldiers. He also
of
of artillerists composed
formed
a
Filipinos.
corps
These
were
regular troops, who received from Arandia
to live decently and like an
sufficient pay to enable them
He

reformed

the

army.

Cavite, and, in spite of

oppositionon all sides,did something to infuse efficiency
At the head of the
and honesty into the government.
had
which
been
he
sent
armament
against the Moros
A capable officer
placed a Jesuit priest,Father Ducos.
the presidioat Zamboanga,
also sent to command
was
not stopped,heavy retaliation
and while Moro
piracy was
visited upon
the pirates.
was
Arandia's
the
most
popular act of government was
expulsionof the Chinese from the provinces,and in large
the city. They seem
had in their
to have
part from
than now, the commerce
hands
more
then, perhaps even
To
Manila and provincialtowns.
small trade between
or
this trade,Arandia
founded
take over
commercial
a
pany
comlasted only for a
of Spaniards and mestizos, which
He

year.
under

reformed

The

the

arsenal

Christianized

license,and

for

at

Chinese

were

allowed

to

those

remain

having shops in Manila

founded
Arandia
the Alcayceria of San
Fernando.
It
consisted of a great square of shops built about
an
open
and stood in Binondo, on the site of the former
interior,
Parian,in what is stilla populous Chinese quarter.
Death
of Arandia
and Decline
of the Colony.
Arandfa
died in May, 1759, and the government
assumed
was
by
the bishop of Cebu, who
in turn
forced from
his
was
positionby the arrival of the archbishop of Manila, Don
Manuel
the celebrated
Rojo. The archbishop revoked
"

230

THE

of

orders

force,
its

by
of

new

been

period

Philippine

which

event

an

and

obscurity
gradually
of

Islands

its

relapse

to

by

the

and
This

British

an

which

introduced,
was

in

the
1762.

into

more

however,

was,

to

under

inertia

decaying,
history.

brought

into

put

once

This

condition.

dormant

customary

period

promised

colony

had

Arandia

which

government

the

and

prevented

had

good

PHILIPPINES.

the

end
the
in

capture

long
colony

way,

of

the

CHAPTER
PHILIPPINES

THE

DURING

EUROPEAN

The

New

middle

of

when

the

the

to

which

Men

could

we

for
the

do

not

the

by

Most

of this

of

and

and

people

It

to

especiallyto

government

of

only

But

in

was

grand

welcomed
and

conservative
is from

this

noble
way,

nature

the basis

rights.

some
wholeis bound

man

who

laws

of state.

be

scientifically

not, in

the

people

the

as

the
of

by

France,

ideas

Nor

which,

greatly bettered

philosophy
231

and

the

is
of

tury,
cen-

the

where

where

aristocracy,this,

gospel.
"

freedom

eighteenth

the

life

there

oppressive, and

and

ideas
have

of

scholars

new

be

should

actual

Ideal

freedom.

also

The

phers
philoso-

governed society,where
where

and

discussion

are

and

terriblyburdened

were

follow

became

to

hermit

monarchical

was

know

happiness

natural

the

freer, more

the

now

the

protection,and

opportunity.

teaching

we

authority

European

the

society and
and

human

is found

man

the

of

savage

live

to

life than

reasoning

The

fact, types
order

natural

conventions

untrue.

for

supposed

in

social

many

came
be-

privilege,but

social

many

by

was

its

only

law"

time

was

for

could

The

"

philosophy

revealed

we

of

man

and

politicaland

foundation

more

Europe

custom

"Natural

of

amount

OF

Century.

look

to

are

if

that

wrong.

writers

and

in

liberalized.

they

as

ungoverned
and

in

God

theoretical

savage,

Eighteenth

hereditary

taught

great

the

professed

or

of

laws

world.

of

greatly

were

churches

to

PERIOD
1762-1837.

eighteenth century

current
not

THE

REVOLUTION.

Philosophy

ideas

XI.

was

it devoid

carried

out

society.

revolution

which

232

THE

succeeded

it that

PHILIPPINES.

the

world

received

the

modern

ideas

of

and
liberty,equality,fraternity,
democracy. These
and
ideas,having done their work in America
Europe,
in the Philippinesto-day. It remains
here at work
are
whether
to be seen
a
societycan be rebuilt here on these
and whether
Asia too will be reformed
under
principles,
their influence.
Colonial

between

Conflicts

the

Great

European

tries.
Coun-

During the latter half of the eighteenthcentury

there culminated
the long struggle for colonial empire
which
have been following.
between
we
European states,
how
We
have seen
colonial conquest was
commenced
by
the Portuguese, who
were
shortly followed by the
very
these two
tempted
atSpaniards, and how
great Latin powers
the other European peoples from the
to exclude
rich Far East
and the great New
World
which they had
"

discovered.
how the Dutch
failed,
this giganticreserve, drove
and the English broke in upon
the seas, and
the Spanish fleets from
despoiled and
whatever
took
of this great empire almost
they would.
and English then fought between
themselves.
The Dutch
from
North
The
America,
English excluded the Dutch
Amsterdam, now
colony of New
capturing their famous
New
York, and incorporatingit (1674) with their other
which
the United
States
American
later became
colonies,
We

of

have

America.

how

seen

But

this attempt

in the

East

Indies

the

Dutch

tained
main-

graduallyextending from
what
island to island,until they gained
they still possess
almost
an
complete monopoly of spiceproduction.
In India,England
War
between
England and France.
in the eighteenthcentury won
great possessionsand laid
for what
has been an
almost
the foundation
complete
their trade

and

power,

"

"

"

OF

PERIOD

EUROPEAN

"233

REVOLUTION.

subjugation of this Eastern

more

even

so

royal and

empire. Here, however, and

in America, England encountered
than
brilliant antagonist in the monarch
of

France.

explorationin

French

claims to the two

North

America

had

given France

great river systems of the St. Lawrence

the latter by far the greatest and

Mississippi,
richest region of the temperate zone.
So, during much,
of this eighteenthcentury, England and
France
volved
inwere
hi wars
that had for their prizes the possession
of the continent
of North
America
and the great peninsula
and

the

of India.
This
Both
her

conflict reached

its climax

between

1756

put forth all their strength. France

states

support those countries

and

1763.

called to

whose

allied to her

reigningfamilies were
this way
drawn
Spain was

by blood, and in
monarchs
into the struggle. The
of both
France
and
War
was
Spam belonged to the great house of Bourbon.
declared between
England and Spain in 1762.
Spain was
jury
inShe could inflict no
totallyunfitted for the combat.
England and simply lay impotent and helpless
upon
while
to retaliate,
English fleets in the same
year took
Havana

in the west

English

Victory

and

Manila
French

over

in the east.
in India

and

America.

in India was
representedduring these
English power
by the greatest and most
strikingfigurein England's
years
is due the
To him
colonial history
Lord Clive.
in India, the capture of her possessions,
defeat of France
is still
the founding of the Indian
and
Empire, which
regarded as England's greatest possession. The French
were
expelledfrom India in the same
year that the great
taken
citadel of New
France in America
was
Quebec
by the English under General Wolfe.
"

"

"

"

234

The

THE

Philippinesunder

PHILIPPINES.

the

English.

"

Expedition from

The

free
now
English were
to strike a blow
at France's
ally,Spain; and in Madras
an
expeditionwas
prepared to destroySpanish power in
the Philippines. Notice of the preparationof this expedition
Manila
from
reached
several sources
in the spring
of 1762; but with
and summer
that fatality
which purIndia

to the

Philippines.

Church

"

at

Malate.

pines,
Spaniard to the end of his historyin the Philipmade
no
preparationswere
by him, until on the 22d
in
of September a squadron of thirteen vessels anchored
Manila
Bay.
Through the mist, the stupid and negligentauthorities
of Manila
but it
them
for Chinese trading-junks;
mistook
the fleet of the English Admiral
was
Cornish,with a force
sued

the

of five thousand

of General

British and Indian

Draper.

For

soldiers under

her

defense

the

Manila

mand
com-

had

OF

PERIOD

EUROPEAN

235

REVOLUTION.

of the "Regiment of the King" and eighty

only 550 men
to
Filipino artillerists. Yet the Spaniards determined
make
resistance from behind the walls of the city.
The English
Surrender
to the English.
of Manila
disembarked
the churches of
and occupied Malate.
From
Malate, Ermita, and Santiago the British bombarded
Manila, and the Spaniards repliedfrom the batteries of
San Andres and San Diego, the firing
tive
not being very effec"

either side.

on

On

the 25th,

the city to surrender;

Draper summoned
but a council of war, held by the archbishop,
also
who was
decided to fighton.
pino
FiliThirty-sixhundred
governor,
militia
from
Pampanga, Bulacan, and
Laguna
the 3rd
marched
the defense
of the city, and on
to
of October
thousand
of these Filipinosmade
two
a
sally
from the walls and recklessly
assaulted the English lines,
driven back
the night of
but were
with slaughter. On
in the walls was
breach
the 4th of October
made
a
by
and early in the morning of the 5th four
the artillery,
hundred
tance.
English soldiers entered almost without resisA company
of militia on guard at the Puerta Real
was
bayoneted and the English then occupied the Plaza,
and here received the surrender of the fort of Santiago.
The
English agreed not to interfere with religious
were
granted to the Spanish
liberty,and honors of war
soldiers.
of the
Guards
were
placed upon the convent
of Santa Clara and the beaterios,
and the city was
nuns
to pillage,
which
lasted for forty hours, and
given over
in which

many

Independent

of the Chinese

Spanish

Capital

under

thus masters
English were
during their period of 'occupation^hey
"

their power

The

assisted.

far

beyond

Anda

at

lacan.
Bu-

of the

city,but

never

extended

the present limits of Manila.

Pre-

236

PHILIPPINES.

THE

occupation of Manila, the

the oidor,Don Simon
de Anda
authorities had nominated
y
Salazar, lieutenant-governor and judge-at-largeof the
vious

to

the

Islands,with

final assault and

instructions

to the

obedience

to

maintain

the

country in its

Spain. Anda left the capitalon

4, passing in a little banka through
of

king

night of October
and esteros on the north shore of Manila
the nipa swamps
Bay to the provincialcapitalof Bulacan.
he called together the provincialof the AugusHere
of the province,and some
tinian monks, the alcalde mayor
other Spaniards. They resolved to form
an
independent
tance.
government representingSpain, and to continue the resisable to do as long as the British
This
they were
The English made
few short
in the Islands.
remained
a
and up the Pasig River, but
expeditionsinto Bulacan
real effort made
hard fighting and no
to
there was
no
The Chinese
welcomed
force.
the English
Anda's
pursue
and for this Anda
slew
and gave
them
some
assistance,
the

and

of them.

hanged great numbers

T7ie

Philippines
in

of Paris

Returned

to

Spain.

"

By the Treaty

made, by which France surrendered

practicallyall her colonial possessionsto England;
but England returned
to Spain her captures in
Cuba and the Philippines. In March, 1764, there arrived
the Spanish frigate "Santa
Rosa," bringing the first
Lieutenant
of the King for the Islands,"Don Francisco de
la Torre, who
of the Treaty of
brought with him news
Paris and the orders to the English to abandon
the Islands.
1763,

was

peace

"

of the

Resistance

English

by the

Friars.

"

In

sistance
re-

English and in the efforts to maintain

Spanish authority,a leading part had been taken by the
The
friars.
sacred orders," says Martinez
de Zufiiga/
to

the

"

Historia

de

Filipinas,p.

682.

OF

PERIOD

"

had

much

to

maintained

do

EUROPEAN

with

the Indians

the

237

REVOLUTION.

success

of Senor

Anda.

They

of their

respectiveadministrations
loyalto the orders; they inspiredthe natives with horror
againstthe English as enemies of the king and of religion,
them to die fighting
to resist them; they contributed
inciting
and their property; and they exposed
their estates
their own
tainly
cerpersons to great dangers." The friars were
of the Islands
interested in retainingpossession
most
and had most
into English hands.
to lose by their falling
Increase

of the

Jesuits in

Wealth

and

Power.

"

In

this

defense,however, the Jesuits bore

no
charges made
against them of
part; and there were
intercourse
with
the
treasonable
English, which
may
in
which
of significance
have
had foundation, and
are
the lightof what
subsequentlyoccurred.
At the close of the eighteenthcentury, all the governments
of Catholic Europe were
aroused with jealousy and suspicious
hatred againstthe Jesuits. The society,
organized
primarilyfor missionarylabor,had graduallytaken on much
of a secular character.
The societywas
as
distinguished,
in its history in the Philippines,
have seen
we
by men
call pracwith great capacityand likingfor what
we
may
tical
votional
deaffairs as distinguished
from
or
purely religious
zealous

life.

and

for

movement

orthodox

The

Jesuits

were

not

alone

missionaries

scientists,
educators,but they were
raphers,
geogand powerful and almost
financiers,
independent
administrators
heathen
gaged
peoples. They had enamong
so
extensivelyand shrewdly in trade that their
together the
estates, warehouses, and exchanges bound
fruitful fields of colonial provinces with
the busy marts
believed
and money-centers of Europe. Their wealth
was
to be enormous.
guarded,
Properlyinvested and carefully
it was
rapidlyincreasing.

238

THE

PHILIPPINES.

What, however, made

rulers and
peoples were

the

order

exasperatingalike to
the powerful political
intrigues
in which
of the order engaged. Strong and
members
masterful men
themselves,the field of state affairs was
attractive.
Their
enemies
irresistibly
charged that they
which
were
unscrupulous in the means
they employed to
It is quite certain
ends.
that the
accomplish political
Jesuits were
not
or
patrioticin their purposes
plans.
international
an
They were
corporation;their members
belonged to no one nation ; to them the Societywas greater
and
more
worthy of devotion than any state, in which
they themselves lived and worked.
Dissolution
of the Society of Jesus.
ever,
Europe had, howit adheres to-day,that
reached the belief,
to which
"

man

must

be true

finds shelter and

politicalmember,

to

the country in which

protectionand
else incur

in which

odium

he lives and
he

ranks

as

and

punishment.
Thus
it was
their indifference to national
feeling that
brought about the ruin of the Jesuits. It is significant
that the rulers,
the most
devoted
to Catholicism,followed
in decreeing their
another
their
one
expulsion from
In 1759 they were
dominions.
expelled from Portugal,
1764 from France, and April 2, 1767, the decree of conm
fiscation
from
and
banishment
Spain and all Spanish
issued by King Carlos III. Within a
possessionswas
the two most
powerful princes of Italy,
year thereafter,
of Parma, followed,and
the king of Naples and the Duke
then the Grand
Master of the Knights of Malta expelled
them

from

that

or

island.

The

friends of

the

order

were

powerlessto withstand this united front of Catholic monXIV.

archs, and in July, 1773, Pope Clement
suppressed
and
dissolved
restored until
the society,which
not
was
1814.

PERIOD

OF

239

REVOLUTION.

EUROPEAN

X
The

Jesuits

Expelled from the Philippines.

expellingthe

Jesuits

effect in the year

in

governor

case

the

from

of

resistance

against a rebellion.1 Besides

Tonclo, Cavite, Leyte, Samar,

to

use

order

put into

Philippineswas

instructions

The

1767.

The

"

authorized

force of

arms

the
as

their

collegesin Manila,
Bohol, and Negros, the
Jesuits administered
curacies in the vicinityof Manila, in
Cavite province,hi Mindoro
and Marinduque, while the
islands of Bohol, Samar, and Leyte were
completelyunder
their spiritual
their missions,
jurisdiction.In Mindanao
in number, were
ern
found on both the northa dozen
or
more
of the
southern
and
Outside
coasts.
Philippines
the missionaries on
the Ladrones, or
they were
proper
Their property in the Philippines,
Marianas.
which
was
amounted
confiscated by the government,
to 1,320,000
secreted
pesos, although a great deal of their wealth was
of the govand escaped seizure through the connivance
ernor,
Raon.
Governor

-Don

Anda's

Charges

de Anda

Simon

against

had

great honor

for the

defense

Islands,and

in 1770

returned

the

Religious Orders.

received

been
which

he

had

as

governor

in

Spain

with

made

in the

of the

Philippines.
by the

bitterlyresented
had addressed to the king a memofriars. In 1768, Anda
rial
hi which
the disorders in the Philippines,
he
upon
openly charged the friars with commercialism, neglectof
their spiritual
duties,oppression of the natives,opposition
lous
to the teachingof the Spanish language,and scandaHis

appointment

interference

remedy
1

These

p. 180

for these abuses

orders

printed

are

sq.

with

and

other

in Montero

was

civil officials and

was

the

documents
y

affairs.

Anda's

rigorousenforcement

of

dealing with the Jesuit expulsion

Vidal, Historia de Filipinos,vol. II.

240

THE

PHILIPPINES.

the laws

duct
actuallyexistingfor the punishment of such conand
the return
rekised
to Spain of friars who
to

respect the law.

He

successful in his policy.

however, only partially
During the six years of his rule,he labored unremittingly
and to lift it from
to restore the Spanish government
the
and corruptionthat had so long characterized
decadence
was,

The

it.

There

were

Monument

Anda

in Manila.

strong traits of the modern

in this

man

official. If he made
independent and incorruptible
enemies, it is,perhaps, no less to the credit of his

and

many

acter;
char-

years of his official life he was

that
be remembered
the colony,it must

if in the few

unable

to restore

he had

few assistants

whom

upon

to

relyand

was

without

adequate means.
The

Moro

forays,and

Pirates.

in 1771

"

even

The

Moros

attacked

were

again

Aparri,on

upon

their

the extreme

OF

PERIOD

northern

241

REVOLUTION.

ary.
Luzon, and captured a Spanish missionde Pintados, and
reorganized the Armada
of

coast

Anda

end

the

toward

EUROPEAN

of his life created

Marina

the

also

a fleetof light
Sutil,
gunboats for the

of the

defense

against the
attacks of pirates.
coasts

of

Failure

ment.
Settle-

English

of the
rulers

tility
hos-

The

"

I^B^HB

an

Moro

cated
compli-

was

interby the ference

of the English,
who, after the
evacuation

of Manila,
Ax.

Igorot

continued

to

archipelagowith the apparent object of

effectinga settlement.
By treaty with the Sulu sultan,
sion
they secured the cesof the
island of'
haunt

the

Sulu

Balambangan,
north
This

coast

island
and

off

the

of Borneo.
was

fied
forti-

factory was
in
established, but
1775
Moro

the
the

with

great fury and

the

governor

Moros

tacked
at-

Gong.

and

English
cept
destroyed the entire garrison,exfive others,who
escaped on board

242

THE

PHILIPPINES.

and wealth to
vessel,leavinga great quantityof arms
The
the spoilsof the Moros.
English factors,who had
taken up business on the island of Jolo,fled in a Chinese
junk; and these events, so unfortunate to the English,
ended their attempts to gain a positionin the Sulu archipelago
a

until many

later.

years

Anda

died

in

October, 1776,
and
his successor,
Don
Jose Basco
not
y Vargas, was
With
fiasco's governorship
appointed until July, 1778.
the beginning of those numerous
we
see
projectsfor the
and industry which
terized
characencouragement of agriculture
the last century of Spanish rule. His
Plan
general economico
contemplated the encouragement of
the
cotton-planting,
propagation of mulberry-treesand
miums
Presilk-worms,and the cultivation of spicesand sugar.
in

Increase

Agriculture.
"

"

"

offered for

were

products

new

for the

and

in the introduction

success

Out

of manufacturing

encouragement

industries suitable to the country and

of these

its

people.

plans grew the admirable Sociedad Economica

de Amigos del Pais, which
founded
was
by Basco
in 1780.
The
idea was
excellent one, and the society,
an
lasted for
although sufferinglong periods of inactivity,
useful in the
fullya century, and from time to time was
ulated
improvement and development of the country, and stimagriculturalexperiments through its premiums
and

of these

awards.

of the

Establishment

time

the

Philippinerevenues

that

the

government

of

250,000

pesos

the first to put the

basis.
the famous

To

him

tobacco

was
a

year

revenues
was

Up to this
had been so unproductive
sidy
largelysupported by a subBasco was
paid by Mexico.

Tobacco

due

Industry.

of the Islands
the

"

upon

tive
lucra-

establishment,in 1782,

monopoly (estancode tabacos)which

of

be-

of

came

243

REVOLUTION.

portance
great immany

later, as
rich

WROPEAN

OF

PERIOD

new

tobacco

years
and
lands

like the

Gag ay an
brought under

were

cultivation.
mercial
Com-

Favorable

tion.
Legisla"

in

The

economic

which

had

come

change
ideas,
over

Europe through tha

thought
liberalizing
of the

Igorot Drum.

eighteenthcentury,
step
the
was

Igorot Shield.

permitted to

commerce

is shown
direct

to

of

the creation

the

also

by

into

new

most

dical
ra-

channels

Philippines. This

in 1785

of

ing
great trad-

and
corporationwith specialprivileges
crown
protection,"The Royal Company
of the Philippines."
The
was
given a complete
company
between
monopoly of all the commerce
Spain and the Philippines,except the
nila
direct traffic between Malong-established
and
Acapulco. All the old laws,
designed to prevent the importation into
of wares
of
the Peninsula
the Orient,
were
Philippine products
swept away.
were
duty
exempted from all customs
either
on
or
leaving Manila
entering
were
Spain. The vessels of the company
visit the ports of China, and
the ancient

244

THE

absurd

and
of

Manila

PHILIPPINES.

which
prohibition,
from
trading with

prevented
India

and

the

merchants

China, was

moved.
re-

Though still closing the Philippinesagainst foreign

veritable revolution in the coma
trade,this step was
mercial
of the Philippines.Had
the project
legislation
been
ably and heartilysupported, it might have produced
that
would
have
advanced
a
development
perity
proshalf a century; but the people of Manila did not
welcome
the opening of this new
line of communication.
ancient
with Acapulco was
The
uable
commerce
a valmonopoly to those who had the rightto participate
in it,and
their attitude toward
the new
was
company
either of indifference or hostility.
one
In 1789 the port of Manila
was
opened and made free
to the vessels of all foreignnations for the space of three
sale exclusivelyof the
years, for the importation and
of Asia; but the products of Europe, with the exwares
ception
of Spain,were
forbidden.
The Royal Company was
rechartered in 1805, and enjoyed
its privileges
its monopoly until 1830, when
lapsed
and Manila
was
finallyopened to the ships of foreign
nations.

Conquest
was

of

zealous

Igorot Provinces

the

governor

expeditions to
north.

In

1785

the

Paniqui and Ituy, or

be reconquered by a
Conquest

of

the

and

occupy

heathen
Nueva

of

the conquest of the Batanes

"

Basco

of military
organized a number
the Igorot country in the
Igorots of the missions of
Vizcaya,revolted and had to

force of musketeers

Batanes

Luzon.

Islands.

Islands

"

from
Basco

Cagayan.
also effected

to the north

of

Luzon,

establishing
garrisonsand definitely
annexing them to
missionaries shortlybefore
colony. The Dominican

the
this

PERIOD

time

had

attempted

but
of the

OF

the

REVOLUTION.

to

these

convert

which

245

islands to Christianity,

poverty of the people and

typhoons

the cultivation

EUROPEAN

the

these little islands

sweep

fierceness

prevented

of

than camotes
and taro,
anything more
and
had
made
them
unprofitableto hold. Basco was
honored, however, for his reoccupation of these islands,
and on his return
to Spain, at the expirationof his governorship,
of the Conquest of
received the title of "Count

the Batanes."
A

Scientific

Survey of
the Philippines
were

the

Coast

of the

Islands.

"

About

visited

by two Spanish frigates,

the
Descubierta
and the "Atrevida," under the command
of Captain Malaspina. These
vessels formed
an
exploringexpeditionsent out by the Spanish government
to make
of the
a
hydrographic and astronomic
survey
coasts of Spanish America, the Ladrones, and the Philippines.
It was
of those creditable enterprises
for the
one
widening of scientific knowledge which modern
ments
governhave successively
and with great honor
conducted.
The expeditioncharted
the Strait of San Bernardino,
the coasts of several of the Bisayan Islands,and Mindanao.
One of the scientists of the party was
the young
botanist,
Don
Antonio
Pineda, who died in Ilokos in 1792, but whose
studies in the flora of the Philippinesthoroughly established
his reputation. A monument
to his memory
was
the church in Malate, but it has since suffered
erected near
from neglectand is now
fallingin ruins.
1790

"

"

of

Establishment

regarded with
1

These

stormy
the

Permanent

Navy

in

the

Philippines.

England in this archipelagowere

suspicionby the Spanish government,

intentions

The

"

of

little islands' have

seem
situation,

never

dense

to have

Englishfreebooter,Dampier,

population,but owing
been

in 1687.

examined

until

the

to

still
and
their

visit of

246

and

in 1795

1796

Its

Alava.

America,

secretlyby

concentrated

was

Philippinesunder the
objectwas the defense

of the

waters

strong Spanish fleet,sent

of South

of the coast

way

the

PHILIPPINES.

THE

command

of Admiral

of the Islands
of

case

Great

Britain.
of

the

tion of

News

declarabe-

war

these

tween

countries

two

reached
Kris

in

new

with

war

Moro

in

Manila

Sheath.

and

in

March, 1797,
months
but
there was
though for many
anxiety, England
made
no
attempt at reoccupation. These events led,
however, to the formation of a permanent naval squadron,
head-

with

quarters and naval

station at Cavite.1
The

Climax

Moro

Piracy.
of

presence
o

r o

doro,

in

Alava

the
i n-

Moro

where

haunted
1

"

continued

The

of

the

they
bays and

made

rivers of both

series of

and
dismo
Fr.

the
de

people
las

Joaquin

extensamente

at

the

narrative

of

Islas

Filipinas, 6 mis
de Zuniga.
Martinez

anotada

W.

E.

Retana."

the

the

different

Publica

provinces
by

of the

conditions

este

esta

2 vols.

coasts

Friar

expeditions forms

nineteenth

viajes por

west

accompanied

these

of the

survey

beginning

of

and

east

journeys through
these tripshe was

Philippines, and on
de Zuniga, whose
Martinez
most
interestingand valuable
of the

Knives.

Beheading

century:

pais,

obra

Madrid,

por

por

Islands
"

Esta-

el Padre

primera

1893.

mz

OF

PERIOD

for months

at

EUROPEAN

time, stealingout

247

REVOLUTION.

this island

from

for

was
direction,
speciallynoted by Padre
Zufiiga,and indicated how feebly the Spaniards repulsed
these pirates a hundred
years ago.
It was
the last severe
phase of Malay piracy,when
the strong merchant
even
shipsof England and America

in

attack

dreaded

every

the

with

passed
China

straits of

caution

Sea.

Sulu

through
Borneo,

Northern

archipelago,and
of Mindanao

coasts

which

from

their

American

and

the

southern

fierce

sea-

exploits have

traditions

many

the

the centers

these
cruel

wolves, whose
left

the

were

came

and

Borneo

in

merchant

British

the
vies,
na-

just as they periodically

appear
in the chronicles of the Philippines.
Five
hundred
captives annually
been
the spoilstaken
to have
seem
lands,
by these Moros in the PhilippinesIsand

as

and

Macassar

sold

hi

the
The

south

far

were
captiveFilipinos

slave

aged

up

in

of

and

infirm
to

Borneo, who

their ceremonial

Spanish government,
ineffective.

lays.
of the Ma-

marts

bartered
tribes

Batavia

as

Between

were

the

humanly
in-

savage

offered

Moro

them

sacrifices. The

though
1778

constant

and

Hunting'spear.

and

1793, a

of

measures

expensive,were

million

and

of pesos were
drive back

the end

century

attained.

Pirates

expended on the fleets and

or
punish the Moros, but at
of piracy was
veritable climax
swarmed
continuallyabout the

the

half

expeditionsto

coasts

of the

of Min-

248

PHILIPPINES.

THE

frequented the

doro, Burias, and Masbate, and

esteros of Manila
Bay. Some sort

of peace

been

friendlycommerce

established

engaged in toward
1798

fleet of

Pacific coast

the

and

of Mindanao

Jolo and

with

end

were

twenty-fiveMoro
and

Baler, Casiguran, and

to have

seems

was

century, but the

of the

Borneo

of Luzon

even

Moros

unceasing enemies.
bankas
passed up

In

the
of

the isolated towns

fell upon

Palanan, destroying the

and

taking

pueblos
450

The

tives.
cap-

of

cura

Casiguran was
somed
ranin Binangonan
for the

of

sum

five

hundred

For

four

pirate

pesos.

this

years

fleet

rendezvous
whence
the

twenty-

had

its
rias,
Bu-

on

it raided

adjacent

coasts

and the Catanduanes.

The
America
Moro

'

'

Kulintangan

' '

or

Xylophone

Great
and

Wars

in

Europe.

""

The

English reoc-

cupied Balambangan in 1803, but held the island for

when
it was
abandoned.
For
definitely
only three years,'
of the Philippineswere
some
years, however, the coasts
threatened
reflected
by English vessels,and there was
here in the Far

East

the tremendous

conflicts which

were

which changed
convulsingEurope at this time. The wars
Europe at the close of the eighteenthcentury, following
the French
Revolution, form one of the most important
and
interestingperiods of European history,but it is
of the most
difficult periods to judge and dealso one

PERIOD

scribe.

OF

EUROPEAN

249

REVOLUTION.

will say of it here

the effect upon
sufficient to show
We

only so
Spain

much
and

as
so

will be

upon

the

Philippines.
The

of the

Revolution

In 1776

English

Colonies

in

America.

"

the thirteen

English colonies on the Atlantic coast

declared their independence of Great
of North
America
In the unfair treatment
of the British king and
Britain.
Parliament
lution.
they had, they believed,justgrounds for revoFor nearlyeight years a war
continued
by which
England strove to reduce them again to obedience. .But
lost
at the end of that time England, having successively
armies of invasion by defeat and capture, made
two
peace
with
the American
colonists and recognized their independence.
In

and

constitution
French

The
in

France.

Americans
this

1789

Revolution.

In

"

had

Between

actual

Americans

established

been

opportunity to
of

the

present

States of America.

Condition

of the

People

struggle for independence the

aided by France, who hoped through
crippleher great colonial rival,England.

social conditions

and
and

be.

France

In

there

close pathy
symtheories,although in their

the two

democratic.

were

their

their

America

could

the United
"

ideas
political

separated as

framed

countries

America
All

the

classes

was

were

as

widely

societyand government
were
experienced

and government.
They had behind them the
politics
heritageof England's long strugglefor free and
priceless
There was
abundance
of
an
representative
government.
the necessaries of life and nearly complete freedom
of
opportunity.
France, like nearly every other country of continental
lism.
Europe, was
sufferingfrom the obsolete burden of feudaThe ownership of the land was
divided
between
the aristocracyand the church.
The great bulk of the
in

'

250

PHILIPPINES.

THE

serfs bound
to the estates,miserablyoppopulation were
pressed,
and
sufferingfrom lack of food, and despoiled
of almost
blessingwhich can brighten and dignify
every
human
life of the court
and
of the nobility
life. The
grew

luxurious, extravagant, and

more

conditions

economic

in

became

France

selfish

as

The

worse.

the

king

law
and
His will was
nearly an absolute monarch.
in England
which
the earlier representativeinstitutions,
had developed into the splendid system of parliamentary
government, had in France fallen into decay.
In the other countries of Europe
the German
States,
the condition of the people
Austria,Italy,and Spain
worse
was
places even
quite as bad, probably in some
was

"

"

than

it

in France.

was

revolt broke
in

forth,and
for

movement

But

it

it

France

was

better

in France

was

and

more

that

the

led

Europe

democratic

order.

which

fought in the armies of America; they

had experienced the benefits of a freer society,and it is
the
that in the same
(1789) that saw
significant
year
in France
state the Revolution
founding of the American
began. It started in a sincere and conservative attempt
which
France
to remedy the evils under
was
suffering,
of injusticeand
too
but the accumulation
misery was
The
great to be settled by slow and hesitatingmeasures.
broke
ignorant, and bitter with their wrongs,
masses,
Frenchmen

from

had

the control
upon

of statesman

the established

and
state

reformer, threw

and

selves
them-

church, both equally

them, and tore them to pieces. Both king

either
and queen
died by beheading. The
nobilitywere
murdered
or
expelled. The revolutionarygovernment, if
fell into the hands
of wicked and
such it could be called,
themselves
maintained
terrible leaders,who
by murder
detestable

and

to

terrorism.

PERIOD

OF

EUROPEAN

Effects of the Revolution.

and

terrible

seized

the

These

"

the

of

the

are

outward

which

Revolution

were

and which have been

by European statesmen
by historical writers. But, apart from
upon

upon

dwelt

most

expressions

251

REVOLUTION.

of the years from 1793 to 1795, the Revolution

modernized
and brought incalculable gains
France

bloody

to the

acts

French

people. By the seizure of the great estates

and
their division among
the peasantry, the agricultural
in a singleyear,
doubled
products of the country were
and

that

terrible condition

of semi-starvation

had

which

prevailedfor centuries
The

other monarchies

France

with

of

and

horror

ended.

was

Europe regarded the

alarm.

Monarchs

in

events

felt their

own

thrones

archies
threatened,and a coalition of European monformed
to destroythe republicand to restore
was
the French monarchy and old regime. France found herself
invaded by armies upon
It was
then
every frontier.
that the remarkable
effects produced by the Revolution
the people of France
appeared.
upon
which
With
a
was
passionate enthusiasm
irresistible,
the people responded to the call for war;
great armies
were
enlisted,which by an almost uninterruptedseries of

victories threw

back

the

forces of the

from

obscurityto the command

developed that famous
group
of France.
there

the

arose,

Out

of

allies. Men

armies, and

of commanders,

rose

there
the

was
shals
mar-

period of warfare
perhaps,if we except

of this terrible

too, another, who

was

Macedonian

ever
king, Alexander, the greatest man
permitted to lead armies and to rule men
Bonaparte,
later the emperor,
Napoleon the First.
"

France

From

and

1795, when

invasion

of

Europe

Napoleon

under

Bonaparte

was

Italy,until 1815, when

given
he

was

Bonaparte.
command

"

of the

defeated
finally

252

PHILIPPINES.

THE

at Waterloo

in

tinuous
Belgium, Europe experiencedalmost conThe
war.
genius of Napoleon reduced to the
gium,
positionof vassal states Italy,Switzerland,Holland, BelIn all these countries
the
Germany, and Austria.
ancient thrones were
humbled, feudalism was swept away,
of a corrupt church
and the power
and aristocracywas
broken.
In spiteof the humiliation
of national pride,these
not
great benefits to Europe of Napoleon's conquests can
be overestimated.
Wherever
Napoleon's power extended

there followed the results of the Revolution

of

law, the introduction

the

liberation of

of the liberal

Decline

advance

and

of

the

Spain.

"

Lack

Spain did

progress

"

better system

Code

Napoleon,"
the crushing toils of
better society. These

people from
medievalism, and the founding of a
the debts which Europe owes
to the
are
The

"

French

Revolution.

of Progress.
not

share.

In

"

The

this

empire

of

In
established in the Peninsula.
never
Napoleon was
the assistance of the English
1811
the Spaniards, with
under the great general,Wellington,repulsed the armies
This victory,so
of the French.
gratifyingto national
perhaps a real loss to Spain, for the. reforms
pride,was
which prevailedin other parts of Europe were
never
ried
carout in Spain, and she remains
even
yet unliberated

aristocratic and

from
A

clerical power.

liberal constitutional

government was, however, set

by the Cortes; but in 1814 King

Spain in 1812
Ferdinand
VII., aided by the Spanish aristocracyand
clergy,was able to overthrow this representative
government
aside.
to cast reforms
and with tyrannicalpower
imprisoned for their liberal
Fifty thousand
people were
the Cortes abolished,
was
restored,
opinions,the Inquisition
up

and

in

its acts

nullified.

will
Philippines

The

be noticed

effect of these acts

presently.

upon

the

OF

PERIOD

of

Separation
of these

events

their

from

EUROPEAN

the

Philippines
served

years

long

253

REVOLUTION.

Mexico.

from

The

"

separate the Philippines

to

on
dependency"

Mexico.

In

1813

the

suppressionof the subsidized Acapulco

trade had
long been waning and
galleon. The Mexican
had become
less profitable.The last of the galleons
voyages
from
in 1811 and returned
left Manila
Acapulco in
again to attempt this classical voyage.
1815, never
The cessation of these voyages
preceded the
only briefly
From
the first period
complete separationfrom America.
in many
of settlement, the Philippineshad
respects been
had until late
Mexico
a
dependency of the New World.
of communication
with the motherafforded the only means
Mexican
officials
country, the only land of foreigntrade.
the government
of the Islands,
frequentlyadministered
and

the

decreed

Cortes

Indians

Mexican

of the

standing army
of the
the

of the

Rebellion

very

great and

real.

very

back

again
between

separationin
once

vast

the Greater

The

America

Spanish
and

1825

to

retire

"

the

pines.
Philip-

Countries.

which

Europe

countries

But

"

colonists

revolution
and

small

Mexican

the
of

revenues

of the

had

New

was

Peru.

which
Mexico

were
cessively
suc-

passed

now

World,

they fought themselves

last of the colonies from

forced

the mainland
her

the
1810

The

Spain.
were

her

to

of the

Regiment
large subsidy,

from

American

South

stirred North

of

drawn

deficient

seen,

grievances of the Spanish American

the

and

larger part

have

we

annually

was

assist the

to

the

includingthe
Philippines,
As

King."

situado,

treasury

formed

the

free

iards
Span-

achieved

Spain lost every possessionupon

of both Americas, and the only vestigesof
American
the rich islands of
empire were
1820.

Antilles

"

Cuba

and

Porto

Rico.

254

THE

Limited

PHILIPPINES.

with

Trade

forced

the

Philippines.

The

"

pines
Philip-

communicate

by ship directly
with Spain. The
for the next
route
fiftyyears lay by
around
the Cape of Good
pied
sailing-vessels
Hope. It occufrom four to six months, but this route had now
come
beand currents
a neutral
practically
passage, its winds
well understood, and it was
were
annually followed by
of vessels of Europe, England, and
the
great numbers
were

United

now

States.

Trade

still limited to the

was

and

Company,
1835, when
life of
house

to

the

this

new

in the

era

commercial

in

Eruptions.

Taal, the

last of which

the

century by the destructive

next

Mayon. In 1814
lava occurred,and

an

industrial

English commercial
Manila
as
early as 1809.
The terrible eruptionsof Mount

Volcanic

"

and

An

Philippinesopened.
established

was

shipsof the Royal Philippine

shipping monopoly lasted until

in

occurred

indescribable

followed

1754, were

in

activityof Mount
eruption of ashes and

hemp towns around the base

of this mountain
were
destroyed. Father Francisco Araof Cagsaua, an
cura
eye-witness,states that
goneses,
twelve thousand
people perished; in the church of Budiao
alone two hundred
lay dead.1
Rebellions

Cortes.

"

in

Two

the

the rich

Philippines.
"

The

Spanish

revolts in the

Philippinesthat occurred at
importance and show the effect
changes in Spain. In
political

period are of much

in the Philippines
"i the
the liberal Spanish Cortes had
1810
kingdoms and provinces of America
ought to have been always, reputed
the Spanish monarchy, and for that
this

Liberal

Jagor: Viajes por

Madrid, 1895.

Filipinas,p.

81.

declared
and
an

that

Asia

"the

are, and

integralpart

same,

Translated

their
from

of

natives
the

man.
Ger-

PERIOD

and

OF

free inhabitants

those

of the

EUROPEAN

are

255

REVOLUTION.

to
equal in rightsand privileges

Peninsula."

which if carried out would

important declaration,
have
completely revolutionized
Spain's colonial policy,
and
with that remarkable
was
published in the Philippines,
and interesting
is spread,
facility
by which such news
classes of Filipinos,
the least educated
this
even
among
proclamationhad been widely disseminated and discussed
by the Filipino
throughout the Islands. It was welcomed
because
he believed it exempted
with great satisfaction,
him from the enforced labor of the polosy servicios. These
tasks required of Filipinosfor
the unremunerated
were
the construction of publicworks, bridges,
roads, churches,
This

and

convents.

Effect of

the

Repeal
Ferdinand

of

the

VII.

Declaration

of

the

in

his
May, 1814, on
have seen, published the famous
to power,
return
as
we
decree abolishingconstitutional
government in Spain and
annulling all the acts of the Cortes,includingthose which
Cortes.

aimed

"

King

to liberalize the

government

of the colonies.

These

published in the Philippines,

appeared to
decrees,when
them
in many
to slavery,and
the Filipinosto return
places their disaffection turned to rebellion. In Ilokos
banded
twelve hundred
men
together,sacked conyeijts
of
and churches, and destroyed the books and documents
Their fury seems
to have
the municipal archives.
beenj
particularlydirected against the petty tyrants of their \
own
race, the cacique*or principalex.
The result of Spanish civilization in the Philippines
had
been to educate, and, to a certain degree,ejmch^a small
the
class of Filipinos,
as
or
usually known
distinguidos
gente ilustrada.
direction of

It is this class

which

has

absorbed

and which
municipal and local affairs,

the

almost

256

PHILIPPINES.

THE

of

alone

benefits

the

Filipino population
opportunitieswhich

and

has

shared

civilized

in

those

life should

bring.
The

majorityof

the

populationhave,unfortunately,
semi-servile
fallen or remained
in a dependent and almost
nate
positionbeneath the principales.In Ilokos this subordiis known
as
kailian,and it was
class,or dependientes,
fell upon
these kailian who
their more
now
ters,
wealthy masburning their houses and destroyingtheir property,
and in some
instances killingthem.
The assignment of
in their
compulsory labor had been left to the principales
positionsas gobernadorcillosand cabezas de barangay,
and these officialshad unquestionablyabused their power
and

vast

had

drawn

down

upon

themselves

the

vengeance

of

the kailian.1
This

revolt,it will be noticed,was

primarilydirected
neither againstfriars nor
Spanish authorities,but against
social order which the rule of Spain maintained.
the unfortunate
A

Revolt

Lead

by

Spaniards.

"

plot, with

far

official
The
motives, took place in 1823.
positionsin the regiments and provinceshad previously
been held almost entirelyby Spaniards born in America
the Philippines.The
or
attempted to
government now
with Spaniards from Spain.
cials,
fillthese positions
The offiincited the native troops
deprived of their positions,
which
they had commanded, into a revolt,which began
in the walled city in Manila.
About
diers
soleight hundred
followed them, and they gained possessionof the
Cuartel of the King, of the Royal Palace,and of the Cabildo,but they failed to seize the fortress of Santiago.

serious

more

See

Estado

de las Islas

FUipinas

en

184%, by D.

Sinibaldo

de Mas.

PERIOD

It

/n

and

involved

not

were

EUROPEAN

257

REVOLUTION.

properly a revolt

not

was

OF

did not

of

as
Filipinos,
rise,but it had

the

people

its influence

later insurrection.
inciting
Insurrection

Bohol

Bohol.

on

"

Since

the

insurrection

on

in

the natives had

killed the Jesuit
1744, when
a
missionaries,
large part of the island had been cally
practiindependent under the leader Dagohoy. After the

expulsionof the Jesuits,Recollects were

placed hi special
mained
charge of those towns
along the seacoast, which had rethe
loyalto Spam. An effort was made to secure
submission
of the rebels by the proclamationof a pardon,
of the revolt grew
but the power
rather than declined,
until

hi

in the Christian

settlement
New

notice

which

Provinces

also the

began

the

rebellion

took

then-

towns.

Benguet

slow

was

advances

and

Abra.

of

"

It is proper

Spanish authority,

about

this time among

the heathen
These fierce and powerfultribes

Luzon.

the

of the Cordillera Central.

entire range
sionary
Miseffort in the latter half of the eighteenthcentury

occupy

river

of

to be made

tribes of northern

had

reduce

resulted in the defeat of the rebels and

place,which

to

to

expeditionof thirty-twohundred men

Cebu, and in April, 1828, the campaign

in

The

determined

was

An

by force.
formed

it

1827

succeeded

Magat

hillmen

in

the tribes along the'

partlyChristianizing
Neuva
Vizcaya,but the fierce,
head-hunting
in

remained

Between

1823

unsubdued
and

1829

and

unchristianized.

the mission

of

Pidigan,under

an

thousands
of the
Augustinian friar,Christianized some
In 1829
an
expeditionof
Tingians of the river Abra.
Don
under
Guillermo
about sixty soldiers,
Galvey, penetrated
into the cool,elevated
plateau of Benguet. The
the difficult march
diary of the leader recounts
up the
river Cagaling from Aringay and their delightupon
emer-

258

PHILIPPINES.

THE

ging
timbered

and

which

this

these

mountains.

yelling

bands

repulse

attacks,

the

and

burned

suffered

only

the
made

This
most

by

published
was

I skis

few

is

Filipinas

about

writer

in

to

ing
reachthe

as

in

circulated.
en

1842

1846,

cane.
sugar-

houses

the

having

coast,

comandancia
in

was

continued

Igorots

to

rated
sepa-

and

taro,

the

as

The

until

carefully

hundred

returned

which

of

also

year

BenAbra

province.
in

Mas'

intelligent
of

Madrid

the

five

wounds.

printed

and

acute

secretly

as

account

in

had

known

camotes,

Spaniards,

created

not

any

the

by

succeeded

enthusiasm

expedition

organized

was

of

the

by

The

was

of

people

they

now

of

horses,

the

times

several

fields, growing

village

hostile.

guet

and

surrounded

were

depression

with

saw

walled

The

partly

clusters

Trinidad.

La

Spaniards

The

they

circular

small

enrich

to

nevertheless

they

but

pine-

grassy,

cattle, carabaos,

and

Igorots,

beautiful
of

valley

of

of

times

At

and

valleys

continued

have

day

the

upon

plateau.1

herds

splendid

to

cogon

cultivated

little

saw

houses

the

of

slopes

They

and

jungle

the

from

the

1842,
The
escrtto

"Informe"
of

account

nineteenth
and

full
por

conditions

autor

volume,
is
del

as

etc.),

which

follows:

Aristddemo,

perhaps

the

Islands

volumes

were

in
Two

century.
third
title

el

(Estado,

is
Estado
etc.

rare,

very

de

las

CHAPTER

XII.

REVOLUTION.

AND

PROGRESS

1837-1897.

the

Progress during
We

have

last

phase

was

now

of

more

wavering
peculation, this
and

Revolution

discouragingly
interests
of

Increase
to

that

Opening

in

Manila

slow

the

freeing of

for
the
these
were

not

fame

period

are

of

followed

enriching

of

the

been

the

was

province

and
of

effort

no
was

by

so

lished
estab-

was

to

the

which

of

the

followed

this

to

period
the

tune

for

export,

raising of great
made

and

"

port of

by

producing

have

hemp

Trade.

Foreign

to

vests
har-

world-wide

Philippine productions.

sugar

last, as

progress

opening

country

Manila

what
some-

official

at

came

because

The

led

ministra
ad-

advancement.

there

of Manila
"

rulers

of

sore

Spain

the

better

spite of

prosperity. Up

trade

of

change.

no

Port

and

and

irritatinglyblocked

so

desired

course

by

in

because

reform, but
and

contained

history

wonderful

from

not

foreign export,
of certain

the

continual

foreign trade, in 1837,

archipelago had
but

the

Agriculture.

rising industry

in

development

separation
for

movement

the

"

the

to

half-century the Spanish

and

usually do,

revolutions

Effect

was

and

and

progress,

Philippines, and,

policy

Rule."

respects this period

many

other

any

for

half-century

social

this last

the

of

of

than

plans

numerous

nor

and

economic

During

In

rule.

Spanish

promise

Islands.
had

of

last

Spanish

of

Half-Century
the

to

come

of

one

Last

Chief

tobacco.

among

These

trie latter plant

coffee_culture,

Batangas,
259

while

the

planting

of

260

yearly made of greater importance

rich
These
that excellent product, copra.
had entered very littleinto commerce
during

cocoanut

new

groves

yield of

the

merchandises
the

PHILIPPINES.

THE

early decades
in

Increase

of the century.

Exports.

the

Philippinesamounted

but

more

half

than

"

In

1810

the entire

in value

to

of this consisted

imports of
5,329,000 dollars,

of silver sent

from

trade
States
Europe and the United
amounted
The
to only 175,000 dollars.
exports in the
but a million
to 4,795,000 dollars,
same
year amounted
half of this was
Mexican
silver exported on
and
to
a
of exports to Europe and
China, and the whole amount
the United States was
only 250,000 dollars.
In 1831 the exportationof hemp amounted
to only 346
But
the effect upon
tons.
production of opening Manila
in the export six years later of
to foreign trade is seen
By 1858 the exportation of hemp had risen
2,585 tons.
Of this amount, nearly
to 412,000 piculs,
or
27,500 tons.
two
thirds,or 298,000 piculs,went to the United States.
From

Mexico.

At

this time
the

was

the
of

center

carryingtrade.

North
a

The

Atlantic

most

seaboard

of

America

active

American

ship-buildingand shipflagwas conspicuousamong

frequented these Eastern ports, and

largelysought after by American
hemp" was
Of
to
supply the shipyards at home.
sugar,
of which
to 557,000 piculs,
export in 1858 amounted
the vessels that

half went

than

After

were

Great

men
sea-

the
more

general permission had been given to

in Manila, and by
establish trading-houses

were

fifteen such

establishments, of

English and three American.1

Bowring:

Visit to the

nila
Ma-

Britain.

1814
to

there

to

"

Philippine Islands,p. 387.

which

eigners
for1858

seven

PROGRESS

Other

three
Sual

Opened

Ports

other

ports

to

were

in

Pangasinan on
In 1863,
Zamboanga.
The

port.

exports

Commerce.

Foreign

opened

to

the Gulf

of

Cebu

"

In

1855

foreign commerce
and
Lingaye"n,Iloilo,
"

likewise
consisted

of Sual

261

1837-1897.

REVOLUTION.

AND

made

was

only

an

open
of rice,and hi

flourished,
spiteof its exceptionalharbor this port never
and is to-day no more
than an unfrequentedvillage.
Iloilo exported leaf tobacco,sugar, sapan or dyewood (an
industrylong ago ruined),hemp, and hides. Zamboanga
through the Chinese had a small trade with Jolo and the
Moro
Islands,and exported the produce of these seas
sea-slug (tripang),shark fins,mother-of-pearl,tortoise
"

shell,etc.

For

some

years

the

laws

customs

in

these

vantage
vexatious,and prevented full adof the privileges
of export; but in
1869 this service was, by royal decree,greatlyliberalized
and
improved. Since that date the Philippineshave
mercial
steadilycontinued to grow in importance in the com-

ports

were

trying and
being taken

world.
The

of Government

Form

Improvements.

This

"

under

is

for the last time

examine

the

Spanish.

"

General

perhaps a convenient place to

the political
system which the

in the country. In 1850 there were

Spaniards maintained
commandthirty-four
provincesand two politico-military
In these provinces the Spanish administration
ancias.
still vested solelyin the alcalde mayor,
who
until
was
after

the

1886

judge

both

was

court

or

executive
officer and
or
governor
for the trial of provincialcases
and

crimes.
of

Many

government
remedied.
abused

the
of
After

old abuses

which

the alcaldes had

had
been

characterized
at

least

partially

they had no
longer the
monopoly privilegeof trade,nor had they
1844

the

muchas

free

262

PHILIPPINES.

THE

controllingthe labor of the inhabitants;but

ministra
existed in the adopportunitiesfor illegalenrichment
a

hand

in

of

the

treasury and

tax

system, and

these

not
opportunitieswere
slighted. Up to the very end
of Spanish rule the officials,
high and low, are accused of
stealingpublicmoney.
The

Pueblo.

or

miles

of

"barrios."

site where

The

of

unit

township, which

pueblo, or
square

"

for

center

was

ordinarilyembraced

country and
The

administration

contained
of the

centuries had

numerous

town

stood

was

the
many

villages,
naturallythe

the great church

and

missionaryfriars. These locations had

always been admirably chosen, and about them grew up
and trading-shopsof Chinese and the fine and
the market
of the more
durable homes
tizos.
Filipinosand mesprosperous

the convent

of the

itself
began to concern
with the construction
of public buildings and improvements,
in many
and
the result is seen
pueblos in the
finelylaid-out plazas and well-built municipal edifices
the "tribunal,"or town
grouped about the square
and the small but significant
schoolhouses.
house, the jail,
The government
of the town
vested in a "gobernawas
dorcillo" and
a
concejales"usually
council,each of the
representinga hamlet or barrio.
in nearly every pueblo was
who
But the Spanish friar,
the parish curate, continued
to be the paternalguardian
of the pueblo. In general,no
and administrator
matter
for his dictation.
Neither
too minute
was
gobernadoreillo nor
councillors dared act in oppositionto his wishes,
and
the alcalde of the province was
careful to keep on
tion.
friendlyterms and leave town affairs largelyto his dictaThe
friar was
the local inspectorof publicinstrucAbout

1860

the

government

"

"

PROGRESS

REVOLUTION.

AND

263

1837-1897.

vigilantto detect and destroy radical ideas.

To the humble
the visible and
Filipino,the friar was
of Spanish authority.
only representative
tion and

The

the

ever

Friars.

1841.

of

Revolt

"

Repression

Unquestionably

"

the friars had

been

of very

in

the

of the

People

by

past, the work

of

great value; but

men

well

as

lose their
institutions may
now
change, and the time was

conditions'
as
usefulness,
the
approaching when
autocratic and
paternal regime of the friars no longer
satisfied the Filipinos.Their zeal was
ested,
no
longer disintertheir work
had
become
and
materialized
by the
possessionof the vast estates upon which their spiritual
charges lived and labored as tenants or dependents. The
policyof the religiousorders had, in fact,become one of
and
the aspirationsof the Filipinosincreased,
as
repression,
filled with doubt
and
the friars,
fear,tried to
draw still tighterthe bonds of their own
authority,and
of the
viewed with growing distrust the risingambition
people.
as

"

Apolinario
of 1841
of the

shows

la

Cruz.

came

monastic

up

unfortunate
misdirected

the unwisdom

Filipino;and

Tayabas,

The

"

wayward and

the

de la Cruz,

nario

lead

de

young
to

filled with
hi

enthusiasm

the friars.

native
a
Filipino,

Manila

and
life,

of

revolution

the

of

ApoliLukban,

ambition

to

studies.
theological
tation
and by imiBy his attendance upon lectures and sermons
of the friar preachersof Manila,Apolinariobecame,
himself,quitean orator, and, as subsequent events showed,
able to arouse
of his own
was
great numbers
people by
his appeals.
his ambition
It was
of the regularmonto enter one
astic
was
never
orders,but this religious
privilege
granted
and
he was
refused.
He
to Filipinos,
then entered a
a

engaged

264

THE

brotherhood

known

PHILIPPINES.

of
Cofradia,or Brotherhood
San Juan de Dios, composed entirely
of Filipinos.After
in 1840
to
some
years in this brotherhood,he returned
Tayabas and founded the Cofradia de San Jose, his aim
being to form a specialcult in honor of Saint Joseph and
from
the Virgin. For this he requested authorization
It was
Manila.
here that the lack of foresightof the
friars appeared.
The

Opposition of
with

the

as

the

Friars.

"

Instead

of

thizing
sympa-

these

in which, up to
religiousaspirations,
this point, there seems
been nothing heretical,
to have
they viewed the rise of a Filipinoreligiousleader with
Their
alarm.
permitted to the Filipinoany
policynever
They believed
positionthat was not wholly subordinate.
of Spanish power
in these islands lay
that the permanence
for leadershipin the Filipino
in suppressingany latent ability
Their
himself.
thrown
influence,
consequently,was
againstApolinario,and the granting of the authorityfor
of his
his work.
They secured not only a condemnation
plan,but an order for the arrest and imprisonment of all
his preaching.
should attend upon
who
to Rebel.
Forced
Apolinariothereupon
Apolinario
His movement
had
took refuge in independent action.
alreadybecome a strong one, and his followers numbered
several thousand
peopleof Laguna, Tayabas, and Batangas.
of Tayabas province,Don
The governor
Joaquin Ortega,
panied
Accomorganized an expeditionto destroy the schism.
he attacked Apolinario
friars,
by two Franciscan
of October, 1840, and was
defeated and
in the month
assisted by
killed. One account
says that Apolinariowas
destructive.
band
of Negritos,whose
a
bowmanship was
"

still a

There

are

woods

in the

very

vicinityof

few

of these

Lukban.

little blacks

hi the

AND

PROGRESS

REVOLUTION.

in

265

1837-1807.

positionof an open rebel,

and he fortified himself in the vicinityof Alitao,where
he built a fort and chapel.
His religious
became
movement
distinctly
independent
and
heretical. A church
was
formed, of which he was
first elected archbishop and
then supreme
pontiff. Hethe title of
also charged with having assumed
was
King
Apolinariowas

now

the

"

of the

Tagalogs."
the

Finallya force under

Huet earlyin November
and

after

About

fierce

struggle defeated

captured

Apolinariowas

and

able and

liberal governor,

until the

remained

end

revolutionists.

the

executed.

twenty-seven years of age.

Organization of Municipal
an

the

Filipinosperished hi

thousand

alcalde,
Vital,and General
attacked Apolinario's
stronghold,
new

final battle.

He

Governments.

General

of the

then

was

In

"

1844

Claveria,arrived,and
A

1849.

year

better

ganization
or-

provincialgovernments, which we have

Claveria 's entrance
into office,
and in October,
the important decree,organizingthe municipalities
have
which
the form
we
already described,

of the

followed

seen,

1847, came
in

the

of

end

been

extent

American

without

remained

which

and

substantial

Spanish rule,and which has to

followed in the Municipal Code

to

considerable

framed

by

the

government.

Subjection

of

the

Igorot

Tribes.

"

tribes of northern

policy of conquest
Luzon, and by the

these mountains

were

modification

decisive

of

with

Claveria

among

end

of

gan
be-

the

Igorot
Spanish rule

cuartels and

missions

unruly tribes. The province

of Nueva
Vizcaya has been particularlysubject to the
raids of these head-hunting peoples. Year
after year the
of the plains had yieldeda distressing
Christian towns
for the

control

dotted

With

these

266

THE

sacrifice of life to

satisfythe

PHILIPPINES.

ceremonials

savage

of the

Igorots.1
In

1847, Claveria

Vizcaya, Don
conquests
and

Mariano

for

the

made

With

as

of

governor

Ozcariz,whose

first time

checked

Nueva

and

telling
rages
Igorot out-

severe

these

possiblethe development

valleysof northern
Spanish

nominated

of

the

great

Luzon.

Settlements

Mindanao.

on

"

Zcuiriboanga.
"

Claveria's

governorshipwe enter also upon the last

phase of Moro piracy. In spiteof innumerable
tions,
expediand the Sulu
Spain'soccupationof South Mindanao
archipelagowas limited to the presidioof Zamboanga. She
had occupied this strategicpoint continuouslysince the
of Spanish power
in 1763. The great stone
reestablishment
fort,which still stands,had proved impregnable to Moro
attack,and had long been unmolested.
Distributed

for

distance

lands at this end of the

population,which
of

Zamboanga
had

grown

miles

the rich

over

peninsulawas
up largelyfrom

tian
Chris-

the descendant

captives of the Moros.

Coming
parts of the Bisayas,Calamianes, and
what
population has grown to have a some-

different character
Islands.

some

rescued

from
all
originally
Luzon, this mixed

the

of

from

that

of any

other

known
corrupt Spanish dialect,

part of
as

the

the common
"Chabucano," has become
speech,the only
instance in the Philippineswhere
the native dialect has
been supplanted. This population,loyal and
devotedly
failed to sustain the defense of this isoCatholic,never

The

Isabela

reports of the Dominican

of Nueva

Vizcaya

(See
persistenceof these raids.
of the missionary publication,El Correo
Sino-A nnamita, and
work
Los
Buenaventura
Campa,
by Padre
Mayoyaos y la Raza
show

Madrid, 1895.

the

extent

and

missionaries

and

the

files

also

the

Ifugao,

PROGRESS

AND

REVOLUTION.

267

1837-1897.

lated

Spanish outpost, and contributed brave volunteers

to every expeditionagainstthe Moro
islands.
But Spain'smaintenance
Activity of Other Nations.
of Zamboanga was
insufficient to sustain her claims
of
Both
sovereigntyover the Sulu and Tawi-Tawi
groups.
the Dutch
and English planned various
for their
moves
in 1844
and
fleet
French
a
occupation and acquisition,
entered
the archipelagoand concluded
a
treaty with the
"

sultan
the

of Sulu
of

sum

for the cession of

million

one

the island of Basilan

dollars.

Writings of

the

for

French

minister and

M. Guizot, show that France

historian,
hoped,
of this island,
to obtain a needed, naval
by the acquisition

Jaase in the East

the

roused

the

of

the

Gulf

Spaniards

island.

the north
Rio

found

great commercial

port within

sphere of Chinese trade.1

Conquest
the

and

naval

to

then

secured

from

Davao.

activityand
subdued

vessel

coast, and

Grande,

of

to

occupy

this

this step

the

occupation of
the towns
along

proceedingto the mouth

the

sultan

cession of the great Gulf of Davao.

steps

But

"

of

Magindanao

Spain took

gulf, but

of the

in 1847

no

the

diate
imme-

Spaniard,
Claveria,

Oyanguran, proposed to the governor,

if he could be
the region at his own
to conquer
expense,
and granted a ten
and munitions
furnished with artillery
years'government of Davao, with the exclusive privilege
Don

Jose

of trade.

and the Audiaccepted by the governor

to secure
encia, and Oyanguran organized a company
funds
for the undertaking. In two
years'time he had
subdued
the coast regionsof this gulf,expelledthe pirates
His

who

offer

harbored

Montero

was

there,and founded
Vidal:

Historia

de

the settlement

Filipinas,vol. III.,p.

of Nueva

99.

268

THE

He

Vergara.
the

to have

seems

conquest and

tondo

cancel

to

been

making progress toward

exploitationof this region,

commercial
in Manila

jealousattacks

when

PHILIPPINES.

his

induced

privilegeand

Governor

Urbiz-

relieve him

to

by

an

officer of the government.

In

subsequent

stations here

and

bos;

region is

but

the

country, whose
whose

the

years

made

Jesuits

few

mission

few

the

converts

among
and
unsubdued

still an

Bago-

unutilized

mainly pagan
tribes,and
lie undeveloped and
agriculturalpossibilities

rich

inhabitants

had

are

unclaimed.
The

Samal

Pirates.

of the

Sulu.

The

"

habitants
piraticalin-

The

"

of two
tinct
disarchipelagoare made
Malayan peoples the Sulu (or Sulug), and the
Samal, who are known throughout Malaysia as the Bajau"
or
"Orang laut" (Men of the Sea). The former appear to
be the older inhabitants.
They occupy the rich and populous

Sulu

"

"

island of Jolo and

islands

some

the

of

Siassi group,

immediatelysouth.
Bajau, are stated to
have
come
originallyfrom Johore.
Many of them live
almost exclusivelyin their boats,passing their lives from
birth to death upon
the sea.
They are found throughout
most
parts of Malaysia,the positionof their little fleets
In the Sulu
changingwith the shiftingof the monsoons.
archipelagoand a few pointsin South Mindanao, many of
The

Samal.

these Samal
the shore.
and
east

which

on

have
Their

The

low

there

the

islands between

built

on

great

are

Samal
Jolo

from

towns

in existence
were

and

very

their boats

pilesover

coral reefs south

apparently been
ago

or

their homes

villagesare

of Tawi-Tawi

have

Samal,

shifted

of the

many

Fifty years
many

"

of

Siassi and

long while.

numerous

Basilan,and

the sea,

settlements

or
a

to

in

this group

the
is

PROGRESS

stillknown

AND

REVOLUTION.

the Islas Samales.

as

269

1837-1897.

Like

the Sulu

and

other

Malays, the Samal

are
Mohammedans, and scarcelyless
persistentpiratesthan their fellow-Malays. With the decline
of piratical
the Sulu of Jolo, the focus
power
among
of piracyshifted to these settlements of the Samal, and in
the time

of Claveria

the

worst

centers

Balangingiand

Tonkil, lying just north

of

here

Jolo.

From

pirate and

Bisayan Islands continued

towns

year

sacked

were

and

to

the islands of

were

of

the

island

slaving raids upon the

made, and nearly every

be

burned

and

several

hundred

The
captives carried away.
captives were
destined for slavery,and regular marts
existed for this
in Borneo.
traffic at Jolo and on the Bay of Sandakan
In
1848
the
Arrival
of Steam
Warships.
pines
Philipunfortunate

"

secured

the first steam

war

"

"

vessels.

Magallanes,"the
Elcano," and the
destined to revolutionize
They were
The

had

Destruction

of

the

Samal

"

These

Reina

Moro
Forts.

were

the

de Castilla."

relations.
"

Hitherto

it

possiblefor the great Moro war

praus, manned
the approach
to drop their masts
on
by many
oarsmen,
of an armed
and, turning toward the "eye
sailing-vessel,
could pursue, row
of the wind," where
no
sailing-ship
effective in
calmly away from danger. Steam alone was
Claveria took
these newly
combating these sea-wolves.
arrived ships,and with a strong force of infantry,which
increased by Zamboangueno
was
volunteers,he entered
in February, 1848, and landed
the
the Samal
on
group
island of Balangingi.
been

There

were

four

fortresses situated

in the

mangrove

These, in spite of a desperate

carried by the infantryand Zamboanguewere
resistance,
of the camThe
the piratesscattered.
conduct
paign
nos, and
and the fighting
been admirable
to have
appears
marshes

of

the

island.

270

heroic.
dead

burned

were

takas"

Moros

The

for the

and

PHILIPPINES.

THE

completely overwhelmed; 450

interred;124 pieces of artillery

were
or

"

part, the small

most

brass

called

cannon

"lan-

boats
stroyed.
dewere
captured, and 150 Moro
the cocoanut
The Spaniards cut down
groves,
spoilthat included such rich pirateloot as silks,
were

"

with

silver vases,

ornaments,

and

and

of war,

weapons

with

rescued
prisonersand three hundred
This was
the most
nal
sigcaptives,returned to Zamboanga.
by Europeans in conflict with Malay
victoryever won
by
piracy. The effectiveness of this campaign is shown
had
the fact that while in the precedingyear 450 Filipinos
in 1848 and
suffered capture at the hands of Moro
pirates,
there was
the succeeding year
scarcely a depredation.
in 1850
But
a
pirate squadron from Tonkil, an island
and Kamagin.
adjacent to Balangingi,fell upon Samar
hundred

two

over

Urbiztondo, who had succeeded

Fortunately, Governor
sor,
Claveria,vigorouslycontinued the policy of his predecesand
promptly dispatchedwhich
an
expedition was
destroyed the settlements and strongholdson Tonkil.
of the

Destruction

later

broke

Moro

Forts

at

Jolo.

"

year

again with Jolo,and after a varied

the Spaniards
interchangeof negotiationsand hostilities,
in February, 1851.
stormed
and took the town
The question
of permanent occupation of this important site was
debated
by a council of war, but their forces appearing
unequal to the task,the forts of the Moros were
destroyed,
and
the expedition returned.
Jolo is described
at this
Five forts and
tune as a very stronglyguarded situation.
a

war

line of trenches

double

is said
and

to

there

about

out

have
was

faced the shore.

contained

about

barrio of Chinese

five hundred.

seven

The

Moro

thousand

traders,who

town

souls,

numbered

PROGRESS

iritJt the

Treaty

the governor
sultan

of

Sulu.

of

Sultan

"

concluded

Zamboanga

271

1837-1897.

few months

later

treaty with

the

to be considered
by which the archipelagowas
incorporated part of the Spanish possessions.

of Sulu
an

The

REVOLUTION.

AND

bound

sultan

wit h

cessions

himself

to

make

no

further

treaties

foreignpowers, to suppress
piracy,
and to fly the Spanish flag. The
Moros
were
guaranteed
the practiceof their religion,
the succession of the sultan
and
his descendants
in the established
order, boats of
in Spanish
Jolo were
to enjoy the same
tradingprivileges
and the sultan retained the
ports as other Filipinovessels,
duties
on
foreign trading-vessels.
right to all customs
the
Finally, in compensation for the damages of war,
sultan was
annual
to be paid an
subsidy of 1,500 pesos
or

to

"

"

and

600

pesos

each

to

three

and

360

pesos

to

these

very

years

that

datos

sherif
.

The

End

of

Malay

Piracy.

"

In

blows from
the
Malay piracy was
receivingsuch severe
and activityof the Spanish governrecuperatingpower
ment
the north,it was
crushed also from the south by
on
the merciless
warfare
of a great Englishman, the Raja
The
of piratedepreJames
Brooke
of Sarawak.
sources
dation
were
Magindanao, the Sulu archipelago,and the
north
have

and
seen

northward

west

coasts

how

these

and

wasted

of the

great island of Borneo.

fleets,century
fire and

with

after

We

century, swept
the fair islands

murder

of the

Philippines.
But
this archipelagowas
alone in sufferingthese
not
The
peacefultrading inhabitants of the great
ravages.
island groups
visited and
to the south
were
persistently
despoiled. Moreover, as the Chinese trade by the Cape of
1

Montero

document

is

Vidal:

Historia

given in Appendix

de
4

Filipinos,

of the

same

vol.

III., p.

volume.

209.

The

272

THE

Good

Hope

the

became

route

nineteenth

PHILIPPINES.

established

in the

first half of

century, these

a
pirates became
great
to European shipping. They swarmed
the China
menace
ward
Sea, and luckless indeed was the ship carried too far eastits course.
on
Every American
schoolboy is familiar
with
the stories of fierce hand-to-hand
struggleswith
from those years
down
Malay pirates,which have come
when
the American
seen
flagwas
everywhere in the ports

of the Far

About

East.
1839

who
had been in
English officer,1
the Indian
service,James
Brooke, having armed and
equipped a yacht of about 140 tons, set sail for the coast
of Borneo, with the avowed
intent of destroying Malay
In all the
piracy and founding an independent state.
a

young

stories of the East

romantic

there is

no

career

of greater

In 1841, having engaged

daring than that of this man.
in several bloody exploits,
Brooke
forced from the sultan
the cession of Sarawak, with the government
of Borneo
vested in himself as an
independent raja.
himself with merciless severityto
devoted
Brooke
now
the destruction of the piratesin the deep bays and swampy
their excursions.
rivers,whence
they had so long made
assisted by the presence of the English manLater he was
of-war
Dido," and in 1847 the sultan of Brunei ceded to
"

the

Great

Britain

visited

Zamboanga

and

concluded

island of
in the

Labuan.

In

1849, Brooke

English man-of-war

treaty with

the sultan

of

"Mosander/
Sulu, which

greatly alarmed the Spaniards.

Brooke's privatecorrespondenceshows that he was
bitious
amand hopeful of acquiring for England parts of the
Dutch
possessionsin the south and the Spanish PhilipSee

Rajah Brooke, by

Sir

Spencer

St.

John, London,

1899.

PROGRESS

REVOLUTION.

AND

never
pines in the north; but his planswere
by England, although in 1887 North Borneo
and
all the northern
an
English company,
under
portionsof this great island are now

Liberal

Ideas

the

among

273

1837-1897.

Filipinos.
"

followed
ceded

was

and

up
to

eastern

English protection.1

The

release from

and
the
piracy,the opening of foreigncommerce,
productionwere
rapidlybringing
development of agricultural
of the Filipino
about
a great change in the aspirations
teenth
Nearly up to the middle of.the ninepeople themselves.
century the Filipinoshad felt the full effect of
the life and thought of the modern
isolation from
world.
But the revolutionary
changes in Europe and the struggles
in Spain had
their influence,
for constitutional government
in these far-away Spanish possessions.Span-]
even
Moro

of them

iards of liberal ideas, some

found

their way

positions,!

Islands,and an agitationbegan,
Spaniardsthemselves,againstthe paternal

to

originating
among
powers

in official

the

of the friars.

ature
growth of periodicliteraccelerated this liberalizing
The press,
movement.
censorship,has played a large
though sufferinga severe
part in shaping recent thought in these islands and in
communicating to the Filipinopeople those ideas and
which ever
The first
inspireand elevate men.2
purposes
hi the Philippines
its appearance
to make
was
newspaper
in 1822
"El Philantropo"; but journalismassumed
no
Influence

of

the

Press.

"

The

"

Keppel: Expedition to
of Piracy,
London,

with

2 vols.

H.

M.
2

It

S. Mceandar.

Borneo

extracts

1846.

from

Keppel:
2 vols.

of H.

M.

the Journal
A

Visit

London,

S. Dido

of

for

James

to the Indian

the

Suppression
Brooke, Esq.

Archipelago in

1853.

commission
Spain established a permanent
of
half
eight persons, one
was
composed
and one
half by the archbishop.

of

censorship

nominated

by

in 1856.
the

ernor
gov-

274

PHILIPPINES.

THE

when
there were
founded
importance until the forties,
"Semanario
Filipino" (1843), and almost immediately
after several others
"El Amigo de Pais"
(1845), "La
Estrella"
(1846), and "La Esperanza" (1847), the first
Manila"
followed
de
were
daily. These
by "Diario
appeared, the oldest of
(1848); in 1858 "El Comercio"
real

"

the papers

stillin existence.1

Papers conducted
by Filipinosand in the Filipino
recent
origin,but these earlySpanish
tongues are of more
had a real effect upon
the Filipinos
periodicals
themselves,
trainingup a class familiar with the conduct of journalism
and preparing a way
for the very influential work
of
the Filipinopress in recent years.
Establishment
the

Jesuits.
was

of

But

"

the

an

Educational

System.

important

more

opening of education

than

to

Return

of

all other

ences
influ-

"

Filipinos.In

1852

royal decree authorized the Jesuits to return to the

back
Philippines. The conditions under which they came
that they should devote themselves
were
solelyto missions
in the unoccupied fields of Mindanao, and to the higher
education of the Filipinos.
In 1863, Concha, the Spanish
Public
Schools.
The
of war
and
colonies
minister
(Ultramar), decreed the
A primary school
system of public primary instruction.
for boys and one
in each
for girlswas
to be established
pueblo of the Islands. In these schools, instruction was
sion
to be given in the Spanish language. A superiorcommisof education
was
formed, which consisted of the governor,
members
the archbishop,and seven
other
added by
a

"

the governor
The

himself.

system
El

Periodismo

was

not

secular,for it primarily was

Filipino,por

W.

E. Retana.

Madrid, 1895.

de-

REVOLUTION.

AND

PROGRESS

1837-1897.

275

The Spanish
doctrine.
teachingof religious
the local inspectorof schools
friar,the pueblo curate, was
not wholly
It was
directed their conduct.
and practically
voted

the

to

requiredof all but the

it an adequate system, because,
poorest children;nor was
when
most
complete,it reached only a small proeven
portion
of the children of a parish,and these very largely
a

free system, because

tuition

Cathedral,

of the well-to-do

were

what

it

was

Manila.

families.

And

yet this system,

for

accomplished,is deserving of praise.

Besides

the

church, the

and

the

tribunal,

toward
the close of
Philippines,
Spanish rule, had also, hi the public plaza, its public
school buildingsfor boys and for girls. In these towns
a
of Filipinos
hi the Spannumber
were
taught to converse
ish
language and at least the rudiments of Spanish edu-

nearly

every

town

in the

convent,

276

THE

cation.

PHILIPPINES.

this system

But

did

to the little child of

education

give opportunity for

not

the humble

fisherman

and

the husbandman.
The

Normal

Manila

teachers to do this work

1863
the

School.

of

And

about

foundation

the

same

of the

was

date

Jesuit

the

government

"Ateneo

instruction in the classics and

the student

prepare

Filipino

a decree of
primary instruction,
In charge of
Normal
School.
inaugurated in January, 1865.

established the Manila

Jesuits,this school

To

"

decreed

the

Municipal" for higher

sciences that should

conduct

to the

The
ence
infludegree of bachelor of arts.
of these institutions upon
the development of the
In one
the other of
or
Filipinohas been remarkable.
have been trained nearly all of those young
them
men
stirred the Filipinopeople to
in recent
who
years have
ambitions

wide

and

demands.

At

the

same

time

the

cellent
ex-

observatory,which has done such important

meteorology, was 'established hi charge of Padre

Jesuit
in

work
Faura.

Increase

in

Spanish Population.
"

The

opening of the
lands.
changes to the Is-

brought immense
Previous
to this date Spanish residents had been
Almost
the only class deeply interested in the
few.
Islands and permanently established here had been the
in thirty
friars. But
with
communication
by steamer
interest was
felt
days from Barcelona to Manila, a new
by Spaniards in the Philippines,though unfortunately
of
the politicians.Some
this interest was
greatest among
decreed
the projectsplanned and
can
only be regarded
and
as
visionaryand beyond the point of serviceability,
the
had for their purpose
unfortunatelystill,
others,more
for Peninsula
creation of offices and emoluments
cians;
politiend the
to bring to an
but they all contributed
Suez

-Canal

in 1869

PROGRESS

REVOLUTION.

AND

which

paternalgovernment under
of further enlightenmentor
in the Number

Increase

Filipinohad

The

which
and
of

which

has

Educated

embarked
"

full of

so

alreadycarried

has

hundred

one

Wealthy,

years

Filipino.
Filipinos.
"

upon

new

rent
cur-

of

enlightenment
unexpected development,
a

him

ago, that

prospect

no

was

for the

experience

been

there

progress

become

now

intellectual

of

of

277

18S7-1897.

course

so

we

far from
not

can

his ancestor

what

say

vance
ad-

bring. Throughout
all the towns
of the Islands a class was
rapidlygrowing
Their
the new
industries had brought wealth.
up to which
enabled them to build spaciousand splendidhomes
means
of the Philippines,
and to surround
of the fine,hard woods
another

generationor

with

themselves

such

two

luxuries

may

the

as

the Islands

life of

It
permitted. This class was
rapidlygaining education.
acquired-a knowledge of the Spanish language,and easily
assumed
the
that graceful courtesy which
distinguishes
Spaniard.
The
that it
only misfortune,as regards this class,was
was

very

each

populous

Spanish
were

small.

pure

blood

town.

in their

but

embrace

Some

of

these

veins,but

few

had

families

Chinese

other

notable

Friars

toward

in

and

families

Filipinos.

Attitude
Education.

It could

of
"

the

The

Spanish

and

great mistake

the

committed

by

Filipino
the

iard
Span-

the further progress of

rarelywelcomed
the native population,and
of this opposition
the center
the friars.
to the general enlightenment of the race
was
Thus
those who
cators,
had been the early protectors and edulittle by little,
because of their extreme
tism
conservaand their fear of looseningthe ties that bound
the
Filipinoto the church and to Spain, changed into opponents
of his progress
and enemies
of his enlightenment;
was

that he

278

THE

PHILIPPINES.

which

the

church

itself had

but

the education

the

had
and
been
fostered by the state
which
Filipino,
especiallyin recent times by the Jesuits,had made
ment
enlightenFilipinopassionatelyambitious for more

and

the

to

freedom.

and
The

given

Rule

of Governor

Torre.

II. of

1868, Queen Isabella

Liberal

"

Reforms.

"

In

deposed,and a little
later a revolutionary
government, the
Republic of Spain,"
It was
the brief triumph of that reforming
founded.
was
which
for so many
and liberal spirit
gling
years had been strugof aristocracyand
the burdens
to free Spain from
Spain was

"

ecclesiasticism.

natural

The

to the

governor

principlesand

Philippinesand
a

was

thorough democrat
formality and petty

brave

had
of

escort

weapons,
since

1581, and rode

ostentation.

His

and

out

which

the

the

directed

governors

dismissed
uniforms

de
and

the
of
the
and

governor-generals

in civilian's clothes

efforts

liberal

experienced soldier
He dispensed with

their mediaeval

surrounded

liberal

General

was

themselves; he

with
halberdiers,
had

sending of a
publicationof

governor

with

pomp

surrounded

which

the

heart.

at

Manila

This

reforms.

He

la Torre.

the

was

consequence

and

without

encouraging
the Filipinosand
to Spain. In the
to attaching them
of the Spanish law, for a brief period,Spaniard and
eyes
colonists had become
equal,and La Torre tried to enforce
this principle
birth.
and
make
distinction of race
or
no
While
possible
Filipinoswere
encouraged and delighted,it is imto describe the disgustof the Spanish population
and
the oppositionof the friars. La Torre was
attacked
of his governorship
and opposed, and
the entire course
filled with trouble, in which, naturally,liberal ideas
was
the Filipinos.
gained wider and wider currency among
were

to

PROGRESS

REVOLUTION.

AXD

279

1837-1897.

The

friars,
influential
of
the Filipino,
being the most
opponents
their
to be regarded by the Filipinos
as
naturallycame
greatest enemies, and the anti-friar spiritdaily spread
and
intensified. A
formed
which
demanded
party was
that the friars vacate
the parishes,and that their places
be filled by secular
with
the
priests,in accordance
Effect of

the native

the

Filipino

of the

Opposition

Friars.

This

of Trent.

of the Council

statutes

by

the

Jose

Movement

for Reform.
and

party

Burgos, and

Dr.
priests,

republicin Spain

"

headed

was

Father

Gomez.

After the fall of

"

the restoration of the

monarchy,
in the Philippinesattempted to extirthe administration
pate
the risingtide of liberal thought; but these ideas had
and could not be suppressed. The
taken
root
Filipino
work
call it,continued
to plan and
party, if so we may
for reform.
It numbered
not only those of Filipino
blood,
of Spanish descent, born
in the Philippines.
but many
that they were
There
is no
certain evidence
at this tune
sonable;
treaplottingfor independence,or that their actions were
but
hatred
the fear and
felt by the Spaniards
resulted frequentlyin the exile and punishment of known
of reform.

advocates
The

hundred

Cavite

Revolt.

In

"

1872

there

occurred

portant
im-

an

outbreak

known

as

the

Cavite

Revolt.

Two

native

soldiers

at

the

Cavite

arsenal

rose,

"

Death
and shouted
to Spain!"
officers,
They
had fellow-conspirators
the troops in Manila, but
among
owing to mistakes in their plans these failed to rise with
them and the revolt was
easilysuppressed.
It was
immediately followed by the arrest of a large
number
of Filipinoswho
had
been
conspicuous in La
killed their

Torre's
number

time

and

included

who
the

were

three

advocates

of

priests,Fathers

reform.

This

Burgos,

Za-

280

THE

and

PHILIPPINES.

besides

Antonio

Regidor, Don
and
others.
Joaquin Pardo de Tavera, Don Pedro Carillo,
A council of war
condemned
death forty-oneof the
to
shot on
participantsin the Cavite riot,and these were
the morning of the 27th of January, 1872, on
the Field
of Bagumbayan.
the 6th of February a council of
On
mora,

Gomez,

condemned

war

to

death

Don

eleven

more

but this sentence

regiment of artillery,
the governor
to life imprisonment. On
the
the

council

same

of

the

commuted

by

was

the

sentenced

war

soldiers of

15th

to

of February

death

upon

priestsBurgos, Zamora, Gomez, and

executed
countryman, Saldua; and this sentence was
the morning of the 17th.
garrote, the

The

Spread

of Secret

ground for fear was

which
organizations,
This

is

like

with

sedition

are, in
a

has
other

countries

and

as

institution
and

never

countries
in

any

has been

the encouragement of

Christian

New

of secret

Free

Masonry.

in Protestant
a

its aims

very
are

been

way

"

on

spread

which,
America, has

unworthy movements.
character
a religious

elaborate

Masonry

hi the

denounced

were

in these

fact,largelyof

beautiful

and

or

found

now

England

membership, and
respectable. It

Masonry.

"

ancient

very

countries

Organizations.

large
wholly

connected
Its services

and

it possesses

ritual;but

hi Latin

charged with political

intrigue
and this has resulted
infidelity,

hi clerical

The
oppositionto the order wherever found.
first Masonic
established
lodge in the Philippineswas
about 1861 and was
composed entirelyof Spaniards. It
succeeded
was
by others with Filipinomembership, and
in one
another seems
secret
to have inspiredmany
or
way
which were
formed some
organizations,
years later.
Asociacidn
The
Hispano-Filipina.
Large numbers
if not for independence,
of Filipinoswere
now
working,.
"

PROGRESS

AND

REVOLUTION.

1837-1897.

281

least for the

expulsion of the friars;and while this

and
feelingshould have been met by a statesmanlike
liberal policy of reform, the government
sorted
constantly reof repression,which
little by little
to measures
into revolution.
for reformation
changed the movement
Asociacion Hispano-Filipina was
formed
In 1888 the
by a number of the younger Filipinopatriotsand students
in Spain. Their
The
Philippine reform.
object was
at

"

"

of

famous

most

who

group,

gained

the

in

place

supreme

this

hearts of

and
Filipinos
in the history of the
Dr.

Jose

Mercado.

He

islands,was
Rizal

born

was

in

Calamba, on
de Bay, and
child he
with

1861

at

Laguna
even

as

affected

was

sadness

at

the

memory

of the events

of

and

1872

with

the
Dr.

backward

and
condition

Rizal.

happy
un-

of

his countrymen.

He

was

educated

Municipal in Manila, and

by the Jesuits at the Ateneo
he was
his familyhaving means
enabled to study in Spain,
where
he took
later to travel
a degree in medicine, and
and
study in France, England, and Germany.
in this latter country that he produced his first
It was
also a contributor
novel, Noli Me
Tangere. He was
to the Filipinopaper
published in Spain, La Solidaridad."
It was
to
bring the conditions and needs of
this novel
his country to public notice,that he wrote
"

282

PHILIPPINES.

THE

representedat his
the city of Manila.

dealing with Tagalog life

Laguna de Bay and

on

as

in

old home
Later

he

more
publisheda sequel,El Filibusterismo,in which even
set forth his ideas for
are
courageously and significantly

reform.

enemies, and on his return

obliged to
he found himself in danger and was
to Manila
La
returned
leave.
He
Liga
again in 1892, founded
immediately arrested and sentenced
Filipina,"and was
Here he remained
to deportationto Dapitan,Mindanao.
quietlyin exile for some
years.
work

His

made

him

many

"

The

Katipunan.

agitated by
worked

the

their way

"

Meanwhile

wealthy and
down

the ideas which

educated

had

been

Filipinoshad

the poor and humble

classes.
the peasant and the fisherman.

to

shared by
now
They were
where
Especiallyin those provinces,

the

religiousorders
took as
owned
and
estates
rental a portion of the tenants'
to the
growing hatred and hostility
crop, there was
friars. The
tivated
"Liga Filipina"had been composed of culand moderate
who while pressingfor reform
men,
were

not

ends

by

But

inclined to radical extremes,

violent

there

nor

to

obtain

their

means.

graduallyspread,until it
had its branches and members
in all the provinces surrounding
Manila, a secret association composed largelyof
the uneducated
whose
classes,
objectwas
independence of
Spain, and whose members, having little to lose,were
willingto risk all. This was the societywhich has since
become
of "Katipunan."
famous
under the name
This
association was
secret
organized in Manila about 1892.
Bonifacio.
Its president and
Andres
Its
founder
was
to
objectswere
and, if possible,
franklyto expel the friars,
destroy the Spanish government.
now

grew

up

and

PROGRESS

Rebellion

AND

REVOLUTION.

283

1837-1897.

generalattack and slaughterof

the Spaniards was
planned for the end of the year 1896.
The
discovered by the priestof Binondo, Padre
plot was
Gil,who learned of the movement
through a sister of one
of the conspirators,
and within a few hours the government
had

of

1896.

seized several

"

hundred

be

implicated. The arrests

and at the
Filipinos,
prisons contained several
thousand
distant
coast

of

who

persons

included
end

of

some

thousand

supposed

were

many

rich and

weeks

the

to

inent
prom-

Spanish

suspects. Over

one

immediately exiled to farthe west

Spanish prisons Fernando
Po, on
ranean.
Africa,and the fortress of Ceuta, on the Mediterof these

were

almost
"

Katipunan was organizingits forces for

struggle. On the 26th of August, a force of insurgents
attacked
Caloocan, and four days later a pitched battle
In this last fightthe
was
fought at San Juan del Monte.
insurgentssuffered great loss,their leader,Valenzuela,
was
captured and, with three companions, shot on the
The risingcontinued,however,
Campo de Bagumbayan.
Nueva
and
the provinces of Pampanga, Bulacan, and
of revolt,
in full rebellion.
The center
soon
Ecija were
however, proved to be Cavite. This province was almost
immediately cleared of Spaniards,except the long neck
of Cavite
of land containingthe town
and protectedby
the fleet. Here the insurgentsreceived some
organization
had
under
who
been
a
prominent in the
man,
young
Emilio Aguinaldo.
Katipunan
who afterwards
The governor-general,
Blanco,a humane
man,
for a short time commanded
in Cuba, was
recalled,
and General
The
Spanish army
Polaviejareplacedhim.
at the beginning of the revolt had consisted of but fifteen
hundred
the revolt regarded
troops, but so serious was
Meanwhile

the

"

284

that

THE

PHILIPPINES.

Spain, although strainingevery

end

the

rebellion

in

the

at

energy

ment
mo-

strengthened the
forces in the Philippines,
of
until Polaviejahad an army
twenty-eightthousand Spaniards assisted by several loyal
Filipinoregiments.
to

Cuba,

With

this army

fierce

campaign in
C a v i t e province
was
conducted,
which
after fiftytwo
days' hard
in
fightingended
the defeat

of

the

insurgentsand the
scatteringof their
forces.
Death
Rizal.

"

of

Dr.

For

the

it looked

moment

bellion
though the remight pass.
Then
the Spanish
as

government

of Polavieja

disgraced
itself by

and

wanton
Aguinaido.

as

it

an

was

act

as

cruel

inhuman

and

impolitic.
Four years Dr. Rizal had spent in exile at Dapitan. He
and it was
had lived quietlyand under surveillance,
possible
imthat he could have
of 1898.

had

any

share in this rebellion

he solicited
Wearied, however, with his inactivity,
permissionto go as an army doctor to the dreadful

PROGRESS

Spanish hospitalsin
July, and Rizal had
the

kindly
for

vouched

Cuba.
the

letter to
his

request

the

him

minister

independence

at

the rebellion in

send

to

in

granted

was

to arrive in Manila

misfortune

discoveryof

285

1837-1897.

This

hastened

Blanco

Governor
most

of

moment

very

REVOLUTION.

AND

of

to

August.
Spain with a

of war,

the

in which

which

events

he
were

taking place in Manila.

Their
His enemies, however, could not see him escape.
persecutionfollowed him to the Peninsula, and, upon his
arrested
and
at once
arrival in Spain, Rizal was
sent
had
back to Manila a prisoner. His friend Blanco
gone.
the friend and tool of the reactionary
party, was
Polavieja,
death
or
busy punishing by imprisonment, banishment
could be shown
the slightest
to have
all Filipinoswho
And
for reform.
by
part or association in the movement
sentenced
He
to execution.
this cliqueDr. Rizal was
the morning of December
shot early on
was
30, 1896.1
his death

At

spread

of

the

Revolt

returned

to

by

Spain,

de Rivera, who

Primo

flamed

Pangasinan, Zambales,

to

End

the insurrection

Spanish troops

had

and

out

afresh.

of Reform.

and

succeeded

arrived

in the

suffered

several

now

Ilokos.

Promises
was

It

springof
recent

"

by
1897.

reverses

vieja
PolaGen.
The

and

insurgents. The policy of

Primo
the
to gain by diplomacy where
de Rivera
was
of his predecessorhad failed. In July, 1897, an
energy
proclamation was
issued, and in August the
amnesty
governor-generalopened negotiations with Aguinaldo,
in the mountains
of Angat
whose
now
headquarterswere
Primo
de Rivera
in Bulacan.
urged the home
governthe

country

An

papers on
Documentos

swarmed

with

execution, together with many

See Archivo, Tomo
IV.
the revolution,is printedby Retana.

account

of Rizal's

trial and

politicosde Adualidad.

286

THE

ment

make

to

the

importance

opposed
of

insurgents

their

surrender

and

made,
of

its

prestige

been

of

his

600,000

This

1897,

the

fellowto

pesos,

insurgent

Islands.

forces,

and

agreement

Aguinaldo

was

left

the

this

the

port

Filipinos
war

the

States,

on

Manila

harbor,
which
333

first

day

and

in
had

years,

the

the

May

was

an

with
ended.

to

off

only

the

and

days

island

would

In

the

iards
Spanmonth

United

fleet

reached

brief

of

have

the

Cavite,
one

of

Camba,

between

say.

very

Ten

what

American

fight

its

Calle

on

Spain

naval

lasted

out

struggle

between

of

in

course,

impossible

it is
declared

was

blazed

of

conclusion

and

for

inces
prov-

remnant

sailors.

Bisayan

their

taken

the

massacre

revolt

final

by
of

company

the

lost

government

people

events

dominion,

the
in

and

unsatisfactory,

very

occurrence

Had

in

Conditions

Ended.

Spanish

of

April

the

27,

and

"

with

Binondo,

Cebu.

the

Misrule

the

hours

after

from

continued

still
last

dismiss

in

probably

was

of

payment

mently
vehe-

was

Hongkong.

Spanish

The

the

December

on

for

Sual

for

He

Aguinaldo

that

arms,

retire

themselves

it

lessen

greatly

friars.

latter, but

reforms

agreed,

would

the

of

the

by

some

which

reforms,

some

political

hope

PHILIPPINES.

Spanish
ruption
inter-

XIII.

CHAPTER

of

Beginning

the

so

far removed

in
than

of

the

is the

type

of

of

spiritand

in

independent
profound

and

said, that

in

the

these

pride

wilderness

and

had

1775,
colonists

the

who,

men

the

American

the

history

abler

the

of

close

of

public
with

felt

law.

its civil

governments

duced
pro-

and

more

while

their

colonists

from

truthfully be

can

and

olution,
Rev-

political

greater

It

England.
Revolution,

nation, endowed
an

Europe,
287

savage

the American.

inheritance

superiority to

of

the

was

framed

greatest achievement

This

precious

so

It

the

separated

World.

the

of

mother-country
at

ican
the Amer-

far

known;

men

Constitution, the

commencement

genius,

had

rigidlypreserved

with

of

velopment
de-

Although

states.

Old

decline.

later

had

democratic

the outbreak

at

has

were

saved

ning
Begin-

century

of ancestry,

ever

The

"

World.

who

society more

Europe

of

seems

America.

New

century,

the

intellectual

than

it without

history of

from

than

the

religious convictions

barbarism

ability

the

them

among

think

of

Europe,

institutions

with

Struggle

of

the

of

colonists,at the end

began

era

rule

States

and

race

the

Spanish

Philippines,it

the

from

peopled by emigrants
purity

new

colonies, planted half

settlement

their

to

of

passing

prejudice.

United

unparalleled in
both

old

begin

the

of

group

the

can

we

the

Americans,

it without

study
nation

American

With

Already

that

Development

PHILIPPINES.

"

the

to

Philippines.

feeling and

Era.

New

Spanish sovereignty
in

THE

AND

AMERICA

and

the

at

of

illiberal

this

in
its

cal
politior

feeling

effective
in-

has

VISAYAS,

MINDANAO,
AND

PAKAGUA

120

288

Longitude

290

THE

produced

in Americans

in their

and

hundred
small

were

that

man

the

With
from

the

an

them

have

energy

of

coast

the Indian
master

tribes,and

the

much

colonies

and

which

shown

the

Great

type of

American
no

American

dian.
In-

diminishing

broke

through

wilderness,
conquered
of three generations

space

of North

in the

the

"

no

interior,which
warlike

most

has

in the

continent.
the

produced

of the continent

while

democratic

these

ago,

from

chains,subdued

mountain

and

fidence
con-

2,500,000 people, occupying

fiercest

races

years

the
generationto generation,

these

was

of

divided

by

overrun

was

of government

twenty-five

Atlantic

chains

mountain

traditional

of their institutions.

nation

the

than

more

and

supreme

Certainlytheir historycontains

choice

the
justify

forms

own

of life.

standards
to

PHILIPPINES.

America.

for

War

Independence,the
crossed
frontiersman
the Appalachians and seAmerican
cured
Territory,and with
Kentucky and the Northwest
most
them
the richest and
productive regions of the
the Mississippi
Valley. In 1803, the
Temperate Zone,
from the hand of France,
great empire of Louisiana,falling
Even

engaged

"

added

was

by Spain,

ceded

Mexico,
This
from

and

to the American

came

the

and

in 1848,

as

1818, Florida

result

of

war

was

with

the Pacific seaboard.

and

West

Greater

In

nation.

miles in width
dominion, nearly three thousand
east to west, has been
peopled by natural increase
by immigration from Europe, until,at the end of the
vast

nineteenth

century, the American

million

This

numbered

enty-six
sev-

souls.

development

change

nation

has

taken

in the constitution

or

place without
form

of

fundamental

government,

without

tional
increasing naliberty,and with ever
prosperity. Moreover, the States have survived the

loss of

individual

AND

AMERICA

Civil

centuries

of all modern

fell,and
dollars in
This

war

bloody

the most

War,

fought
persistently

war

in which

million

three and

half

which

sustain

to

and

"

gold were expended out of

accomplished the abolition
revolution

greatesteconomic

291

PHILIPPINES.

THE

diers
sol-

billion

the national treasury.

of negro

effected

ever

war

by

slavery,the
singleblow.

nation, so
historyof the American
driven
so
by sleepless
intelligence,
giftedwith political
so
proud of its achievements, and inwardly so
energy,
polishedbut less liberal life of
contemptuous of the more
this nation,
understood
the Old World.
Europe has never
of its
and not until a few years ago did Europeans dream
in brief is the

Such

and

progress

its power.

of

Relation

United

the

to South

States

American

lics.
Repub-

under

the
republics of Spanish America
has
States
always stood in a peculiar relation.
their independence of Spain
achieved
countries
of the United
of the success
States.
the inspiration

Their

governments

the

Toward

"

United
These

and

in

spiteof

life,the
political
a

framed

were

the

United

of the American,

in imitation

turbulence
States has

strong sympathy for these

disorder of their

and

always
states

felt and

as

fested
mani-

lics.
fellow-repub-

nance
pledged herself to the mainteof European
of their integrityagainst the attacks
This positionof the United
States in threatening
powers.
with resistance the attempt of any European power
the Monroe
is known
trine,
Docto seize American
as
territory
because
it was
first declared by President Monroe
She

has

moreover

in 1823.

Sympathy
"

The

of American

fact that

the

People
American

independenceby revolution
give ready sympathy to

for the

nation

has made

the

cause

Oppressed Cubans.
attained

the American
of

the

its

own

people

revolutionist.

292

THE

PHILIPPINES.

gles
people of Cuba, who made repeated ineffective strugagainst Spanish sovereignty,always had the good
wishes of the American
people. By international law,
tionists
not recognizeor assist revoluhowever, one nation may
againsta friendlypower until their independence
effected.
is practically
Thus, when rebellion broke out afresh in Cuba in 1894,
the United
States government
actively suppressed the
its duty, although
lending of assistance to the Cubans, as was
the American
people themselves heartilywished
in Cuba
Cuba free. The war
dragged along for years and
merciless.
The passions of Cubecame
and more
bans
more
inflamed
and Spaniards were
that quarter was
so
seldom
not
given, and prisoners were
spared. Spain
poured her troops into the island until there were
120,000
The

Cuban

on

the rebellion continued.

soil,but

The

Spanish have

War

with

always been

merciless

in

dealing
with revolutionists.
Americans, on the other hand, have
the moral
right of a people to resist
always conceded
oppressivegovernment, and in the entire historyof the
United
States there has scarcely been a singlepunishment
for political
crime.
Although probably the fiercest
in historywas
from
the American
Civil War
1861 to
war
for treason.
not a singleexecution
Thus
1865, there was
of political
executions
the stories of the constant
prisoners,
island in sight of its own
on
an
shores,greatly
exasperated America, as did the policy of Governor-general
excessive in its severity.
Weyler, which was
the

Spain.

"

Destruction

of the "Maine."

"

As

proceeded without sign of termination,the

ruary
patience of the American
people grew less. Then, Feb15, 1898, occurred one of the most deplorableevents
of recent times.
The American
battleship"Maine," lying
contest

AMERICA

in the harbor

by

AND

of

THE

Havana,

mine

or

that

could

was,

293

PHILIPPINES.

in the

night,blown

to

structi
de-

266 American
officers
torpedo,killing
and sailors. It is impossibleto believe that so dastardly
done with the knowledge of the higherSpanish
act was
an
but the American
that
officials;
people rightlydemanded
in Cuba, unable
a
government such as Spain maintained
to prevent such an
outrage upon the vessel of a friendly

and

power,
wage

humanely,

war

should

of War.

Declaration

neither

"

its rebellion

suppress

nor

cease.

On

April 20th

the

American

that Spain withdraw

from
the island
Congress demanded
and recognizethe independence of Cuba.
This was
tically
pracdeclaration of war.
a
Spain indignantlyrefused,
resistance.
and resolved upon
Unfortunately,the ignorant
European press claimed for Spain militaryand naval
superiority.
The
war
was
an
brief,and was
overwhelming disaster
to Spain. Every vessel of her proud navy
that came
under
the fire of American
destroyed.
guns was
For
battle
few months
a
raged along the coasts of
Cuba, and then Spain sued for peace.

Dewey's

Yictory

in

Manila

Bay.

"

But

meanwhile

begun without the slightestreference to the

quences
PhilippineIslands,had brought about surprisingconse-

the

war,

here.

opening of the war, both Spain and the United

had
States
The
squadrons in Asiatic waters.
Spanish
fleet lay at Cavite,the American
shipsgathered at Hongkong.
ican
Immediately on the declaration of war, the Amernaval
ordered
to destroy
commander, Dewey, was
the Spanish fleet,
which was
feared on the Pacific coast of
America.
Dewey entered the Bay of Manila in darkness
the morning of May 1st,and
made
direct for the
on
At

the

294

PHILIPPINES.

THE

Spanish vessels at Cavite. His fleet was the

and immeasurably the more
efficient. In
the Spanish navy
was
utterlydestroyed and
at the
A

mercy

Neiv

ful
powerfew

hours

Manila

lay

of his guns.

Insurrection

catastrophe to
the Islands

more

broke

At this signal
A^uinaldo.
Spain, the smoldering insurrection in
under

afresh.

"

The

Spanish troops not in

Manila
driven in upon
their posts, and
were
placed in a
hated by the revolutionists,
so
positionof siege. The friars,
in some
and were
were
captured in large numbers
killed. With
the permission and assistance of the
cases
American
authorities,
Aguinaldo returned from Singapore,
and landed at Cavite.
Here
he immediately headed
anew
the Philippineinsurrection.
Troops were
dispatched from
Capture of Manila.
San Francisco
for the capture of Manila.
By the end of
lay in the transports off Cavite. They
July, 8,500 men
vanced
landed at the little estuary of Paranaque, and adwere
out

"

northwards

upon

Fort

San

Antonio

and

the

fenses
de-

Spaniardsbehind the city's

defenses,
sick and
although outnumbering the Americans, were
the
made
to drive back
dispirited.One attempt was
invading army, but on the followingday the Americans
swept through the defenses and line of blockhouses,and
Manila
capitulated(August 13, 1898).
The
Filipinoshad scarcelyparticipatedin the attack
from
the city,and they were
excluded
on
occupying it
This
because
the
after its surrender.
act was
justified,
diers
Filipino forces had been very recently raised,the soland
had
were
undisciplined,
they entered the city,
feared by the
with passionsinflamed as they were, it was
that their officers might not be able to keep
Americans
them from lootingand crime.
of Malate.

The

AND

AMERICA

Misunderstanding

Up

to this

point,the

between

295

PHILIPPINES.

THE

and

Americans

relations

Filipinos.
"

and

the American

between

Filipinoarmies had been friendly. But here began that

months
misunderstanding and distrust which for so many
these two
to alienate
were
peoples and imbitter thenintercourse.
Provisional

Government

interval between

of the

the destruction

Filipinos.

of the

"

In

the

Spanish fleet and

ganized
Filipinosin Cavite had ordepende
a
provisionalgovernment and proclaimed the inof the archipelago.
The
Ideas
in Regard to the Philippines.
American
idea of returningthese islands to the Spanish power
was
sentiment.
Spain's
exceedingly repugnant to American

the

capture of Manila, the

"

attitude

toward

revolutionists

was

well

understood

in

Filipinoshad acted as America's friends

and allies. On the other hand, the American
government
was
unwillingto turn over to the newly organized Filipino
felt
republicthe government of the archipelago. It was
that this Filipinogovernin America, and with reason,
ment
of all the people in the
not trulyrepresentative
was
that the Filipino
-leaders were
untried
Philippines,
men,
had
had
not
and
that the people themselves
political
thrown
trainingand experience. The United States,having overunder obligathe Spanish government
here, was
tion
that the government established in its place
to see
pinos
The Filiwould
represent all and do injusticeto none.
their
to Americans, but
were
slightlyknown
very
class was
believed to be small and their political
educated
were
Thus, no assurances
given to the
abilityunproven.
Filipinoleaders that their government would be recognized,
America, and

or

that

the

their wishes

the Islands.

In

would

fact,these

be

consulted

matters

could

in the

future

be settled

of

only

296

THE

PHILIPPINES.

by action of the American

assembling and slow to act.

Congress, which

late in

was

now
Spain and America were
These negotiations
ducted
connegotiatingterms of peace.
were
critical
at Paris, and
dragged on during many

The

Terms

of

Peace.

"

The

weeks.

pinos
Fili-

were

rally
natu-

very

much

concerned

over

the outcome.
the

Finally,
American

ment
govern-

demanded

Spain that she

of

cede

the

to

Islands

the

ited

Un

States

and
the

cept
ac-

of

sum

$20,000,000 gold,
for

public works
and improvements

which

she

had

made.

Suspicions
the

Filipino

Leaders.
General

terms

Luna.

known

of

"

These

became
in November,

the worst
They served to awaken
suspicions
of the Filipinoleaders.
Many believed that they were
about
of Spain
to
exchange the oppressive domination
for the selfish and equallyoppressivedomination
of America.
1898.

There

is

reason

to

believe that

some

leaders

coun-

AND

AMERICA

seled

patience,and
the

of real

had

He

party

giftsand

received

instruction

in

cation
edu-

an

military

ferred
trans-

was

Malolos,

to

Luna

the radical

the peace, but

led by a man

Filipinoswas
Antonio Luna.
fierydisposition,
in Europe, had had some
affairs,and when
in September the
Filipino government
among

made

during the succeedingmonths

effort to maintain

constant

297

PHILIPPINES.

THE

became

the

in chief of

general
the

militaryforces.

He

was

also editor

of the most

radical

Filipino

per,
newspa-

"La

Indepen-

dencia."
New

Filipino

Government.

On

"

January 4, 1899,
President

ley

McKin-

issued

cial
speto

message

General

manding
Otis,com-

the armies
of

the

States

in the

thought

would

the

Philippines,
declaring that American
conditions.
be recognized without

in the United

this kind

of

Mabini.

United

must

they

Apolinario

would
not

American

be

States

that

accepted by

dare to make

the

firm

It

declaration

Filipinosand

resistance.

president and

eignty
sover-

nation,

The
as

was

of
that

intentions

subsequent

298

THE

have

events

proven,

PHILIPPINES.

with

but
great liberality;

were

not

trusted

by

deal

with

the

Filipinos
the
president'sprofessions
Filipinos,and the result of
to

were

the

them

Mr.

to move
was
McKinley's message
frame
an
independent government

and

to

at

once

decide

to
on

war.

This

new

government

framed

was

at

Malolos, Bulacan,

of the
by a congress with representativesfrom most
The
"Malolos
Constitution"
provincesof central Luzon.
was
proclaimed January 23, 1899, and Don Emilio Aguinaldo
elected president. The
was
cabinet,or ministry,
included
Don
ApolinarioMabini, secretary of state ; Don
Teodoro
Sandico, secretary of interior ; General Baldomero
Aguinaldo,secretary of war; General Mariano Trias,
Engracio Gonzaga, secretary
secretary of treasury ; Don
of public instruction and agriculture.
with

War

the

Americans.

"

Battle

of

Manila.

"

The

impatient for fighting,and attack

lines surrounding Manila
the American
on
began on the
"nightof February 4th. It is certain that battle had
and in preparationfor some
been decided upon
time, and
have
been begun in any case, before
that fightingwould
Filipinoforces

the

arrival

were

of reinforcements

from

America;

but

the attack

precipitateda little earlyby the killingat San

officer who
refused to halt when
Juan Bridge of a Filipino
challengedby an American
sentry. On that memorable
and dreadful night,the battle raged with great fury along
the entire circle of defenses surrounding the city,from
Tondo
de Abad, south
the north to Fort San Antonio
on
from
of the suburb of Malate.
Along three main avenues
the Filipinosattempted to
the north, east, ancf south
but although they charged
and enter the capital,
storm
for hours
sustained a bloody
with reckless bravery, and
was

AND

AMERICA

THE

299

PHILIPPINES.

the fighting
combat, they had fatallyunderestimated
soldier.
qualitiesof the American
volunteer
The
came
regiments of the American
army
United
almost
States, where
entirelyfrom the western
men
are
naturallytrained to the use of arms, and
young
imbued
are
by inheritance 'with the powerful and aggressive
frontier. When
morning
qualitiesof the American
broke, the Filipinoline of attack had, at every point,been
shattered

and

advanced

their

the east
and

to

back, and

thrown

the

positionson

the Water

the south

and

Works

the

Americans

north
the

to

had

Caloocan,

on

Mariquina Valley,

Pasay.
Unfortunately,during the night
Declaration
of War.
was
attack and before the disaster to Filipinoarms
parent,
apAguinaldo had launched againstthe United States
on

to

"

of

declaration

Americans
made
The

from

after this

war.

declaration

This

trustingthe
battle,and

overtures
peace

Campaign.

Malolos

"

On

was

of
not

March

prevented the
certain Filipinos
achieved.
25th

began the

Filipinocapitalof Malolos.
This Malolos
campaign, as it is usually called,occupied
six days, and ended
in the driving of the Filipinoarmy
and government
from their capital.
The
Filipinoarmy was pursued in its retreat as far as
Kalumpit, where on the southern bank of the Rio Grande
de Pampanga the American
line rested during the height
of the rainy season.
During this interval the volunteer
regiments,whose terms of service had long expired,were
returned to the States,and their places taken by regiments
American

advance

of the

Some

hard

upon

the

regular army.

paign,
fightinghad taken place during this camand two
officers were
extremely worthy American
Colonels Egbert and Stotsenberg.
killed,

300

THE

PHILIPPINES.

The American
at that
Army.
army
consisted of twenty-fiveregitime, besides the artillery,
ments
of cavalry. Congress now
of infantryand
ten
authorized the organizationof twenty-fournew
regiments
of infantry,to be known
the 26th to the 49th Regias
ments
of U. S. Volunteers, and1 one
volunteer regiment of
These
cavalry, the llth, for a service of two years.
from
civil life,
regiments were
largelyofficered by men
and
familiar with a great variety of callings
professions,
for the most
services
whose
men
part of fine character,
in the months
that followed were
great not only in
very
the field,
but in gaining the friendshipof the Filipino
people and in representingthe character and intentions
The

American

"

"

of the

American

government.

mer
Through the sumof 1899 the war
not
was
pressed by the American
leaders
the negotiations
with the Filipino
general,nor were
conducted
with success.
The Filipinos
were
by no means
quest
dismayed. In spiteof their reverses, they believed the conof the Islands impossibleto foreigntroops. Furthermore,
the war
ica.
had met with tremendous
oppositionin Amerbelieved that the war
was
against
Many Americans
the fundamental
rights of the Filipinopeople. They
with unspeakable bitterness.
attacked
the administration
tionary
They openly expressed sympathy for the Filipinorevolu-

Anti-

War

Agitators

and

cause,
was

Spread

an

in America.

for the space

of two
in

important factor

of the Insurrection.

"

"

years

their

the
sustaining
In

these

same

agement
encour-

rebellion.
summer

among
revolutionaryleaders spread their cause
of rethe surrounding provincesand islands. The spirit
sistance
the Tagalogs,
was
prominent at first only among
but graduallynearly all the Christianized populationwas
united in resistance to the American
occupation.

months

the

AND

AMERICA

301

PHILIPPINES.

THE

had meanAmericans
The
while
Occupation of Negros.
wards
occupied Iloilo and the Bisayas, and shortlyaftersurrendered
the presidiosin Mindanao
by the
"

had
Spaniards. In Negros,also,exceptionalcircumstances
taken place. The people in this island invited American
sovereignty;and Gen. James Smith, sent to the island in
March
assisted the people hi forming a liberal
as
governor,
government, through which insurrection and disorder in
that island were
largelyavoided.
Death

Luna.

of General

the

With

"

cessation

of

begun again in northern

heavy rains,the fightingwas
in Tarlak,
had its headquarters
Luzon.
The Filipino
army
of the provincesof Pangasand its lines occupiedthe towns
inan and Nueva
Ecija,stretchingin a long line of posts
from

the Zambales

to the upper

waters

stillwell armed, provisIt was

ioned,
Pampanga.
and
though wayward,
resolute;but the brilliant,
dead.
The Nationalist junta,
organizerof this army was
which had directed the Philippinegovernment and army,

of

the

almost

Mountains

had

Rio

not

been

able to

reconcile its differences.

It is

ported
re-

that Luna

aspiredto a dictatorship.He was killed

by soldiers of Aguinaldo at Cabanatuan.
The
The American
in Northern
Luzon.
Campaign
determined
a
generals now
strategiccampaign.
upon
"

General

MacArthur

railroad
with

from

was

Kalumpit

to

command

to

the Gulf

the Ilokano

Filipinoarmy

coast

of

to

was

northward.

should
As

in upon
convey

Lingayen,

that

the

Lawton,
infantryand cavalry,was
eastward
through Nueva

flyingcolumn of swift
to make
a
flankingmovement
Ecija and hem the Filipinoforces
Wheaton

up

Tarlak; General

upon

General

advance

an

to

cut
a

throw

the east.

while,
Mean-

force

port
trans-

a
a

off the

by

cordon
retreat

across

of the

strategicmovement,

this

AMERICAN

CAMPAIGNS
IN

NORTHERN

LUZON

C^

| Baler

Bay

V
/

Montalban
ACOlongaW^W^
"

vqpAty/uuircipu

cS?F
V

V..
^"",

3
3

120

"-"*~"|a

""

f^,

ICaloocam

Longitude

San
;i J"r
lWonilaviiaB"
l

TUT

\ r1-

ICavite.

East

O-^
^N

Mateo*^
"ittle"

^M"^t"

-\

iparanaaue

from

302

Greenwich

122

AMERICA

AND

303

PHILIPPINES.

THE

MacArthur
successful.
swept
only partially
northward, crushing the Filipinoline on his front, his
advance
being led by the active regiment of General

campaign

was

J. Franklin

Bell.

Lawton's

eastward, marching
Swollen

exertions.

the

life,and

column

scoured

great rapidityand

with

rivers

crossed

were

column, cuttingloose

with

from

its

the country
tremendous

great

loss of

supplies,was

in this column
that
frequentlyin need of food. It was
the Filipino
first saw
with amazement
the great American
ippines.
cavalryhorse,so largebeside the small pony of the PhilLawton's
descent was
swift that the Philipso
pine
government and staff narrowly escaped capture.
On
the night of November
llth, the Filipinogenerals
the Rio
held their last council of war
at Bayambang
on
Agno, and resolved upon dispersal.Meanwhile, Wheaton
had landed
at San
Fabian, upon the southern Ilokano

coast, but

his force

cordon,
naldo, with

of

on

small

the

night

of

November

party of ministers and

an

ive
effect-

loth

Aguiofficers,
closely

under
the command
cavalry of Lawton
General
Young, slipped past, through the mountains
Pozorubio
and Rosario, and escaped up the Ilokano

pursued by
of

and

insufficient to establish

was

the

coast.

Then
wars.

began
The

one

of

chase

the
never

cent
excitingpursuitsin reslackened,except in those

most

the
for the moment
trail of
repeated instances when
the Filipinogeneral was
lost. From
Kandon, Aguinaldo
turned
of Lepanto
eastward
through the comandancias
dillera
and
Bontok, into the wild Igorot country of the CorThe
the
Central.
trail into Lepanto leads over
Near
loftymountains
through the precipitousTila Pass.
the summit, in what
was
regarded as an impregnable
than a boy, but a
position,
Gregorio del Pilar,little more

304

PHILIPPINES.

THE

with
brigadier-general,
of his command,

small

force of

attempted

to

the
soldiers,
the

cover

nant
rem-

of

retreat

president. But a battalion of the 33d Infantry,under

Major March, carried the pass, with the total destruction
amid the slain.
of Pilar's command, he himself falling
his

Capture

of

A Q uina.ldo-

"

then
Major March
pursued Aguinaldo
into

Bontok

thence
into

and

southward

the

mountainous
of

and

wild

tory
terri-

Quiangan.

Christmas

On

night, 1899,

soldiers

American

camped
crest

the

on

of the Cordillera,

within
miles

the

of

the

few

Igo-

village where
the
Filipino force
was
sleeping.Both
partieswere broken
rot

down
General

Pilar.

and

distress
the

the

fightand
's party

able to remain

in these

through

fierceness

pursuit,but for several weeks

was

in dire

longer Aguinaldo

mountains

its pursuers.
A month
later,his trail was
lost in the valleyof the Cagayan. He and his small
elude

finally
passed over

the

of

and

finally
party

exceedinglydifficulttrail through the

AMERICA

Sierra

Madre

THE

305

PHILIPPINES.

of
Tagdlog town
the Pacific coast.
near
Here, almost entirelycut
in the insurrection,
active participation
Aguinaldo
of 1901, when
he was
until March
captured by

Palanan
off from
remained
the

AND

Mountains,

party of General

to

the

little

Funston.

following the disintegrationof the

Filipinoarmy, the country appeared to be pacifiedand
The new
the insurrection
over.
regiments arrivingfrom
formed
under General
the United States,an expeditionwas
and January marched
Schwan, which in December
southward
cupied
through Cavite and Laguna provinces and ocOther
Batangas, Tayabas, and the Camarines.
sent to the Bisayas and to northern
Luzon,
regimentswere
until every portion of the archipelago,
except the islands
ican
and Palawan, contained large forces of Amerof Mindoro
For

some

weeks

troops.
Reorganization

of

the

Filipino Army.

"

The

Filipinos
the contest,and

had, by no means, however, abandoned

gent
this period of quiet was
simply a calm while the insurforces were
perfectingtheir organizationand preparing
for

renewal

of the conflict under

different form.

being found impossiblefor a Filipinoarmy to keep the

effected a secret
field,there was
organization for the
of maintaining irregularwarfare
through every
purpose
partitioned
portionof the archipelago. The Islands were
into a great number
of districts or "zones."
At the
of each was
head
a
zone
commander, usually with the
rank of general. The operationsof these men
were, to a
certain extent, guided by the counsel or directions of the
secret revolutionaryjuntas in Manila
or
Hongkong, but,
in fact, they were
practicallyabsolute and independent,
and they exercised extraordinarypowers.
They recruited
It

their

own

forces

and

commissioned

subordinate

com-

306

THE

PHILIPPINES.

"

manders.

"

contributions
They levied
ers
towns, ownupon
of haciendas,and individuals
of every class,
and there
for collecting
secret civil or municipal organization
a
was
The
these revenues.
zone
ercised
excommanders, moreover,
the terrible power
of execution
by administrative

order.
Assassination

leaders
rules

were

for the

of Filipinos.

well

necessarilynot
conduct

Many

"

of warfare

of

the

instructed

which

Filipino
in

those

civilized

peoples
and honorable.
Many

have

agreed upon as being humane

in the latter months
of them
of the war,
tried,especially
when
understanding was more
widely diffused,to make
their conduct

conform

to

international

usage;

but

the

the great crime of

revolutionaryjunta had committed
orderingthe punishment by assassination of all Filipinos
failed to support the insurgentcause.
who
No
possible
in the lightof modern
justification,
morality,can be found
this. The very worst
for such a step as
passionswere
nate
let loose in carryingout this policy. Scores of unfortuof them
the results
were
as
men
assassinated,
many
blackmail was
of privateenmity. Endless
and
extorted
communities

were

to the

Irregular

terrorized

from

one

end

of the

pelago
archi-

other.

Warfare

of

the

Filipinos.

"

Through the

Spanish forces,the capture of the arsenals

of Cavite and Olongapo, and by purchase through Hongkong,
the revolutionarygovernment
possessed between
and forty thousand
rifles. These
arms
thirty thousand
distributed to the different militaryzones, and the
were
secret
organizationwhich existed in each municipality
secreted by the
received its proportion. These guns were
occasion
of the command, except when
different members
for effecting
arose
a
surpriseor making an attack. There
surrender

of

AMERICA

AXD

THE

307

PHILIPPINES.

general engagements, but in some

almost
nightlyshooting. Pickets and

were

no

was

off,and

cut

were

roads

became

small

unsafe

so

there

towns

ments
detach-

throughout
travel by
long time,

no
archipelagothat there was
For a
Americans
except under heavy escort.
so lenient
also,the orders of the commanding general were
that it was
properlyto punish this conduct when
impossible

most

it

discovered.

was

Death

Lawton.

of General

attempt
cut

was

of the

garrisonevery

to

into

up

as

many

The

"

American

in the

important town
as

small

550

in its/

army,

detachments

Islands,
of

post

seventy!
finallyover
thousand
for
American
soldiers in the Islands,it was
rare
five hundred
and most
of the
to take the field,
as
as
many
by small detachments
engagements of the year 1900 were
hundred
of fiftyto one
men.
It was
in one
of these small expeditionsthat the American
suffered the greatestsingleloss of the war.
A
army
is the beautiful Mariquina Valley,
few miles east of Manila
from which is derived the city's
supply of water, and the
of this pretty stream
headwaters
lie in the wild and picturesque
fastness of San Mateo
and Montalban.
Although
the capitaland the headquarmiles from
a dozen
scarce
ters
of a Filipinobrigade,San Mateo
not permanently
was
until after the 18th of December,
occupiedby the Americans
garrisons. Thus, while

1899, when

there

were

General

force under

Lawton

through the hills to surprisethe town.

Early in the morning the American force came

was

led

around

down

over

the hills that lie across

They
command
sugar

by
scattered along
were

hacienda
in

met

close

to

brisk fire from

banks

the

the

river from

the

the village.

insurgent

the river and

Here

in

spicuous
Lawton, conhelmet,accompanying, as

stream.

lightclothingand

of

the

pouring

308

his custom, the

was

by

PHILIPPINES.

THE

Filipino Leaders
the

was
skirmishers,

struck

instantlykilled.

bullet and

after

front line of

Sent

reelection

to

in the

Guam.

In

"

United

November, 1900,

States

of

President

was
vigorous policy of war
General
manding
MacArthur, cominaugurated. In this month
the division,issued a notable
general order,
which
were
defining and explaining the laws of war
onment
being violated,and threatening punishment by imprisSome
thousands
of those guiltyof such conduct.
arrested
and
of Filipinosunder this order were
oned.
impristhem the high-minded
Thirty-nineleaders,among
in December, 1900, sent to
but irreconcilable Mabini, were
the island of Guam.
a militaryprisonon
much
more
vigorouslyprosecutedin
Campaigning was
cers
offiair militarydistricts. By this time all the American
had become
familiar with the insurgentleaders,and
these were
now
obliged to leave the towns and establish

McKinley,

much

cuartels in remote

more

barrios and

in the mountains.

pursued through the winter of 1900-01,

broke the fightingstrengthof the revolutionists.
The
Probably the most
Philippine Civil Commission.
resulted from
the
influential factor in producing peace
and labors of the Civil PhilippineCommission.
presence
H. Taft, Judge Luke
E.
These gentlemen, Judge William
Wright, Judge Henry C. Ide,Professor Dean C. Worcester,
and Professor Bernard
Moses, were
dent
appointed by the presiin the springof 1900 to legislate
for the Islands and to
These

measures,

"

the way for the establishment

of civil government.
President
mission
McKinley's letter of instructions to this com-

prepare

will
most

The

notable

probably be ranked as one

publicpapers in American

commission

reached

the Islands

of the ablest and

history.
in June

and

began

AMERICA

AND

their

work
legislative

men,

remarkable

leaders

and

to

309

PHILIPPINES.

September 1st. This

their high character,was

on

for

bring about

last to

THE

an

understandingwith

them

assure

purposes

of the American

advocate

the surrender

of the unselfish

the

and

body

of

able

at

Filipino

honorable

Thus, by the early

winter of 1900-01
vinced
conFilipinogentlemen became
many
that the best interests of the Islands lay in accepting
American
sovereignty,and that they could honorably
government.

of the

insurgentforces.
These men
represented
the highestattainments
and

influential positions

most

the

in
In

Islands.

December

formed

they
association

an

known

the Federal

as

Party, for the purpose

of inducing the surrender
of militaryleaders,
obedience

ican
to the Amer-

government,

and

the acceptance of peace.

End

of
"

the

Under

these

there

but

were

The

two

General

zone

and

arms,

quietlyreturned

"

Lukban

in the
the insurrection,
influences,
rapidlyto pieces. Leader after leader

his forces and

and

Taft.

tion.
Insurrec-

springof 1901,went
surrendered

Governor

took

By the end

home.

in

had

who

commanders

Malvar

giance
the oath of alle-

Batangas,

and

of June
not

rendered,
sur-

General

in Samar.
First

almost

Civil Governor.

"

Peaceful

immediately followed

conditions

these

and

surrenders

curity
se-

and

310

THE

the

determined
at

On

once.

PHILIPPINES.

presidentto establish civil government

July 4, 1901, this important step was taken,

Judge Taft, the presidentof

that

taking office on
of the

the first American

as

civil governor

September 1st, the Philippine

increased by the appointment of

was

members,
Filipino

D., the

M.

PhilippineCommission,

Philippines.On

Commission
three

date

the

Benito

Hon.

the Hon.

"

T. H.

Legarda, and

riaga of Negros.
The PhilippineCommission
of legislation
of a
amount

has

Pardo

the Hon.

achieved

de Tavera,
Jose Luzu-

remarkable

high order. From

tember,
Sepmission
1900, to the end of December, 1902, the comSome
passed no less than 571 acts of legislation.
of very great importance and involved long
of these were
preparationand labor. Few administrative bodies have
and

harder

worked

ever

very

with

greater results than

the

during the first two years of its

PhilippineCommission
activity. The frame of government in all its branches
had to be organizedand set in motion, the civil and criminal
law liberalized,
tion
revenue
provided,and publicinstrucremodeled
The

New

on

Government.

and

extensive

very

which

"

The

scale.

government

is

very

eral
lib-

gives an increasingopportunity
for participation
is
to the Filipinos. It includes
what
in the Islands
called local self-government. There
are
about
1,132 municipalities.In these the residents practically
their own
affairs. There are
thirty-eight
manage
in which
the administr
organizedprovincesin the archipelago,
Board
rests with the Provincial
composed of
the governor,
treasurer,and supervisoror engineer. The
of two years by the counis elected for the term
cilors
governor
united in assembly. The
urer
treasof all the towns
of the
and supervisorare appointed by the governor
one,

one

AMERICA

AND

Philippinearchipelagounder
The

Board.

311

PHILIPPINES.

THE

rules of the

the

civil service

is

vice
Civil Ser-

subject which

has

the

specialconsideration of the Commission.

It gives equal opportunity to the
Filipino and to the
American
the public service and to gain public
to enter
given the
promotion; and the Filipinois by law even
preferencewhere possessedof the requisiteability.
commanded

The

The

Palace, Manila.

Insular

the
is divided

Headquarters

Government.

insular,or

into

four

"

central

For

of

the

Government.

the purposes

government

of administration,

of the Islands

branches, called departments, each

directed by a secretary who is also a member
of the Philippine
Commission.
These departments are, interior,
Secretary
Worcester; finance and justice,
merce
SecretaryIde; comand police,Secretary Wright; and public instruction,
Secretary Moses, until January 1, 1903, and since

312

THE

that date
are

PHILIPPINES.

Under
each
Secretary Smith.
of bureaus, by
a
large number

of these
which

ments
depart-

the many

important activities of the government are performed.

list of these bureaus
We
have only to examine
to see
a

many-sided is the work which the government is

performing. It is a veritable commonwealth, complete in

how

all the branches

which

demand

attention

of modern

rior,
Department of the Inteof Public Health, with its exthere is the Bureau
tremely
important duties of combating epidemic diseases
with its publichospitals,
and improving publicsanitation,
of Government
sanitariums,and charities; the Bureau
for making bacteriological
vestiga
and chemical inLaboratories
of Mining;
of Forestry; a Bureau
Bureau
a
the PhilippineWeather
Bureau; a Bureau of Agriculture;
of Non-Christian
Tribes for conducting the govBureau
a
ernment
for
work in ethnology and for framing legislation
and Mohammedan
tribes; and a Bureau of Public
pagan

governments.

Thus, under

the

the

Lands.
Under

the

and Police are

department of Commerce
of Posts; Signal Service; the
the Bureau
Philippines
Constabulary, really an insular army, with its force of
officers and men;
hundred
some
sixty-five
Prisons; the
Coast Guard
and TransportationService,with a fleet of
about twenty beautiful little steamers, nearly all of them
for islands of the
newly built for this service and named
archipelago; the Coast and Geodetic Survey, doing the
of charting the dangerous coasts
and
much-needed
work
of
treacherous waters
of the archipelago;and the Bureau
Engineering,which has in its charge great public works,
of which are alreadyunder way.
many
and Justice are
the
Under
the Department of Finance
Insular
of
Treasurer; the Insular Auditor; the Bureau

AND

AMERICA

Customs

313

PHILIPPINES.

and

of Internal Revenue;
Immigration; the Bureau
Cold Storage and Ice Plant; and the
the Insular

Under

Justice.

of

Bureau

great

THE

the

of

Department

of Education

Public

Instruction

there

is

in

charge of the system of public

of Printing and
schools ; a Bureau
Engraving, with a new
of Architecture; a
and fully equipped plant; a Bureau
of Statistics;
and
Bureau
of Archives; a Bureau
the
PhilippineMuseum.
the Bureau

and

Revenues

Expenditures.

The

"

of

expenditureof large
of money,
but the insular government and the Filipino
sums
aged
people are fortunate in having had their finances manof the Islands
with exceptionalability. The revenues
these

activities calls for

maintenance

numerous

an

for the past fiscal year have amounted

to about
000, gold. Public expenditures,including the

$10,638,-

purchase

ing
coast-guardfleetand the forwardthe improving of the
of great public works
such as
harbor of Manila, amounted
during fiscal year of 1903 to
about $9,150,000,gold. The government has at all times

of

equipment

such

preserveda good
year

has

owing

seen

to the

off of

some

as

the

balance

in

diminution

its

treasury; but

the

past

in the amount

great depreciationof

of revenues,
silver money,
the falling

imports,the wide prevalenceof cholera,and the

poverty of

many

parts of the country

as

result of

war

through pest. To assist the government

of the Philippines,
the Congress of the United
characteristic
States in February, 1903, with great and
of $3,000,000,gold, as a
generosityappropriatedthe sum
free giftto the people and government
of the Philippines.
have
The Judicial
fortunate,also,
Especially
System.
in establishing
been the labors of the commission
a
cial
judiThe
legal
system and revisingthe Spanish law.
and

the loss of livestock

"

314

THE

PHILIPPINES.

of the commission is unusuallyhigh. As at present

ability
constituted,the judicialsystem consists of a Supreme
Court composed of seven
at the
three of whom
justices,
over
present time are
Filipinos.Besides trying cases
this court decides cases
which it has original
jurisdiction,
of appeal from the Courts of First Instance, fifteen in number,
which

sit in different parts of the Islands.

has

Each

town,

justicesof the peace for the trial of

small cases
and for holding preliminaryexaminations
in.
of crimes.
of Civil Procedure,
Code
cases
By the new
of justicehas been so simplified
the administration
that
there are
probably no courts in the world where justice
be more
can
quickly secured than here.
Schools.
Probably no feature of tfie
System, of Publio

moreover,

its

"

American

government

attention

than

the

in the

Islands

has

attracted

more

of

public schools. Popular

education,while by no means
wholly neglectedunder the
ally
continuSpanish government, -was
inadequate, and was
opposed by the clerical and conservative Spanish
of the Filipino
forces,who feared that the liberalizing
be the looseningof the control of both
people would
the contrary, the success
On
Spanish state and church.
of the

American

system

government,

as

of

any

government

in

gence
depends upon the intellipeople participate,
of the people. Thus, the American
and education
government is as anxious to destroyignorance and poverty
the Spanish government
and the Spanish church
as
desirous of preservingthese deeply unfortunate
were
ditions.
conwhich

the

Americans
among

believe that if

knowledge is generallyspread
the Filipinopeople,if there can
standing
be a real underof the genius and purpose
of our American
tutions,
instithere will come
increasingcontent and satisfac-

AMERICA

AND

tion to dwell under

THE

American

early encouraged by the

the

first attention

of

Thus, education

law.

American

the

and

army,

commission.

system of publicschools which

315

PHILIPPINES.

now

The

was

it received

widespread

exists in these islands

lic
organizedby the first General Superintendentof PubInstruction,Dr. Fred W. Atkinson, and by Professor
Moses
Bernard
of the PhilippineCommission.
was

Instruction

in

the

English

Language-

"

The

basis

public instruction is the English language. This

of
was
early decided upon in view of the great number
the absence of a common
native language
Filipinodialects,
and
the very
moderate
or
literature,
acquaintance with
Spanish by any except the educated class.
It is fortunate for the Filipinopeople that English has
here and that its knowledge is rapidly
been introduced
and
the
spreading. Knowledge of language is power,
more
widely spoken the tongue, the greater the possession
of the individual
who
acquires it. Of all the languages
of the world, English is to-day the most
widely spoken
and is most
rapidlyspreading. Moreover, English is preeminently
From
hama
Yokothe language of the Far East.
of this

to

Australia, and

from

Manila

to

the

Isthmus

of

medium
of communication.
Suez, English is the common
of diplomacy.
It is the language alike of business and
in all the busy
The Filipino
people,so eager to participate
to make
their influence
life of eastern
Asia, so ambitious
from
felt and
their counsels regarded, will be debarred
all this unless they master
this mighty English tongue.
The
Filipino Assembly.
Thus, after four and a half
of American
occupation, the sovereignty of the
years
United States has been established in the archipelago,
and
form
of government, unique in the historyof colonial
a
administration,inaugurated. One other step in the con"

316

THE

PHILIPPINES.

templation of Congress,which

"

will stillfurther

make

the

of the

Filipinopeople,remains
to be taken.
This is the formation of a Filipinoassembly
of delegatesor representatives,
chosen
by popular vote
from
all the Christianized
provinces of the archipelago.
The recent census
of the Philippines
will form the basis for
the apportionment of this representation.This assembly
will share 'the legislative
all matters
on
pertaining
power
to the Christian people of the Philippinesand those parts
of the Islands inhabited by them.
When
this step shall
have been taken,the government of the PhilippineIslands
will be like the typicaland peculiarly
American
form of
government

government

known

Territorial

The

American

government

Form

as

territorial.

of Government

Union

in the

United

States.

"

composed of a number of states

commonwealths
or
which, while differing
vastly in wealth
and population,are
on
absolutelyequal footing in the
The inhabitants of these states form politically
Union.
the American
sovereignty. They elect the presidentand
Congress,and through their state legislatures
change
may
or

amend

the form

Besides

is

of the American

these states,there have

of the nation
extensive

state

itself.

always been largepossessions

called territories. These

territories

developed
countries,too sparselyinhabited or too unto be admitted, in the judgment of
politically
the American
Their
Congress,to statehood in the Union.
inhabitants do not have the right to vote
for the president;
in the American
neither have they representation
Congress. These territories are governed by Congress,
them
through territorial governments, and over
Congress
That is,as the Supreme Court
has full sovereignpowers.
of the United
States
and explained,while
has decided
for the states in the Union
has
Congress when legislating
are

AMERICA

AND

317

PHILIPPINES,

THE

which have been specifically

only those powers of legislation
for the
granted by the Constitution,in legislating
territories it has

all the

which

powers
The
denied.
specifically

has not

only

the

Constitution

limitations

gress
Con-

on

which,under the American

system of public
law, guarantee the libertyof the individual, his freedom
of religious
belief and worship; his right to just,open,
and speedy trial; his right to the possessionof his property;
and other preciousprivileges,
the result of centuries
of development in the English-speakingrace, which make
civil liberty. These
which
no
pricelesssecurities,
up
take away,
fringe,
of the government
can
abridge,or inpower
much
the possessionof the inhabitants
of
are
as
a
territoryas of a state.1
of these territories has varied greatly
The government
in form and may
be changed at any time by Congress,
and supreme
but it usually consists of a governor
court,
appointed by the presidentof the United States,and a
elected by the people. Since 1783 there has
legislature
held and governed by the United
so
always been territory
States,and if we may judge from the remarkable
history
of government
of dependent
of these regions,this form
possessionsis the most successful and most advantageous
itself that has ever
been devised.
to the territory
At the present time, the territories of the United States
are
Oklahoma, the Indian Territory,New
Mexico, Arithose

are

"

See

the

Insurance
Bank
The

May,

v.

Co.

County of
On
a

Supreme Court in the

(1 Peters, 511), decided

Yankton

Church

1890.

of the

Canter

v.

Mormon

of
of

decisions

v.

the

Reynolds v.
y. Ramsey (114

U.

S.

in

1828;

National

(101 U. S. Reports, 129), decided in 1879;

States (136 U. S. Reports, 1), decided

United

domain

territory,in
United

of American

cases

of

personal liberty possessed by

addition

States (98 U. S.

Reports,

to

above

cases,

see

also

Reports, 154), 1878;

15), 1884.

and

the

the

habitants
in-

cases

Murphy

318

PHILIPPINES.

THE

Alaska,the

zona,

and

Hawaiian

regarded by
be

ippines,
Phil-

Guam.

territorial form

The

Rico, the

Islands,Porto

American
followed

government has frequentlybeen

of

statesmen

as

temporary

comparatively early

tion
condi-

date

by
after more
than a century of developBut
statehood.
ment,
territorial government, as shaped by Congress and
denned
as
by the Supreme Court, shows itself so flexible
and advantageous that there is no
reason
why it should
Whether
not be regarded as a permanent and final form.
it will long prevailin the Philippines,
depends very largely
the political
development and ultimate desires of
upon
For the present, it is the
the Filipinopeople themselves.
and
the only form
only suitable form of government
which it is statesmanlike
to contemplate.
to

at

Filipino Independence.
years

to indicate

seem

The

"

of

events

that the American

the

nation

last few
will not

Philippineswith independence until they have

immeasurably gained in politicalexperience and social
self-control. The
question is too great to be discussed
be said: The
of
rapid march
here, but this much
may
in this coming century will not be
international politics
favorable to the independence of the small and imperfectly
cinate
developed state. Independence, while it may fasnot be most
the popular leader,may
advantageous
for this people. Independence, under
present tendencies
economic
isolation. Indeof international trade, means
pendence,
in the present age, compels preparedness for
necessitates the maintenance
of
war; preparednessfor war
strong armies,the buildingof great navies,and the great
intrust

economic

the

burdens

requiredto

Especiallywould this be
to attack, so surrounded

true

of

sustain
an

these

armaments.

so
exposed
archipelago

by .ambitious

powers,

and

so

AND

AMERICA

THE

319

PHILIPPINES.

the Philippines.
as
are
coming struggle,
Japan, with a populationof forty-sixmillion,wonderful
and passionately
devoted
for their industryand economy,
is independent,but at great cost.
The
to their emperor,
and her modern
burden of her splendidarmy
weighs
navy
a
large proportion of
heavily upon her people,consumes
to be threateningto
their earnings,and sometimes
seems
of the nation almost to the point of
strain the resources
breaking.
Control.
Surely,a people is
Advantages of American
privilegedif,like the Philippines
economically far more
of

the center

near

"

the American

under

British,they
of

burden

government,

compelled

are

Australia

sustain

to

defense.

exterior

or

The

no

navies

under

the

portion of the
of

the

United

of the Philippinearchipelago.
to-day protect the integrity

States

The

of

power

nation

so

strong and

so

terrible,

aroused,that no country on the globe would

of wantonly molesting its territory,
think for a minute
shields the Filipinofrom all outside interference and permits
him
in the development of
to expend all his energy
when

once

those abilities to which

his temperament

and

endowment

inspirehim.
American
is

There

government
no

heaven

under
and

in which

and

his

success

honorable
in which

he

his progress
not

the

with

may

and
literature,

But

generous

be

in the

art,

we

opportunity.
walk
now

of life
engage

find his endeavors

encouraged
appreciation. In politics,

slow, because

development of the individual

of the whole.

of

pursuit,calling,or
the Filipinomay
not

will not

met

freedom

means

no

may

less noble
in this

nor

progress
of the

here

is

few, but

pursuitsof science,
generation see
very

than
and
notable success
Filipinosachieving more
but for their land.
not only for themselves

tinction,
dis-

320

THE

Patriotic

the

the

American

and

here

have

the

the

of

loyal

of

Philippines

in

the

appreciation
and

wisely

brunt

pines,
Philip-

belief

worked

borne

government

wholesome

purposes;

have

the

regards

as

national

who

men

selfishness,
to

the

the

of

duty,

"

for

uprightness
of

Patriotic

Duty.

means

PHILIPPINES.

the

without

toil;

loyalty

and

of

the

live

honestly,

United

long

States,

so

justly,

and

increase
of

full

devised;

have

and

interests
the

every

obey
every

personal

to

opportunity
and

the

in

betterment

this
the

preserve
for

has

that

set

land;
peace,

development

the
of

the

and

race.

and

and

could
to

their

overcome

mark

on

resolution

use

of

lished,
estab-

perhaps

cruel

and

means

and

shall

its

people

been

chosen

that

ognition
rec-

duty

now

people

own

interests,

public

has

have

his

to

Filipino

preceded,

would

loyalty

institution

laws,

has

himself

the

it

rule

hearty

patriotic

as

what

selfishness

native
the

Filipinos,

and

the

by

government

he

what

frank

made

the

than

better
to

for
of

acceptance

superior

and

advance

And

as

governments

liberty;

every

themselves.

these

as

his

to

faithfully
own

acter
char-

APPENDIX.
GOVERNORS

SPANISH

THE

OF

(1569-1898.)
Legazpi.

de

Miguel Lopez

1569-1572

Don

1572-1575

Guido

1575-1580

Don

Francisco

1580-1583

Don

Gonzalo

1583-1584

Don

Diego Ronquillo.

1584-1590

Dr.

1590-1593

Don

1593-1593

Pedro

1593-1595

Luis

Perez

1596-1602

Don

Francisco

1602-1606

Don

Pedro

1606-1608

The

Audiencia.

1608-1609

Don

Rodrigo

1609-1616

Don

Juan

1616-1618

The

1618-1624

Don

Alonso

1624-1625

The

Audiencia.

1625-1626

Don

Fernando

1626-1632

Don

Juan

1632-1633

The

1633-1635

Don

Juan

1635-1644

Don

Sebastian

1644-1653

Don

Diego Fajardo

1653-1663

Sabiniano

1663-1668

Don

Diego de Salcedo.

1668-1669

Don

Manuel

de

la Pefia

1669-1677

Don

Manuel

de

Leon.

1677-1678

The

Audiencia.

1678-1684

Don

de

Don

Labezares.
de

Sande.

Ronquillo.

de

Santiago

Gomez
de

Vera.

Dasmarinas.

Perez

Rojas.
Dasmarinas.

de

Bravo

de

de

Guzman.

de

Tello

Aeuna.

Vivero.

Silva.

Audiencia.

Fajardo

de

Nino

Tenza.

Silva.

de

Tabora.

Audiencia.

Juan

Cerezo

de

Salamanca.

Hurtado

Corcuera.

Chac6n.

Manrique

de

de

de

Lara.

Bonifaz.

Vargas Hurtado.
321

PHILIPPINES.

322

THE

PHILIPPINES.

1684-1689

Don

Gabriel de Curuzealegui y Arriola.

1689-1690

Don

Alonso

de Avila

1690-1701

Don

Fausto

Cruzat

1701-1709

Don

Domingo

1709-1715

Don

Martin

1715-1717

The

Audiencia.

1717-1719

Don

Fernando

1719-1721

Archbishop Fray

1721-1729

Don

Toribio

1729-1739

Don

Fernando

1739-1745

Don

Gaspar

1745-1750

Bishop Fray

1750-1754

Don

Jose

1754-1759

Don

Pedro

1759-1761

Don

Miguel

1761-1762

Archbishop

Manuel

1762-1764

Don

Simon

de Anda

1764-1765

Don

Francisco

1765-1770

Don

Jose

1770-1776

Dr. Don

1776-1778

Don

Pedro

1778-1787

Don

Jose" Basco

1787-1788

Don

Pedro

1788-1793

Don

Felix

1793-1806

Don

Rafael

1806-1810

Don

Mariano

1810-1813

Don

Manuel

1813-1816

Don

Jose

1816-1822

Don

Mariano

1822-1825

Don

Juan

1825-1830

Don

Mariano

1830-1835

Don

Pascual

Enrile y Alcedo.

1835-1835

Don

Gabriel

de Torres.

1835-1835

Don

Juan

1835-1837

Don

Pedro

1837-1838

Don

Andre's

Fuertes.

Gongora.

Zabalburu
de

de Echevarri.

Urzua,

Conde

Manuel

de

Cosio

Valdes

Lizarraga.

Bustamante

Francisco

Jos6

de

Rueda,

de la Cuesta.

Campo.

y Tamon.

de la Torre.
Juan

de Arrechederra.

Francisco

Manuel
Lino

de Obando

y Soli's:

de Arandia

Santisteban.

de

Ezpeleta (Bishop
Antonio
y

Rojo del

of
Rio

Cebu).
y

Vieyra.

Salazar.

Javier de la Torre.

Raon.
Simon

de Anda

y Salazar.

Sarrio.
y

Vargas.

Sarrio.

Berenguer
Maria

de

de

Marquina.

Aguilar y
de

Fernandez
de

Gonzalez

Ponce

de

Folgueras.

Aguilar.

Gardoqui Jaraveitia.
Fernandez

Antonio

de Folgueras.

Martinez.

Ricafort

Palacio

Crame.
Antonio
Garcfa

Salazar.

Carnba.

y Abarca.

Leon.

323

APPENDIX.

1838-1841

Don

Luis Lardizdbal

1841-1843

Don

Marcelino

de Orad

1843-1844

Don

Francisco

de

1844-1849

Don

Narciso

Claveria

1849-1850

Don

Antonio

Maria

1850-1853

D. Antonio

1853-1854

General

Ramon

Montero

1854-1854

General

Manuel

Pa via y

1854-1854

General

Ramon

Montero

1854-1856

General

Manuel

Crespo

1856-1857

General

Ramon

Montero

1857-1860

General

Fernando

1860-1860

General

Ramon

1860-1861

General

Juan

Herrera

1861-1862

General

Jos"5

Lemery.

1 862-1

Don

862

Montojo.

Lecumberri.

Paula

Alcald.de la Torre.

y Zaldua.

Blanco.

de Urbiztondo

de

Eguia.

Bladino.

Lay.
(acting).
y Cerrian.

(acting).

Norzagaray.

Solano

Salvador

Valdez

(acting).

Lldnderal

Davila

(acting).

(acting).

1862-1865

General

Rafael

1865-1865

General

Joaquin

de Salas

1865-1866

General

Juan

de

Lara

1866-1866

General

Juan

Laureano

1866-1866

General

de

1866-1866

General

Joaquin de

1866-1869

General

JosS

1869-1869

General

Manuel

1869-1871

General

Carlos

de la Torre.

1871-1873

General

Rafael

Izquierdo.

1873-1873

General

de

1873-1874

General

Juan

1874-1874

General

Manuel

1874-1877

Vice

1877-1880

General

Domingo

Moriones

1880-1880

General

de Marina

Rafael

1880-1883

General

Fernando

Primo

1883-1883

General

Emilio

Molins, Segundo Cabo

1883-1885

El

1885-1885

General

Echagiie.
(acting).

Irigoyen.

de Sanz

Osorio

Antonio

Marina

(acting).
(acting).

(acting).

Salas

de la Gdndara.

Marina

Admiral

MacCrohon

Manuel

(acting).

Alaminos'y Vivar.
Blanco
Jos6

de

Capitdn General
Emilio

(acting).

Maldonado

Valderrama

Malcampo

del

(acting).

Monje.

y Murillo.

Rodriguez
de

Arias

Rivera, Marques

EjercitoJoaqum

de Molins

(acting).

(acting).

de

Estella.

(acting).
Jovellar y

Soler.

324

THE

PHILIPPINES.

1885-1888

General

Emilio

1888-1888

General

Antonio

1888-1888

Vice

1888-1891

General

Valeriano

1891-1893

General

Eulogio

Despojol,

1893-1893

General

Federico

Ochando,

1893-1896

General

Ramon

1896"1897

General

Camilo

1897"1897

General

Jos"

1897-1898

General

Terrero.

(acting).

Molto

Admiral.Federico

Marque's

G.

Basilic

1898-1898

General

Fermih

1898-1898

General

Francisco

1898-1898

General

Diego
of

de

Caspe.
Cabo

Segundo
y

Erenas,

Primo

(acting).
de

Marque's

Polavieja,

de

Fernando

General

Conde

Lachambre

de

1898-1898

capture

We"yler.

Blanco

de

(acting).

Lobat6n

de

Marque's
Dominguez

de

Pena-Plata.

Polavieja.

(acting).
Capitan

Rivera,

General,

Estella.

Augustin.
Jaudenes

Alvarez.

Rizzo.

de
Manila

los

Rios

to

the

in

(governed
Treaty

of

Paris).

Hoflo

from

the

INDEX.

PAOB

Abra

PAOB

257

Bantflan

226
f

Pedro

Don

Acufia,

Bravo

de

Adelantado

191

Barangay

109

Batanes

102

Islands

244
......

Aeta

25, 34,
coast, exploration of

African

Agriculture

99

Bathala

62

Bell, General

Aguinaldo,
Aguinaldo,
Albuquerque

Gen.

283, 294, 298, 304

Alcandora,
Alini

ud

298

Baldomero,

of

Aliping namamahay

America

Filipino

257

35

Blair, Miss

103

Blood

82

Bohol

96
....

Philippines

....

35, 132

E.

22

80

206, 225, 257

Bonifacio,

Andre's

282
....

"

in

Mohammedans

287-321

171

compact

Borneo

the

21

Bikol

226

"

and

120

Benguet
Bibliographies

133

Almanzar

Alphabet,

Benedictines

Biscaino, Sebastian
Bisayas

66

Raja
Din, conversion

in

in

American
Anda

249

Spanish expedition
Bowring, Sir John

248

Brooke,

319

Burgos, Dr.

71

wars

control

Salazar,

Don

236

Anitos

21

272
Jose"

279
59
uel
Man-

Fernando

217

de

21

Anti-War

Agitators in

ica
Amer-

Cabalian

Arandia,

....

Governor
of
.

313

Cagayanes

35

313

Calambu

79

147, 172

Argensola, Leonardo
Armada, destruction
Atkinson, Dr. Fred
Audiencia, Royal

de

17
.

o"

122

John

rediscovered

Canaries

315
109

Portuguese
Cantava, Padre

149

Carreri

reestablished

by
"

153
312

Carillo, Don

121

Carolines

268

73

Casas, Las
Cavendish,
Cavite
Cebu

21

280

Pedro
....

117,224
72,111

63

225

72

Caribs

....

the
63

discovered

219

Governor

177
.

abolished

Auditor, Insular
Augustinian Order

172

W.
.

Calvin,
Campo,

...

Raja

....

AreValo

70

of the

228
....

Architecture, Bureau
of
Archives, Bureau

127

discovered

Cabots, voyage
Caceres, Nueva

300

Balboa

James

Bustamante.

105

Anspn

Bajan

145

to

Bushido

Simon

de

Azores

40
....

named
revolution

303
.

242, 312
Emilio,

105

J. Franklin

175

Thomas

revolt

....

279

79,130,172

326

INDEX.

C"Iulas, Royal
Century of obscurity

20
212

Courts

314

Crusades

48

...

Chabucano
Chamorros

266

Cruz, Apolinario

214

Cuba

de la

263
.

discovered

68

Chao

Ju-kua

Charles

97

Cubans, American

sympathy

for

73

291
.-".-"

Chaves, Captain
Chaves, Don Juan
China

about

Chinese

Juan

146
.

Bureau

197

of

313

...

56

1400

Da
to

Immigration,

de

"

attempt

and

Customs

nila
Ma-

capture

Vasco

Gama,

65

140

Dagohoy, rebellion led by, 226, 257

21
Dampier

182

Dasmarinas

183

Dato

........

distrust

of

restricted

immigration
in the Philippines

97

of

first massacre

uprising of

149

De

Dewey's victory
Diaz, Batholomew

16
...

Church

of 1589

144
207

Pedro

Decree

182
....

the

Chirino,Father

102

....

treaty with

149
.......

119,147

Vera, Dr. Santiago

148
.

293
65
....

Dominic, Saint

120

Dominicans

79

Drake,

67

120, 148

Sir Francis

144

Ciagu, Raja
Cipango
largest
Cities,

Draper, General

234

171

Ducos, Father

229

Civil commission

308

Dutch

Civil

Governor, first
Claudio, Don Juan
Claverfa, General

Clive,Lord
and

Coast

Guard

Survey

capture

conflicts with

170

expedition against
expeditions
in Formosa

312

trading methods

and

189
.

314

Dutch

264

Dyaks

and

Moro

of

190
...

187-211

wars
.

33
...........

313
17

112,113

East, Far

51,56
53, 66

Earth
Bureau

66

Education,

18

Educational

system

Educational

work

112

of

313
...

274
....

of the

ligious
re-

....

Police
Settlement

Juan

Sebastian

113

El cano,

125

Encomiendas

312

234

of
Engineering,Bureau
England about 1400
England and France
English Language
Esteybar, Don Francisco
Ethnology, study of

193

Europe,

..

..

287
.

113
...

Corala

82
.

Corcuera, Hurtado
Cornish, Admiral

Corregidor,battles
.

205
....

House
and

Constabulary0
Constitution,American
Contratacion, Casa de

Cort""s

orders

312
...

....

Conquest

194

Commerce
Commercial

191
...

to Indies

233

312

...

restricted

208

Francisco

Commerce

193
.

Ice Plant

Combe's, Father

Junks

Storage
Colin, Father Francisco
Colonial Policy of Spam
Columbus, Christopher

Chinese

265

....

Cofradia
and

154
......

of Civil Procedure

Cold

Mariveles

202

.......

Geodetic

Coast

at

....

te, Juan

Clemen

Code

309

"

83,114
Ill, 157
312

46
...

232
.

315

....

de

197
.

.....

near

73, 109,116

wars

in

Explorers,Spanish

de,

208
25

...

248

109
....

327

INDEX.

Fernandina
Fetishes

the

among

Filipinos

172

Gama, Vasco

103

Geographical discoveries

43

Feudalism

151
Figueroa, Rodriguez de
96
of,
Filipinoalphabet, source
318
Filipinoindependence
Filipino people before the
arrival of the Spaniards
.

88-107

Filipinowritings,early
Filipinos

96
.

about

Germany

65
.

converted

42

283

Christianity

to

of

168

88
.

280

298

Guam

214, 308
Don

Francisco

Tello

de

152

Hai-tan
Haiti

99

discovered

279
273

of Public
Health, Bureau
Prince
Henry,
Herrada, Friar Martin

206

Hindus

277
.

106
.

Americans

and

130

Philippines

92

....

Malays and

36

295

Hispaniola discovered

305

Historical

105

History
Holy Child of Cebu

161
.

Justice, De-

68
...

materials,recent

19

12,

312

discovered

73

15

129
....

Homonhon

of

partment

in the

....

Encomiendas

and

61

"

the

312
.

tween
be-

misunderstanding
reorganize army
religionof

102

...

of

progress

Hari

liberal ideas among

life and progress
of

68

.....

225
.

in movement
for reform
increase in educated

Florida

de

100, 127, 133

....

"

46

...

Gomez, Father
Gonzaga, Don Eugracio

306

eighteenth century

under

61-87

103

distribution

Finance

1400

Goiti,Captain Martin

....

material

Gibbon, Edward
Gil, Padre

Guzmdn,

of

classes of

in

"

assassination

da

78

Hospitals

205

Horses

107

....

scarcity of

Food,
Forestry, Bureau

165

...'..
of

194, 202
46

between

232
England and
121
Assisi,Saint
Franciscans
205
121, 152,
Francisof

French

revolution

249

....

Friars

35

Ibilao
1400

war

Ibanag dialect

....

"

about

80

312

Formosa
France

Humabon

"

attitude

toward

education,

coming of

missionaryefforts
opposed
organization of
the people
repress
resist English
Funston, General
Galleons, capture of
Gallinato,Juan

of

among

308
the

Filipinos

Igorot provinces
Igorots
Ilokano
Iloilo

35

172,

Ilungots
India

149

Indies, Dutch
expedition to
West
Indies,
Instruction, Department of
Interior,Department of
Instruction
in English

120
263
.

236
305

175
...

153

Insular Government
Internal Revenue,

Inquisition
Islands, naming of

105
244
34

168
279

Idols

277

...

34

Ide, Henry

262

34

36, 56, 61,

66

189

70
313
312

315
311

Bureau

of

313

122, 212
....

118

328

INDEX.

209

ItCoan

25

Ita

Las

Italy

"

about

46

1400

59

21
"

about

57

1400

development of
Japanese colony
Jesuits

9
185

"

activity of
arrival

226

of

151

of historical

source

formation
in17

expulsion of

238

increase in wealth

237
.

organized
John
Jolo

123

of

return

I of

274

Portugal

61

72,
Indies

of the

Laws

Lawton, General
Ledesma, Bartolome"

Legarda,
Legazpi

Hon.

301, 307

de

162
.

Benito

310
.

126, 137

Leyte, religiousrevolt
Liga Filipina
Lima, Pablo de
Limahong

206

at
.

282
162

140

Limasaua

78
Jofre

de

Loaisa,
Lobo, Sebastian
Loyola, Ignatius
Lukban, General
de
Luna, Antonio
Don
Luis,
Luther, Martin
Luzon, conquest of

Luzuriaga, Hon.

"

treaty with

16, 115
202

123
309
296

151

74, 122

...

."

136
.

Jos6

310
.

201

270

destroyed at

...

sultan

of

220,

271

78

Jomonjol
Judicial

313

system

Justice,Bureau

of

313

298
Mabini, Don Apolinario
General
MacArthur,
301,308
.

Islands

Madeira

62

16, 74, 81,114

Magellan
75
Magellan, Straits of
....

....

Maharlika

103

destruction

Kaan, the Great

54

Kabunsuan

40

Kabunian

105

Katipunan
Koxinga

282

Maine,
Malaspina, Captain
Malay
Archipelago

292
.

245
....

about

1400

59

Malayo-Polynesian speech
31, 32, 35,
Malayan peoples

90

209

Labezares, Guido

de,

Laboratories, Government
Lacandola, Raja
Islands

Malays,

colonized

Hindus

and

36
....

campaign
Malvar, General

299
....

309
57

312

Manchus

133

Mandaya
Mangyans

33

213

Manobo

34

215

Manila

34

"

....

discovered

by Dampier

106

"

depopulation of

Mohammedan

Malolos

ernor
gov-

138, 143, 164

90

Malays

visited

of the

209

Kue-Sing

Ladrone

111
123

....

conquest of
forts

210

Casas

.......

Man-

....

lyeyasu

Japan

Sabiniano
Lara, Don
de
rique

76

about

21

attacked
battle of

...

of Public
Lands, Bureau
of
Language, development
Languages of the Malayans

312

Laon

105

177

1600

by Chinese

140
.

298

49
60

capture

of

294

Chinese

in

180

decline of

185

329

INDEX.

FADE

Manila

Continued

"

earthquake

155

at

135

founded

218

313

251

Napoleon 1

259

Natives

235

Navarrete, Father

....

rule

Spanish

under

110

dez
Fernan-

133

School
.

March, Major
Mariveles,Dutch

....

....

Normal

163

265

173

importance of
improvements in
opened to trade
taken
by the English
taken
by the Spanish
Manila

de la

Mota, Captain Lorenzo

Municipal governments
Museum, Philippine

Navigator, the

304

Navy established
Negritos
Negros, occupation of

fleet captured
192

at

280

Masonry

18

276

61

25, 98
301
...

pendent
inde-

become

Netherlands

245

Maximilian

73

188

May-nila

133

273

period
Mendoza, viceroy of

42

Mediaeval

Mexico

73,

Mindanao

253

reau
Bu-

Tribes,

Non-Christian

109

Mexico

Mincopies
Mindoro, pirates of

Newspapers

312

of

276
Normal
School,
131
discovered
Northern
route
Nueva
146, 172
Cdceres, founded
Nueva
147, 172
Segovia
268
Nueva
Vergara
Manila

31

132
....

"

....

18

early historyof
people of
on
Spanish settlements
Ming dynasty
of
Mining, Bureau
the
Spanish
Missionary,
Mogul, Great

34
266
.

57
312

123
.

56

Mohammed

37

Mohammedans

47
208

abandoned

Moluccas

119

Monasticism, rise of
Mongols, Tartar
de
Morga, Antonio
forts destroyed
Moro
Moro
Malays, trade with
Moro
pirates

228

of

Obando, Marquis
Orang benua

....

32
268

Oranglaut

70

River

Orinoco

Joaquin
Otis, General
Oyanguran, Don Jos6
Ozcariz, Don Mariano

Ortega, Don

264
.

297
267
.

266

....

54

17, 20

270
99
.

Moros

........

146

Peru, conquest of

228

Tawi

117

Islands

expedition

against
origin of name
Morones, Juan de
Moses, Prof. Bernard

198

73

Handsome
Philippine Civil Commission
ered
discovPhilippine Islands

Philipthe

"

Corcuera's

of

Pelew

240

Jolo,attacked

35
206

153

increase of

of

Pampangos

220

132

against

in 1771

Moros

Palaos

35
Pangasinans
31
Papuans
de Tavera, Dr. T. H.
Pardo
22, 92, 310
Pelews
224, 253

207

activityof

of Tawi
rise of

224

revolt

"

first expedition

73

discovered

Pacific Ocean

162

308,

315

308
78

41

73

...

Philippines
"

America

287-320

and
.

INDEX.

PAGE

Continued
Philippines
a
subject for historical
'.
study

Recollects

"

295

Spanish colony

Chinese

108
.

coming of the Spaniards

development of
pean
during the period of Eurorevolution
.

historical

expelled

peoples of

Residencia

204

from
.

Rizal

212

Rojo,

Don

239

Ronquillo, Don

of

284

229
....

Gonzalo

146, 147, 164

Robertson, J.

22

253
.

16

210
234
21

231

new

16

de

16,

Salazar,Domingo

303

de

Samar

...

...

196, 228, 246, 271

132, 153, 220, 240,

Pizarro

268

73

Polistas

168

212
.

132
268
269
.

78

Andres, orphanage of

San

Augustfn, Fr. Gaspar

170
.

de

17, 100,
Alonso

Sanchez,
Sanchez, Padre Alonzo
Sandico, Don Teodoro
Sangleyes
San

Juan

Dios

de

54

Sarangani

79

Santa

196
.

San

131

de

discovered

245
.

116
168

Salamanca, Juan Cerezo

Salcedo, Don Diego de
Salcedo, Juan de
Samal
pirates
Samal
ports destroyed

....

Portuguese colonies
Portuguese discover

Alvarp

Mexico

Polo, Marco
Poniente, Islas del

Don

Saavedra,

236

Pilar,Gregorio del
Pineda, Don Antonio
Pintados, Islas de los
.

17, 280,
Manuel

212

Pigafetta,Antonio

Pirates

Jos6

...

254

249
Dr.

Mercado,

245

Spain

263

152

...

313

of 1841

...

Piracy

Expenditures

Spanish occupationof
threatened
by Chinese
under the English
visited by Dampier
Philosophy of the eighteenth
century,

20

and

Revolution

25-42

from

Revolt

126

......

to

Retana, W.

15
.

rebellions in

separated

Repartimentos

40

in

decline
political
returned

45

Revenues

of

established

navy

105

Ill

Inquisitionin
Jesuits

Renaissance

....

accounts

115, 117,

first archbishop in

97

231-258
.

280

in the

expedition to

Regidor, Don .Antonio

Religion of the Filipinos
.

ideas about
.

as

121
,.

9-24

..

American

169

Reformation

126
149
168

298
.

184

hospital

120
.

118

Potenciana

170

....

147,

195

Santibanez, Ignacio
Santo

Eastern

129
.

61

passage

of
Posts, Bureau
Press, influence of
Primo
de Rivera, General

152
....

Nino
.

Padre

Sanvitores,

Diego

...'....

312

Luis

273

Padre
Sedefip,

285

Segovia, Nueva

172

313

Seljuks ;.
Schwan, General
School, Manila Normal

305

de

213

....

....

Printing,Bureau

...

.','.,,

Prisons

Progress and
Pueblo

Raja

of

..

revolution
..

.",b'j4i?.
', 262

.'.'.".'

102.

Rebellion

of 1896.

168
.

47

.,

312
259

Antonio

283

Schools

....

276
.

169, 274,

.....

Siam, treaty with

Sierra,Don Juan
Signal Service

...

314
21

....

218
312
.

331

1XDEX.

Silonga
de

Siiva, Juan
Sioco

63,

Slavery
Smith, Gen. James
Soliman, Raja
Sonnerat, M
South
America, rebellion

151

Tierra

192

Timour

141

Tobacco

103

Tondo, District of
Torre, Don Carlos de la
Torre, Don Francisco de la

21

in

171,

Torre, Hernando

United

236
116

67

256

Totanes, Padre

96

"

113

restricted

252

routes

220

Venetian

292

with

112,174

of

51

of

monopoly

...

States

Toscanelli
Trade

with

185
278

de la

....

decline of
economic
policy of
war

242

253

"

policyof

56

industry
.

133

Spaniards
colonial

76

Fuego

....

301

....

Spain

del

the

52
.

East

51

Spanish

Treasurer, Insular
Trias, Gen. Mariano

"

found

post

at

Zambo196

anga

increase

in

population

settle Mindanao
take Moro
city of

....

298
....

47

Turks

276
.

Manila

Spanish and Portuguese

toward
attitude
Spanish
.

266

United

133

development of
with Spain
war
Urbiztondo, Governor
Andres
Urdaneta,

177
.

education

277

Spanish expedition

312

States

"

287
292
268
.

neo
Bor-

to

de

100, 115,

125

145

Spanish government
Spanish occupation
Spanish misrule ended
Spanish rule established
156,
and
the
soldier
Spanish
Spanish missionary
Spilbergen, Admiral
of
Statistics,Bureau
Sual opened to trade
.

163

140

....

286

165

108

193
313

261

....

Subanon

34

Sulu
Sulu

268

William

154
242

17
.

49

Vespucci, Amerigo
Vera, Dr. Santiago de
Vidal, Monte ro y
Vigan
Villalobos,Lopez de
Volcanic
eruptions

71

....

148,

162
20
172

16,

117*

254

....

271

treaty

Swingli
Taft.

Noort

Vargas, Don Jos6 Basco

Velarde, Father Murillq
Venice

....

Van

122

Weather

Bureau

312
....

Tagdlog language
Tagalog people
Tagal, Moro pirate

308
90

Wellington
Wcyler, Governor-General
Wheaton, General

252
292
301

35
197
....

Wittert, Admiral

192
....

Wolfe, General

233

Tagbanwas

34

Worcester,

Tamerlane

56

Tartar

54

Worms, Diet at
Wright, Luke E
Writing, systems of
Writing's, early Filipino

Dean

C.

308
.

74

....

Mongols
Tattooing
Tawi
Tawi, pirates of
Taycosama
Ternate, taken by Spanish

131

308
93

...

220

...

96
.

152
17
.

Xavier, Saint

Francis

118
.

332

INDEX,

PAGE

Young,

General

303

Yusef

82

Continued

Zamboanga

"

refounded

218

Spanish

post

196

at
....

Zamal

78

Zamboanga

settled

266

Zamora,

Father

208

Zulueta,

269

Zuniga,

"

279,
.

abandoned

18,

expedition

to

Samal
.

opened

to

trade

280

22

Father

Joaquin

tinez
Mar-

261
....

de

19